Initial commit

103 files changed, 13500 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/README b/noao/digiphot/ptools/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a2e5597
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/README
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+                  The Photometry Tools Package
+                 -------------------------------
+
+The ptools package contains routines which perform oerations on the
+text database files and/or ST binary tables files produced by the APPHOT
+and DAOPHOT packages, and scripts which make the fact that any given database
+is a table or a text file transparent to the user.
+
+The ptools directory structure is listed below. The .h files are all in lib 
+as many of them are shared by several tasks.
+
+             |-pconvert------routines to the pconvert task
+             |-doc-----------ptools documentation
+|-ptools-----|-lib-----------ptools definitions or .h files
+	     |-pexamine------routines specific to the pexamine task
+             |-ptutils-------routines specific to miscellneous utility tasks
+	     |-txtools-------routines specific to the text file operators
+	     |-test----------directory of test data
+
+
+Lindsey Davis
+NOAO IRAF GROUP
+August 1991
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/Revisions b/noao/digiphot/ptools/Revisions
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..14287582
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/Revisions
@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
+.help revisions Jan90 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.nf
+
+ptools$pconvert/ptdeftable.x
+    pt_kstati() was being declared pointer instead of int (7/13/09, MJF)
+
+ptools$pexamine/ptsetup.x
+    pt_getnames() was declared a pointer instead of int (7/12/09, MJF)
+
+ptools$pconvert/ptconvert.x
+ptools$pconvert/txtools/ptxcalc.x
+ptools$pconvert/txtools/ptxdump.x
+ptools$pconvert/txtools/ptxselect.x
+    Added missing xev_freeop calls to the pconvert, txcalc, txdump, and
+    txselect tasks so that memory is released if any of the input operands
+    are strings.
+
+    (Davis, March 6, 2002)
+
+
+ptools$mkpkg
+    Modified the mkpkg procedures to pick up user compile and link flags.
+
+    (Davis, June 17, 1999)
+
+ptools$ptools.cl
+    Modified the package cl script to check and see if the tables package is
+    already loaded before checking to see if it exists and then loading it.
+
+    (Davis, August 1, 1998)
+
+ptools$pdump.cl
+    Modified the way the pdump script handles the tdump pwidth parameter
+    to work around a change made to the tables.ttools.tdump task. The solution
+    is not ideal because it leaves the value of tdump.pwidth.p_max
+    modified but the parameter value is not changed.
+
+    (Davis, August 15, 1997)
+
+ptools$pconcat.cl
+    Added a missing "cache ("istable")" statement that could cause trouble
+    if the pconcat script was called from a backgroound job.
+
+    (Davis, July 28, 1997)
+
+ptools$txtools/t_txselect.x
+    Changed the maximimum size of the expression to be evaluated from
+    SZ_FNAME to SZ_LINE which is what it was supposed to be.
+
+    (Davis, May 25, 1996)
+
+ptools$tbdump.cl
+    If the input file was an ST binary table file and the expression parameter
+    was not equal to "yes", the intermediate tables file was not being deleted
+    when the tbdump and pdump tasks terminated. The problem was due to the
+    ".tab" extension that was added to the tables name but not sensed by
+    the delete command. I switched the delete command to a tdelete command
+    and everything worked fine.
+
+    (Davis, Nov 2, 1995)
+
+ptools/pexamine/pexmine.h
+ptools/pexamine/ptcolon.x
+    The rinner and router colon commands were incorrectly coded as rin and
+    rout colon commands in the pexamine.h file. The :router command was also
+    incorrectly writing back its results into the rinner parameter.
+
+    (Davis, May 1, 1995)
+
+ptools/ptutils/t_tbcrename.x
+ptools/ptutils/t_tbkeycol.x
+    Add several new checks for input text files to avoid a problem with
+    a text file being opened as a binary table. This problem prably appeared
+    when tables was modified to support simple text files (tables 1.3.3 for
+    sure, proably 1.3.2 as well, not sure before that).
+
+    (Davis, March 21, 1995)
+
+
+ptools/tbconcat.cl
+    Add a test for the existence of the ttools.keypar.silent parameter
+    for backwards compatability between tables 1.3.3 and 1.3.2.
+
+    (Davis, Feb 25, 1995)
+
+ptools/pexamine/ptplot.x
+    An off the end of the array computation error in the routine pt_hplot
+    was causing an invalid floating point operation on the Dec Alpha when
+    the user tried to plot the histogram of an array,
+
+    (Davis, Feb 23, 1995)
+
+ptools/pconvert/ptdeftable.x
+    Modified the pconvert task so that header space is preallocated rather
+    than added as needed. This significantly speeds up the task performance
+    by decreasing the number of disk writes required. This change was
+    made in response to a suggestion from PHil Hodge at ST.
+
+    (Davis, Feb 2, 1995)
+
+ptools/txtools/t_txcalc.x
+ptools/txtools/ptxcalc.x
+ptools/tbcalc.cl
+ptools/pcalc.cl
+ptools/doc/pcalc.hlp
+ptools/doc/tbcalc.hlp
+ptools/doc/txcalc.hlp
+    Added the tasks txcalc, tbcalc, and pcalc to the ptools package.
+    This tasks perform arithmetic operations on the fields or columns
+    of photometry files written with apphot or daophot tasks.
+
+    (Davis, May 31 1993)
+
+ptools/pexamine
+    Fixed numerous small bugs in the pexamine task including: 1)
+    unclear error messages if the default x-y or histogram plot columns could
+    not be found on task startup 2) initialization bug that could cause
+    the output edited catalog to be written incorrectly on the
+    second or higher run of pexamine, 3) added a 5% buffer around all
+    the plots so the user can see the plotted data better, 4) added
+    the standard deviation of the sky to the standard apphot columns, 5)
+    a misleading error message in the colon command to change the
+    default histogram column.
+
+    (Davis, May 22 1993)
+
+ptools/ptutils/t_istable.x
+    Modified the istable task, which is called by the pconcat, pdump,
+    prenumber, pselect, and psort script tasks so that it could deal
+    correctly with the fact that legal tables files might be text files.
+
+    (Davis, May 12 1993)
+
+ptools/pdump.cl
+ptools/pttest.cl
+ptools/tbdump.cl
+ptools/tbrenumber.cl
+    Added an expression parameter to the pdump task.
+
+    (Davis, Feb 25, 1993)
+
+ptools/tbrenumber.cl
+ptools/prenumber.cl
+    Modified the tbrenumber and prenumber scripts so they can use 
+    the tables 1.2.1 version of tcalc as well as the 1.2 version.
+    The parameters verbose and harmless present in the 1.2 version
+    were removed from the 1.2.1 version.
+
+    (Davis, June 1, 1992)
+
+ptools$pexamine/ptplot.x
+    1. The error message "Star not found" would persist after a star
+    was successfully found because no status line message was printed
+    out after a succesful find operation.
+
+    (Davis, April 7, 1992)
+
+ptools$tbdump.cl
+ptools$tbrenumber.cl
+ptools$prenumber.cl
+    1. Changed the name of the pagwidth parameter to pwidth the call to the
+    ttools package task tdump because the parameter was renamed in the 
+    version 1.2 of tables.
+
+    2. Changed the value of the tcalc equals parameter from ":ROWNUM" 
+    to "rownum" in calls to tcalc made by the tbrenumber and prenumber
+    tasks.
+
+    (Davis, February 28, 1992)
+
+ptools$ptools.cl
+ptools$ptools.hd
+ptools$ptools.men
+ptools$x_ptools.x
+ptools$pappend.cl
+ptools$pdump.cl
+ptools$prenumber.cl
+ptools$pselect.cl
+ptools$psort.cl
+ptools$pconvert/t_pconvert.x
+ptools$doc/pappend.hlp
+ptools$doc/pdump.hlp
+ptools$doc/prenumber.hlp
+ptools$doc/pselect.hlp
+ptools$doc/psort.hlp
+ptools$doc/pconvert.hlp
+    Changed the name of the append task to pappend.
+    Changed the name of the dump task to pdump.
+    Changed the name of the renumber task to prenumber.
+    Changed the name of the select task to pselect.
+    Changed the name of the sort task to psort.
+    Changed the name of the convert task to pconvert.
+
+    (Davis, October 8, 1991)
+
+ptools$pttest.cl
+ptools$doc/pttest.hlp
+    Added the new task pttest to the ptools package. Pttest runs basic tests
+    on the ptools package.
+
+    (Davis, October 8, 1991)
+
+ptools$pexamine/ptplot.x
+    Changed the status line message so that it is printed only when the
+    first plot is made or new data is read in.
+
+    (Davis, October 7, 1991) 
+
+    *** Applied the results of spplint to the ptools package.
+
+ptools$convert/t_convert.x
+    Removed 2 extra arguments from the strupr call.
+    This could be a problem in the old testphot.
+
+ptools$convert/ptconvert.x
+    Changed an illegal logical NOT construct to an integer == NO construct.
+    This was not a problem in the old testphot.
+     
+    Removed unused variable record form the pt_convert routine.
+
+ptools$convert/ptdeftable.x
+    Removed an extra argument from the pt_gnfn call. This routine has
+    changed and this bug was not a problem in the old testphot..
+
+ptools$pexamine/ptgetphot.x
+    Removed an extra argument from the pt_gnfn call. This routine has
+    changed. Pexamine did not exist in the old testphot so this was not
+    a problem.
+
+ptools$pexamine/ptplot.x
+    Removed an extra argument from the pt_gnfn call. This routine has
+    changed. Pexamine did not exist in the old testphot so this was not
+    a problem.
+
+    Removed an extra argument from pt_rxydata. This routine has changed.
+    Pexamine did not exist in the old testphot so this was not a problem.
+
+    Removed unused variables x1, y1 from the pt_gcur routine.
+
+ptools$pexamine/ptcolon.x
+    Removed an extra argument for a clgetr command.
+    Pexamine did not exist in the old testphot so this was not a problem.
+
+ptools$txtools/t_txdump.x
+    Removed two extra arguments from the call to strupr. This could have
+    been a problem in the old testphot.
+
+ptools$txtools/ptxdump.x
+    Changed an illegal logical NOT construct to an integer == NO construct.
+    This was not a problem in the old testphot.
+
+ptools$txtools/ptxselect.x
+    Changed an illegal logical NOT construct to an integer == NO construct.
+    This was not a problem in the old testphot.
+
+ptools$txtools/ptsortnum.x
+    Removed unused argument colwidth from the pt_colsort routine.
+
+    Davis, October 3, 1991
+
+
+ptools$renumber.cl
+ptools$tbrenumber.cl
+    Changed the calls to the tables tcalc task to include all the hidden
+    parameters.
+
+    Davis, October 1, 1991
+
+ptools$
+    1. Deleted the append, dump, renumber, select and sort sub-directories
+    and consolidated then into the txtools sub-directory.
+
+    2. Several small files were eliminated by  concantenating them into other
+    existing files in txtools, pexamine, and convert.
+
+    3. Changed the way selected keywords are stored in the text database
+    data structures. The index, instead of the pointer is stored. This removes
+    potential problems with reallocating the record structures, when the
+    test database files contain variable-sized records. All the text database
+    tools were affected, as  were a couple of files in daophot.
+
+    4. Modified txdump, txrenumber, txselect, txsort and pexamine so that they
+    could correctly deal with variable-sized records instead of crashing,
+    if a given record was larger than the first record in the file.
+
+    5. Completely rewrote convert.
+
+    6. Added an offset parameter to pexamine so that the user can elect
+    to read portions of an input photometry catalog into memory for plotting
+    and examining.
+
+    Davis, August 13, 1991
+
+ptools$
+    1. Renamed the hidden tcolrename task need for the photcal preprocessors to
+    tbcrename in conformance with the new standards.
+
+    2. Added a help page for tbcrename.
+
+    Davis, May 24, 1991
+
+ptools$
+    1. Renamed the hidden tkeycol task need for the photcal preprocessors to
+    tbkeycol in conformance with the new standards.
+
+    Davis, May 24, 1991
+
+ptools$renumber/t_txrenumber.x
+    1. The txrenumber task will now accept a list of images.
+
+    Davis, May 24, 1991
+
+ptools$
+    1. The ptools package now loads the tables package on startup.
+
+    2. The tasks tappend, tdump, trenumber, tselect, and tsort have now become
+    tbappend, tbdump, tbrenumber, tbselect and tbsort. These tasks work
+    on binary tables files. All are now scripts which call a tables
+    package task. All 5 tasks now operate on lists of tables files.
+
+    Davis, May 24, 1991
+
+ptools$pttables/ptkeywords.x
+ptools$pttables/ptconvert.x
+    1. Fixed a problem with embedded blanks in string parameters in the
+    apphot/daophot database files. The format and units string were not being
+    correctly read because the second part of the value string was being read
+    into the units string, the units string was being read into the filter
+    string etc. This was only a problem for keywords (#K) because they
+    are read in free format. It was not a problem for columns (#N).
+    The format will now default to %-20s if it can not be decoded
+    and only the first part of the string will be kept. The units string
+    will be incorrect. There may be a more elegant solution
+    later but this fix will work for now.
+
+    Davis, Apr 2, 1991
+
+ptools$pttables/ptmkrec.x
+    1. All of the ptools tasks which operate on text files convert, txappend, 
+    txdump, txrenumber, txselect, txsort and pexamine have been modfied
+    to be more efficient. Calls to strmatch have been replaced by calls
+    to strncmp. Convert, txdump and txselect no longer call the expression
+    evaluator if the expression is a simple "yes" string.
+
+    2. Ptmkrec has been modified to be more efficient for the simple case
+    where there is only a single aperture.
+
+    Davis, Mar 29, 1991
+
+ptools$
+    1. Added the new hidden task tkeycol to the ptools package. Tkeycol
+    converts ST table header keywords into new ST table columns. It is not
+    intended to be seen directly by the user but will be used in some
+    of the preprocessing scripts in the photcal package.
+
+    2. Added the new hidden task tcolrename to the ptools package. Tcolrename
+    renames selected columns in a list of ST tables. It is not intended to
+    be seen directly by the user but will be used in some of the preprocessing
+    scripts in the ptools package.
+
+    Davis, Mar 2, 1991
+
+ptools$convert/ptconvert.x
+    Convert was preallocating space for 150 columns in the output table. In
+    rare cases where the user had a large number of apertures (20 or so)
+    in a phot text file convert could overwrite memory and crash the task.
+
+    Davis, Oct 4, 1990
+
+ptools$tvmark/
+    Removed tvmark from ptools since it is duplicated in proto.
+
+    Davis, Jul 9, 1990
+
+ptools$convert/ptdeftable.x
+    Corrected a bug in the convert task wherein the code was trying to
+    load a string quantity into a boolean parameter. This caused the
+    code to crash on Orion was worked ok on the sparc station.
+
+    Davis, Jun 7, 1990
+
+ptools$pttables/tappend.cl
+    Removed two harmless debugging statements from the tappend.cl script.
+
+    Davis, Jan 8, 1989
+
+ptools$pttables/pthdrs.x
+    An off the end of the array access error was occurring for the format and
+    units string in the case where the header was duplicated in an input
+    text database file. This bug sometimes caused meomory corruption errors
+    in several of the daophot tasks and in the ptools tasks txsort, txdump,
+    txrenumber and txselect.
+
+    Davis, Jan 5, 1989
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/cntrplot.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/cntrplot.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4381f07b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/cntrplot.par
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# The PEXAMINE task contour plotting parameters
+
+ncolumns,i,h,21,2,,Number of columns
+nlines,i,h,21,2,,Number of lines
+floor,r,h,INDEF,,,"Minimum value to be contoured (INDEF if none)"
+ceiling,r,h,INDEF,,,"Maximum value to be contoured (INDEF if none)"
+zero,r,h,0.,,,"Greyscale value of zero contour"
+ncontours,i,h,5,,,"Number of contours to be drawn (0 for default)"
+interval,r,h,0.,,,"Contour interval (0 for default)"
+nhi,i,h,-1,,,"Hi/low marking option: -1=omit, 0=mark h/l, 1=mark each pix"
+dashpat,i,h,528,,,"Bit pattern for generating dashed lines"
+label,b,h,no,,,"Label major contours with their values ?"
+box,b,h,yes,,,Draw box around periphery of window ?
+ticklabels,b,h,Yes,,,Label tick marks ?
+majrx,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along x grid
+minrx,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along x grid
+majry,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along y grid
+minry,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along y grid
+round,b,h,no,,,Round axes to nice values ?
+fill,b,h,no,,,Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio ?
+banner,b,h,yes,,,Standard banner?
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/istable.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/istable.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a08376c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/istable.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+.help istable Aug91 noao.ptools.digiphot
+.ih
+NAME
+istable --  determine the status of a file
+
+.ih
+USAGE
+istable infile
+
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+
+.ls infile
+The name of the input file whose status is to be determined.
+.le
+.ls table = no
+An output variable which is "yes" if \fIinfile\fR is an STSDAS table
+and "no" otherwise.
+.le
+.ls text = no
+An output variable which is "yes" if \fIinfile\fR is an APPHOT/DAOPHOT
+text database and "no" otherwise.
+.le
+.ls other = no
+An output variable which is "yes" if \fIinfile\fR is neither of the
+above and "no" otherwise.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+ISTABLE is a very simple task which determines whether a specified
+input file is an STSDAS table, an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database file or 
+neither of the above. ISTABLE first tries to open the input file as an 
+STSDAS table. If successful ISTABLE returns "yes" in the
+variable \fItable\fR and "no" in \fItext\fR and \fIother\fR. Otherwise
+ISTABLE  tries to open the input file as an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database
+file by checking for the "#K IRAF" keyword.
+If the check is positive ISTABLE return "yes" in
+the variable \fItext\fR and "no" in \fItable\fR and \fIother\fR. If the input
+file is neither an STSDAS table or an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database
+ISTABLE returns "yes" in the variable \fIother\fR and "no" in \fItext\fR
+and \fItable\fR.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Determine whether the file n4147.mag.1 is an STSDAS table.
+
+.nf
+   pt> istable n4147.mag
+   pt> =istable.table
+
+       ... answer will appear on the screen
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+Users should be wary of running ISTABLE in background as the output
+CL parameters may not be properly updated. 
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pcalc.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pcalc.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..36d06229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pcalc.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.help pcalc May93 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+pcalc - perform an arithmetic operation on a field in a list of apphot/daophot
+databases
+.ih
+USAGE
+pcalc infiles field value
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls infiles
+The APPHOT/DAOPHOT database(s) containing the field to be recomputed.
+.le
+.ls field 
+The field to be recomputed. Field must be an integer or real field
+in the input file(s).
+.le
+.ls value
+The arithmetic expression used to recompute the specified field.
+Value may be an integer or real expression but must match the data
+type of field. The functions real and int may be used to do type
+conversions.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+PCALC reads in the values of the \fIfield\fR keyword 
+from a set of  APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases, replaces the old values
+with new values equal to the value of the arithmetic expression \fIvalue\fR,
+and updates the databases(s).
+
+PCALC is script task which calls TXCALC is the input file is an
+APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database or TBCLAC if APPHOT/DAOPHOT is a tables
+database.
+If the input file is a text database, the expression \fIvalue\fR consists
+of variables which are the field names
+specified by the #N keywords or the parameters specified by the
+#K keywords in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text databases.
+Only keywords beginning with #N can actually be replaced.
+If the input file is an ST tables database, the expression \fIvalue\fR
+consists of the table column names.
+
+The supported
+arithmetic operators and functions are briefly described below.
+
+.nf
+addition		+		subtraction		-
+multiplication		*		division		/
+negation		-		exponentiation		**
+absolute value		abs(x)		cosine			cos(x)
+sine			sin(x)		tangent			tan(x)
+arc cosine		acos(x)		arc sine		asin(x)
+arc tangent		atan(x)		arc tangent		atan2(x,y)
+exponential		exp(x)		square root		sqrt(x)
+natural log		log(x)		common log		log10(x)
+minimum			min(x,y)	maximum			max(x,y)
+convert to integer	int(x)		convert to real		real(x)
+nearest integer		nint(x)		modulo			mod(x)
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Change the XCENTER and YCENTER fields to XCENTER + 5.4 and YCENTER + 10.3
+respectively in a file produced by the apphot package center task.
+
+.nf
+	pt> pcalc m92.ctr.1 xcenter "xcenter+5.4"
+	pt> pcalc m92.ctr.1 ycenter "ycenter+10.3"
+.fi
+
+2.  Add a constant to the computed magnitudes produced by nstar.
+
+.nf
+	pt> pcalc n4147.nst.2 mag "mag+3.457"
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+TXCALC does not allow arrays in the expression field.
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.tbcalc,tables.tcalc,ptools.pcalc
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pconcat.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pconcat.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f96d9bab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pconcat.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+.help pconcat Dec92 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+pconcat -- concatenate a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases
+.ih
+USAGE
+pconcat infiles outfile
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls infiles
+The list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases to be concatenated.
+.le
+.ls outfile
+The name of the output APPHOT/DAOPHOT database.
+.le
+.ls task = "TASK"
+The name of the keywords whose value is the name of the task which wrote
+the database.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+PCONCAT is a simple task which accepts a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT
+database files and concatenates them into one resultant output file.
+PCONCAT checks that all the file are indeed APPHOT/DAOPHOT
+database files and that they were all written by the same task before
+performing the concatenation.
+
+PCONCAT is a simple script which call TXCONCAT in the PTOOLS package
+if the input files are text database files or TBCONCAT in the PTOOLS package
+if the input files are STSDAS database files. TBCONCAT is itself a script
+which call the TABLES package task TMERGE to do the actual work.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Concatenate a list of DAOPHOT package task GROUP output database files
+into a single output file.
+
+.nf
+   pt> pconcat m92r.grp.1,m92r.grp.2,m92r.grp.3 m92rall.grp.1
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.txconcat,ptools.tbconcat,tables.tmerge,concatenate
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pconvert.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pconvert.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ca3db8e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pconvert.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+.help pconvert Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+pconvert -- convert an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database into an STSDAS table
+.ih
+USAGE
+pconvert textfile table fields
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls textfile
+The APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database which is to be converted into an
+APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table database.
+.le
+.ls table
+The name of the output STSDAS table database.
+.le
+.ls fields = "*"
+Template defining the fields to be selected from each record. By default
+all the fields are output. Fields
+are specified by using the names defined in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text
+database by the
+#N entries. Upper or lower case and minimum match abbreviations are
+permissible. For those fields which have multiple entries such as 
+magnitude, an individual value can be referenced by specifying an array
+index, e.g. MAG[2] or several values can be selected by specifying a
+range of elements, e.g. MAG[1-4].
+.le
+.ls expr = yes
+The boolean expression, evaluated independently for each record,
+which serves as a selection criterion. By default all records are selected.
+.le
+.ls append = no
+If append is yes then the converted APPHOT/DAOPHOT text file is appended to an 
+existing output STSDAS table database.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+PCONVERT selects a subset of the fields from each record of an
+APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database and writes these into an STSDAS tabl database.
+The #K keyword parameters in the text database are
+stored as header parameters in the STSDAS table while the selected fields
+are stored in fields (columns) with the names specified by the text
+database #N keywords, units specified
+by the #U keywords, and print format specified by the #F keywords.
+
+The output records are selected on the basis of the boolean
+expression \fIexpr\fR whose variables are the field (column) names
+specified by the #N keywords in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database.
+If after substituting the values associated
+with a particular record into the field name variables the
+expression evaluates to yes, that record is included in the output table.
+
+The supported
+operators and functions are briefly described below. A detailed description
+of the boolean expression evaluator and its syntax can be found
+in the manual page for the IMAGES package HEDIT task.
+
+The following logical operators can be used in the boolean expression. 
+
+.nf
+	equal		  ==	not equal		!=
+	less than	  <	less than or equal	<=
+	greater than	  >	greater than or equal	>=
+	or		  ||	and			&&
+	negation	  !	pattern match		?=
+	concatenation	  //
+.fi
+
+The pattern match character ?=  takes a
+string expression as its first argument and a pattern as its second argument.
+The result is yes if the pattern is contained in the string expression.
+Patterns are strings which may contain pattern matching meta-characters.
+The meta-characters themselves can be matched by preceeding them with the escape
+character.  The meta-characters are described below. 
+
+.nf
+	beginning of string	^	end of string		$
+	one character		?	zero or more characters	*
+	white space		#	escape character	\
+	ignore case		{	end ignore case		}
+	begin character class	[	end character class	]
+	not, in char class	^	range, in char class	-
+.fi
+
+The boolean expression may also include arithmetic operators and functions.
+The following arithmetic operators and functions are supported.
+
+.nf
+addition		+		subtraction		-
+multiplication		*		division		/
+negation		-		exponentiation		**
+absolute value		abs(x)		cosine			cos(x)
+sine			sin(x)		tangent			tan(x)
+arc cosine		acos(x)		arc sine		asin(x)
+arc tangent		atan(x)		arc tangent		atan2(x,y)
+exponential		exp(x)		square root		sqrt(x)
+natural log		log(x)		common log		log10(x)
+minimum			min(x,y)	maximum			max(x,y)
+convert to integer	int(x)		convert to real		real(x)
+nearest integer		nint(x)		modulo			mod(x)
+.fi
+
+
+If the append parameter is "yes" then the converted input text database is
+appended to the specified output table. When appending to a table each of the
+output fields must already exist in the output table.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Convert the text output from the DAOPHOT PHOT task in the file n4147.mag.1
+to an STSDAS table, selecting only the fields ID, XCENTER, YCENTER,
+MAG,and MSKY ncessary for input to the DAOPHOT fitting routines.
+Put the output in an STSDAS table named n4147.tmag.1.
+
+.nf
+   pt> pconvert n4147.mag.1 n4147.tmag.1 "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MAG,MSKY"
+.fi
+
+If there were 4 magnitude fields in n4147.mag.1
+then there would be 4 columns in the output table with names of 
+MAG[1], MAG[2], MAG[3] and MAG[4]
+
+
+2. Convert the same file as in example 1. but append the output to
+   n4147.tmag.1 and only select records with YCENTER <= 200.0.
+
+.nf
+   pt> pconvert n4147.mag.1 n4147.tmag.1 "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MAG,MSKY" \
+       expr="YCENTER < 200.0" append+
+
+.fi
+
+3. Convert all the records in the NSTAR text database n4147.nst.1 to
+   an STSDAS table.
+
+   pt> pconvert n4147.nst.1 n4147.tnst.1 "*"
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+Changes in the values of the #K keyword quantities which are permitted by
+the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database format will be lost in the conversion to
+STSDAS table format which does not permit such changes. For example users
+who have
+set up and run PHOT interactively and changed the values of the parameters
+after writing the first record to the text database will see only the initial
+values of the #K keywords in the STSDAS table headers after conversion.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+images.hedit
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pdump.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pdump.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d37a87e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pdump.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+.help pdump Feb93 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+pdump - print fields from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database
+.ih
+USAGE
+pdump infiles fields expr
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls infiles
+The APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases containing the fields to be dumped.
+.le
+.ls fields
+A template defining the fields to be dumped from each record.
+In the case of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text databases, the fields are specified by
+keywords defined by the
+#K and #N entries in the database. Upper or lower case and minimum match
+abbreviations are permissible. Some fields such as "mag" may have
+multiple entries. An individual entry can be referenced by specifying an
+array index, e.g. "MAG[2]" or several values can be selected by
+specifying a range of elements, e.g. "MAG[1-3]".
+In the case of STSDAS table APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases the fields are the
+column names. Names must be spelled in full but upper or lower case is allowed.
+In the case of STSDAS table databases, it may be necessary to escape the
+leading square bracket so that field "MAG[2]" would be referred to as
+"MAG\[2]".  The fields are output in
+the order in which they are specified in the template.
+.le
+.ls expr
+The boolean expression to be evaluated once per record.
+Only the fields in those records for which the boolean expression
+evaluates to yes are printed.
+If \fIexpr\fR = "yes", the specified fields in all the records are
+printed.
+.le
+.ls headers = no
+Dump the APPHOT/DAOPHOT database field headers. The selected
+fields are printed on the standard output, preceded by the parameters list,
+if \fIparameters\fR = yes, and the keyword, units,
+and format information.
+.le
+.ls parameters = yes
+Print the keyword parameters records on the
+standard output if \fIheaders\fR = yes.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+PDUMP selects a subset of fields specified by the \fIfields\fR
+parameter from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database or a list of databases
+and prints the results on the standard output.
+If \fIheaders\fR = no, the output is in simple list format
+with adjacent fields
+separated by whitespace. The fields are printed in the order in
+which they appear in \fIields\fR. If \fIheaders\fR = yes, the
+selected fields are printed on the standard output, preceded by
+the parameter list, if \fIparameters\fR = yes, and the keyword, units,
+and format information.
+Newlines will not be inserted in the output if the input database
+was an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text file, so users should take
+care not specify so many output fields as to exceed the IRAF text file
+line limit of 161 characters.
+Newlines will be inserted if the original database was an
+STSDAS table.
+
+PDUMP is a simple CL script which calls TXDUMP if the APPHOT/DAOPHOT
+database was a text file and TBDUMP if it was an STSDAS table.
+Although the parameters of TBDUMP and TXDUMP have been tailored to
+make the two tasks appear as similar as possible each task
+offers some capabilities that the other does not. In some
+situations users may wish to use the individual tasks instead of the
+generic script.
+
+The output records are selected on the basis of an input boolean
+expression \fIexpr\fR whose variables are the field names
+specified by the #N keywords or the parameters specified by the
+#K keywords in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database or the column names
+in an ST tables database.
+If after substituting the values associated
+with a particular record into the field name variables the
+expression evaluates
+to yes, that record is included in the output table.
+
+The supported
+operators and functions are briefly described below. A detailed description
+of the boolean expression evaluator and its syntax can be found
+in the manual page for the IMAGES package HEDIT task.
+
+The following logical operators can be used in the boolean expression. 
+
+.nf
+	equal		  ==	not equal		!=
+	less than	  <	less than or equal	<=
+	greater than	  >	greater than or equal	>=
+	or		  ||	and			&&
+	negation	  !	pattern match		?=
+	concatenation	  //
+.fi
+
+The pattern match character ?=  takes a
+string expression as its first argument and a pattern as its second argument.
+The result is yes if the pattern is contained in the string expression.
+Patterns are strings which may contain pattern matching meta-characters.
+The meta-characters themselves can be matched by preceeding them with the escape
+character.  The meta-characters listed below. 
+
+.nf
+	beginning of string	^	end of string		$
+	one character		?	zero or more characters	*
+	white space		#	escape character	\
+	ignore case		{	end ignore case		}
+	begin character class	[	end character class	]
+	not, in char class	^	range, in char class	-
+.fi
+
+The expression may also include arithmetic operators and functions.
+The following arithmetic operators and functions are supported.
+
+.nf
+addition		+		subtraction		-
+multiplication		*		division		/
+negation		-		exponentiation		**
+absolute value		abs(x)		cosine			cos(x)
+sine			sin(x)		tangent			tan(x)
+arc cosine		acos(x)		arc sine		asin(x)
+arc tangent		atan(x)		arc tangent		atan2(x,y)
+exponential		exp(x)		square root		sqrt(x)
+natural log		log(x)		common log		log10(x)
+minimum			min(x,y)	maximum			max(x,y)
+convert to integer	int(x)		convert to real		real(x)
+nearest integer		nint(x)		modulo			mod(x)
+.fi
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Select the fields XCENTER and YCENTER from the output of the APPHOT
+CENTER task.
+
+.nf
+    pt> pdump image.ctr.3 "XCENTER,YCENTER" yes
+.fi
+
+2. Select the fields XCENTER and YCENTER from the output of the APPHOT
+CENTER task for all records with YCENTER > 100.0.
+
+.nf
+    pt> pdump image.ctr.3 "XCENTER,YCENTER" "YCENTER > 100.0"
+.fi
+
+3. Select the fields ID, XCENTER, YCENTER and the first three magnitudes
+from the output of the APPHOT PHOT task. In the case of STSDAS table
+databases it may be necessary to escape the leading square bracket.
+
+.nf
+    pt> pdump image.mag.3 "ID,XCEN,YCEN,MAG[1],MAG[2],MAG[3]" yes
+
+		   or
+
+    pt> pdump image.mag.3 "ID,XCEN,YCEN,MAG\[1],MAG\[2],MAG\[3]" yes
+.fi
+
+
+4. Select the ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY and MAG fields from the output
+of the DAOPHOT NSTAR task. Print the headers and parameters as well.
+
+.nf
+    pt> pdump image.nst.3 "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG"  \
+	yes headers+ parameters+
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+Users should not dump more fields than fill a 161 character textline
+as IRAF does not currently fully support longer text lines.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.txdump,ptools.tbdump,tables.tdump
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pexamine.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pexamine.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20289d26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pexamine.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,835 @@
+.help pexamine Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+pexamine -- interactively examine or edit a photometry catalog
+.ih
+USAGE
+pexamine input output image
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls input
+The name of the input photometry catalog. \fIInput\fR may be either an
+APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database file or an STSDAS binary table database.
+.le
+.ls output
+The name of the edited output catalog. \fIOutput\fR is either an
+APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database or an STSDAS binary table database
+depending on the file type of \fIinput\fR. If \fIoutput\fR = "" no output
+catalog is written.
+.le
+.ls image
+The name of the input image corresponding to the input photometry
+catalog. If \fIimage\fR is "" no image will be attached to PEXAMINE
+and some interactive catalog examining commands will not be available.
+All the catalog editing commands however are still available.
+.le
+.ls deletions = ""
+The name of an optional output deletions photometry catalog. \fIDeletions\fR
+is either an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database or an STSDAS binary
+table database depending on the file type of \fIinput\fR. If \fIdeletions\fR
+is "" no deletions file is written.
+.le
+.ls photcolumns = "daophot"
+The list of standard photometry columns that are loaded when pexamine is
+run. The options are listed below.
+.ls "daophot"
+The standard columns for the DAOPHOT package. The current list is GROUP, ID,
+XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY, MAG, MERR, CHI, SHARP and NITER.
+If any of these
+columns are multi-valued, (as in the case of magnitudes measured through
+more than one aperture), the first value is selected.
+The standard list may easily be extended at user request.
+.le
+.ls "apphot"
+The standard columns for the APPHOT package. The current list is ID,
+XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY, MAG, and MERR.
+If any of these
+columns are multi-valued, (as in the case of magnitudes measured through
+more than one aperture), the first value is selected.
+The standard list may easily be extended at user request.
+.le
+.ls user list
+A user supplied list of standard columns.
+Column names are listed in full in either upper or
+lower case letters, separated by commas. If more than one value of
+a multi-valued column is requested
+the individual values 
+must be listed separately as in the following example
+ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MAG[1], MERR[1], MAG[2], MERR[2].
+.le
+
+\fIPhotcolumns\fR can be changed interactively from within PEXAMINE at
+the cost of rereading the database. 
+.le
+.ls xcolumn = "mag" (magnitude), ycolumn = "merr" (magnitude error)
+The names of the two columns which define the default X-Y plot.
+\fIXcolumn\fR and \fIycolumn\fR must be listed in \fIphotcolumns\fR or
+\fIusercolumns\fR but may be changed interactively by the user.
+If either \fIxcolumn\fR or \fIycolumn\fR is a multi-valued quantity
+and more than one value is listed in \fIphotcolumns\fR or \fIusercolumns\fR
+then the desired value number must be specified explicitly in, e.g.
+MAG[2] or MERR[2].
+.le
+.ls hcolumn = "mag" (magnitude)
+The name of the column which defines the default histogram plot.
+\fIHcolumn\fR must be listed in \fIphotcolumns\fR or
+\fIusercolumns\fR but may be changed interactively by the user.
+If \fIhcolumn\fR is a multi-valued quantity and more than one value is
+listed in \fIphotcolumns\fR or \fIusercolumns\fR then the desired value
+must be specified explicitly in \fIhcolumn\fR, e.g. MAG[2].
+.le
+.ls xposcolumn = "xcenter", yposcolumn = "ycenter"
+The names of the two columns which define the X and Y coordinates in
+\fIimage\fR of the objects in the catalog. This information is
+required if the image display and image cursor are to be used to visually
+identify objects in the image with objects in the catalog or if plots
+of image data are requested. \fIXposcolumn\fR and \fIyposcolumn\fR must
+be listed in \fIphotcolumns\fR or \fIusercolumns\fR but may
+be changed interactively by the user.
+.le
+.ls usercolumns = ""
+The list of columns loaded into memory in addition to the
+standard photometry columns \fIphotcolumns\fR. The column
+names are listed in full in upper or lower case letters and separated by
+commas.
+\fIUsercolumns\fR can be changed interactively from within PEXAMINE at
+the cost of rereading the database. 
+.le
+.ls max_nstars = 3000
+The maximum number of objects that are loaded into memory at task
+startup time, beginning at object \fIfirst_star\fR. If there are more
+than \fImax_nstars\fR in the catalog only the first \fImax_nstars\fR
+objects are read in.
+.le
+.ls first_star = 1
+The index of the first object to be read out of the catalog.
+.le
+.ls match_radius = 2.0
+The tolerance in pixels to be used for matching objects in the catalog with
+objects marked on the display with the image cursor.
+.le
+.ls graphics = "stdgraph"
+The default graphics device.
+.le
+.ls gcommands = ""
+The graphics cursor. If null the standard graphics cursor is used whenever
+graphics cursor input is requested. A cursor file in the appropriate
+format may be substituted by specifying the name of the file.
+.le
+.ls icommands = ""
+The image display cursor. If null the standard image cursor is used whenever
+image cursor input is requested. A cursor file in the appropriate
+format may be substituted by specifying the name of the file.
+Also the image cursor may be changed to query the graphics device or the
+terminal by setting the environment variable "stdimcur" to "stdgraph"
+or "text" respectively.
+.le
+.ls use_display = yes
+Use the image display? Users without access to an image display should
+set \fIuse_display\fR to "no".
+.le
+
+.ih
+PLOTTING PARAMETERS
+
+PEXAMINE supports five types of plots 1) an X-Y column plot
+2) a histogram column plot 3) a radial profile plot 4) a surface
+plot and 5) a contour plot.
+Each supported plot type has its own parameter set which
+controls the appearance of the plot.
+The names of the five parameter sets are listed below.
+
+.nf
+    cntrplot	Parameters for the contour plot
+    histplot	Parameters for the column histogram plot
+    radplot	Parameters for radial profile plot
+    surfplot	Parameters for surface plot
+    xyplot	Parameters for the X-Y column plot	
+.fi
+
+The same  parameters dealing with graph formats occur in many of the parameter
+sets while some are specific only to one parameter set.  In the
+summary below those common to more than one parameter set are shown
+only once.  The characters in parenthesis are the graph key prefixes
+for the parameter sets in which the parameter occurs.
+
+.ls angh = -33., angv = 25.		(s)
+Horizontal and vertical viewing angles in degrees for surface plots.
+.le
+.ls axes = yes				(s)
+Draw axes along the edge of surface plots?
+.le
+.ls banner = yes 			 (chrsx)
+Add a standard banner to a graph?  The standard banner includes the
+IRAF user and host identification and the date and time.
+.le
+.ls box = yes 				(chrx)
+Draw graph box and axes?
+.le
+.ls ceiling = INDEF			(cs)
+Ceiling data value for contour and surface plots.  A value of INDEF does
+not apply a ceiling.  In contour plots a value of 0. also does not
+apply a ceiling.
+.le
+.ls dashpat = 528			(c)
+Dash pattern for negative contours.
+.le
+.ls fill = no (yes)			(c) (hrx)
+Fill the output viewport regardless of the device aspect ratio?
+.le
+.ls floor = INDEF			(cs)
+Floor data value for contour and surface plots.  A value of INDEF does
+not apply a floor.  In contour plots a value of 0. also does not
+apply a floor.
+.le
+.ls grid = no				(rx)
+Draw grid lines at major tick marks?
+.le
+.ls interval = 0.0			(c)
+Contour interval.  If 0.0, a contour interval is chosen which places 20 to 30
+contours spanning the intensity range of the image.
+.le
+.ls label= no				(c)
+Label the major contours in the contour plot?
+.le
+.ls logx = no, logy = no		(rx) (hrx)
+Plot the x or y axis logarithmically?  The default for histogram plots is
+to plot the y axis logarithmically.
+.le
+.ls majrx=5, minrx=5, majry=5, minry=5	(chrx)
+Maximum number of major tick marks on each axis and number of minor tick marks
+between major tick marks.
+.le
+.ls marker = "box"			(rx)
+Marker to be drawn.  Markers are "point", "box", 
+"cross", "plus", "circle", "hline", "vline" or "diamond".
+.le
+.ls nbins = 512				(h)
+The number of bins in, or resolution of, histogram plots.
+.le
+.ls ncolumns = 21, nlines = 21		(cs)
+Number of columns and lines used in contour and surface plots.
+.le
+.ls ncontours = 5			(c)
+Number of contours to be drawn.  If 0, the contour interval may be specified,
+otherwise 20 to 30 nicely spaced contours are drawn.  A maximum of 40 contours
+can be drawn.
+.le
+.ls nhi = -1				(c)
+If -1, highs and lows are not marked.  If 0, highs and lows are marked
+on the plot.  If 1, the intensity of each pixel is marked on the plot.
+.le
+.ls rinner = 0, router = 8
+The inner and outer radius of the region whose radial profile is to
+be plotted.
+.le
+.ls round = no				(chrx)
+Extend the axes up to "nice" values?
+.le
+.ls szmarker = 1			(rx)
+Size of mark except for points.  A positive size less than 1 specifies
+a fraction of the device size.  Values of 1, 2, 3, and 4 signify
+default sizes of increasing size.
+.le
+.ls ticklabels = yes			(chrx)
+Label the tick marks?
+.le
+.ls top_closed = no			(h)
+Include z2 in the top histogram bin?  Each bin of the histogram is a
+subinterval that is half open at the top.  \fITop_closed\fR decides whether
+those pixels with values equal to z2 are to be counted in the histogram.  If
+\fItop_closed\fR is yes, the top bin will be larger than the other bins.
+.le
+.ls x1 = INDEF, x2 = INDEF, y1 = INDEF, y2 = INDEF	(hrx)
+Range of graph along each axis.  If INDEF the range is determined from
+the data range.  The default y1 for histogram plots is 0.
+.le
+.ls zero = 0.				(c)
+Greyscale value of the zero contour, i.e., the value of a zero point shift
+to be applied to the image data before plotting.  Does not affect the values
+of the floor and ceiling parameters.
+.le
+.ls z1 = INDEF, z2 = INDEF		(h)
+Range of pixel values to be used in histogram.  INDEF values default to
+the range in the region being histogrammed.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+PEXAMINE is a general purpose tool for interactively examining and editing
+photometry catalogs produced by the APPHOT or DAOPHOT packages. It is
+intended to aid the user in assessing the accuracy of the photometry,
+in diagnosing problems with particular catalog objects,
+in searching the photometry data for relationships
+between the computed quantities, and in editing the catalog based on
+those observed relationships. PEXAMINE is intended to complement the
+more batch oriented editing facilities of the PSELECT task.
+
+PEXAMINE takes the input catalog \fIinput\fR and the corresponding
+image \fIimage\fR (if defined) and produces an output catalog of selected
+objects \fIoutput\fR (if defined) and an output catalog of deleted objects
+\fIdeletions\fR (if defined). The input catalog may be either an
+APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database or an ST binary table database.
+The file type of the output catalogs \fIoutput\fR and \fIdeletions\fR
+is the same as that of \fIinput\fR.
+
+READING IN THE DATA
+
+PEXAMINE reads the column data specified by \fIphotcolumns\fR and
+\fIusercolumns\fR for up to \fImax_nstars\fR into memory. If there are
+more than \fImax_nstars\fR in the input catalog only the data for the
+first \fImax_nstars\fR is read. The \fIphotcolumns\fR parameter
+defines the list of standard photometry columns to be loaded. If
+"daophot" or "apphot" is selected then the standard columns
+are GROUP, ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY, MAG, MERR, CHI, SHARP and NITER
+and ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY, MAG and MERR respectively.
+Otherwise the user must set \fIphotcolumns\fR to his or her own preferred
+list of standard photometry columns. Non-standard columns may also be
+specified using the parameter \fIusercolumns\fR.
+Valid column lists contain the full names of the specified columns
+in upper or lower case letters, separated by commas.
+Either \fIphotcolumns\fR or 
+\fIusercolumns\fR may be redefined interactively by the user after
+the task has started up, but only at the
+expense of rereading the data from \fIinput\fR.
+
+PEXAMINE will fail to load a specified column if that column is
+not in the photometry database, is of a datatype other than
+integer or real, or adding that column would exceed the maximum
+number of columns limit currently set at twenty. The user can
+interactively examine the list of requested and loaded standard
+photometry columns, as well as list all the columns in the input
+after the task has started up.
+
+GRAPHICS AND IMAGE COMMAND MODE
+
+PEXAMINE accepts commands either from the graphics cursor \fIgcommands\fR
+(graphics command mode) or the image display cursor \fIicommands\fR
+if available (image command mode).
+PEXAMINE starts up in graphics command mode, but all the
+interactive commands are accessible from both modes and the user can
+switch modes at any time assuming that the \fIuse_display\fR parameter
+to "yes".
+
+PEXAMINE interprets the cursor position in graphics mode
+differently from how it interprets it in image command mode.
+In graphics command mode the cursor coordinates are the position
+of the cursor in the current plot, whereas in image command mode they
+are the x and y coordinates of the cursor in the displayed image.
+For example, if the user issues a command to PEXAMINE to locate the object
+in the catalog nearest the point in the current X-Y plot marked by
+the graphics cursor, PEXAMINE does so by searching
+the data for the object whose values of \fIxcolumn\fR and \fIycolumn\fR
+most closely match those of the current cursor position.
+If the user issues a command  to PEXAMINE to locate the
+object in the catalog corresponding to the object marked on the image
+display with the image cursor,
+PEXAMINE does so by searching the data for
+the object whose values of \fIxposcolumn\fR and \fIyposcoumn\fR
+most closely match and fall within \fImatch_radius\fR of the current
+cursor position.
+
+Input to PEXAMINE is through single keystroke commands or colon
+commands. Keystroke commands are simple commands that may
+optionally use the cursor position but otherwise require no arguments.
+The PEXAMINE keystroke commands fall into three categories, basic
+commands, data examining commands and data editing commands, all
+described in detail in the following sections. Colon commands
+take an optional argument and function differently depending on
+the presence or absence of that argument. When the argument is absent
+colon commands are used to display the
+current value of a parameter or list of parameters. When the argument is
+present they change their current value to that argument.
+The basic colon commands are described in detail below. 
+
+BASIC KEYSTROKE COMMANDS
+
+These keystroke commands are used to display the help page, switch from
+graphics to image command mode and quit the task.
+
+.ls ?
+Page through the help for the PEXAMINE task
+.le
+.ls :
+Execute a PEXAMINE colon command.
+.le
+.ls g
+Change to graphics command mode. Throughout PEXAMINE graphics command mode
+is the default. All PEXAMINE commands are available in graphics command
+mode.
+.le
+.ls i
+Change to image command mode.
+All the PEXAMINE commands are available in image command mode.
+However if \fIuse_display\fR is no and the image
+cursor has not been aliased to the standard input or a text file
+image command mode is disabled.
+.le
+.ls q
+Quit PEXAMINE without writing an output catalog.
+PEXAMINE queries the user for confirmation of this option.
+.le
+.ls e
+Quit PEXAMINE and write the output catalog.
+.le
+
+DATA EXAMINING COMMANDS
+
+The data examining commands fall into two categories, those that examine
+the catalog data including 'l' (catalog listing), 'o' (object listing),
+'x' (Y column versus X column plot) and 'h' (histogram column plot)
+commands, and those which examine the image data around specific catalog
+objects including 'r' (radial profile plotting), 's' (surface plotting),
+'c' (contour plotting) and 'm' (pixel dumping). The latter group
+require that \fIimage\fR be defined. A brief summary of each data
+examining command is given below.
+.ls l
+Print out the name, datatype, and units for all the columns in the input
+catalog. The list command can be used to check the contents of the input
+catalog and/or determine why a particular column was not loaded.
+.le
+.ls o
+Print out the names and values of the stored columns of the object
+nearest the cursor. In graphics mode the current plot type must be
+X-Y. In image command mode the object nearest the cursor must also be
+no more than \fImatch-radius\fR pixels away from the image cursor to be
+found. If an object is found and the current plot type is X-Y
+the graphics cursor is moved to the position of the selected object
+in the X-Y plot.
+.le
+.ls x
+Plot the data in \fIycolumn\fR versus the data in \fIxcolumn\fR excluding
+any already deleted points and identifying objects marked for deletion
+with a cross. X-Y plotting is undefined if \fIxcolumn\fR or \fIycolumn\fR
+is undefined.
+.le
+.ls h
+Plot the histogram of the data in \fIhcolumn\fR excluding any already 
+deleted points and those marked for deletion. Histogram plotting is
+disabled if \fIhcolumn\fR is undefined.
+.le
+.ls r
+Plot the radial profile of the object nearest the cursor including
+only pixels within a distance of \fIrinner\fR and \fIrouter\fR of
+the object center. Radial profile plotting is disabled if \fIimage\fR
+or \fIxposcolumn\fR or \fIyposcolumn\fR is undefined.
+.le
+.ls s
+Plot the surface plot of the object nearest the cursor including
+only pixels within an image section \fIncols\fR by \fInlines\fR
+around the object center. Surface plotting is disabled if \fIimage\fR
+or \fIxposcolumn\fR or \fIyposcolumn\fR is undefined.
+.le
+.ls c
+Plot the contour plot of the object nearest the cursor including
+only pixels within an image section \fIncols\fR by \fInlines\fR
+around the object center. Contour plotting is disabled if \fIimage\fR
+or \fIxposcolumn\fR or \fIyposcolumn\fR is undefined.
+.le
+.ls m
+Dump the pixel values of a grid of 10 by 10 pixels around the object
+nearest the cursor. Pixel value dumping is disabled if \fIimage\fR
+or \fIxposcolumn\fR or \fIyposcolumn\fR is undefined.
+.le
+.ls p
+Replot the current graph.
+.le
+
+DATA EDITING COMMANDS
+
+Data points can be deleted from the catalog in either graphics command
+mode or image
+command mode. In graphics command mode the 
+graphics cursor and either the X-Y or histogram plot is used to delete points.
+In image command mode the image cursor and the displayed
+image are used to delete points. A data point has three possible states
+good, marked for deletion and deleted.
+Any one of the keystroke commands 'd' (delete point), '(' (delete points
+with x less than x cursor), ')' (delete points with x greater than x cursor,
+'^' (delete points with y > y cursor), 'v' (delete points with y < y cursor)
+or 'b' (delete points in a box) can be used to mark points for deletion.
+The 'f' key is used to actually delete the points and replot the data.
+In between marking the points for deletion and actually deleting the marked
+points the 't' (toggle) key can be used to undelete the last set marked.
+The full list of the data editing keystroke commands is given below.
+
+.ls z
+Undelete not just unmark all the data points replot.
+.le
+.ls f
+Delete points marked for deletion and replot. Points marked for deletion
+but not actually deleted will be written to the output catalog and not
+written to the deletions catalog.
+.le
+.ls d
+Mark the point nearest the cursor for deletion.
+.le
+.ls u
+Undelete the marked point nearest the cursor.
+.le
+.ls (
+Mark all points with x values less than the x value of the cursor for
+deletion.  In graphics command mode points can only be marked for deletion if
+the current plot type is "xyplot" or "histplot". In image command
+mode \fIxposcolumn\fR and \fIyposcolumn\fR must be defined before
+points can be marked for deletion.
+.le
+.ls )
+Mark all points with x values greater than the x value of the cursor for
+deletion.  In graphics command mode points can only be marked for deletion if
+the current plot type is "xyplot" or "histplot". In image command
+mode \fIxposcolumn\fR and \fIyposcolumn\fR must be defined before
+points can be marked for deletion.
+.le
+.ls v
+Mark all points with y values less than the y value of the cursor for
+deletion.  In graphics command mode points can only be marked for deletion if
+the current plot type is "xyplot". In image command
+mode \fIxposcolumn\fR and \fIyposcolumn\fR must be defined before
+points can be marked for deletion.
+.le
+.ls ^
+Mark all points with y values greater than the y value of the cursor for
+deletion.  In graphics command mode points can only be marked for deletion if
+the current plot type is "xyplot". In image command
+mode \fIxposcolumn\fR and \fIyposcolumn\fR must be defined before
+points can be marked for deletion.
+.le
+.ls b
+Mark all points within a box whose lower left and upper right hand corners
+are marked by the cursor for deletion.
+In graphics mode points can only be marked for deletion if the current
+plot type is "xyplot". In image command mode \fIxposcolumn\fR and
+\fIyposcolumn\fR must be defined before points can be marked for
+deletion.
+.le
+.ls t
+Toggle between marking points for deletion or undeletion. The default
+is to mark points for deletion.
+.le
+
+BASIC COLON COMMANDS
+
+All the PEXAMINE parameters can be changed interactively with colon
+commands, including those which determine which data is read in,
+which data is plotted and the parameters of each plot. A brief description
+of the basic commands is given here. The full list is given in the
+following section.
+
+.ls :photcolumns [col1,col2,...]
+Show or set the list of requested standard photometry columns and the list
+of loaded
+photometry columns. If the user supplies a new list of columns the data will be
+reread from disk.
+.le
+.ls :usercolumns [col1,col2,...]
+Show or set the list of requested user columns and the list of loaded
+user columns. If the user supplies a new list of columns the data will be
+reread from disk.
+.le
+.ls :xcolumn [colname]
+Show or set the name of the column to be plotted along the x axis of the
+X-Y plot.
+.le
+.ls :ycolumn [colname]
+Show or set the name of the column to be plotted along the y axis of the
+X-Y plot.
+.le
+.ls :hcolumn [colname]
+Show or set the name of the column to be whose histogram is to be plotted.
+.le
+.ls :eparam [cntrplot/histplot/radplot/surfplot/xyplot]
+Review or edit the list of parameters for the various plot types.
+.le
+.ls :unlearn [cntrplot/histplot/radplot/surfplot/xyplot]
+Return the list of parameters for the various plot types to their default
+values.
+.le
+.ls :x y key cmd
+Execute any defined keystroke "key" supplying the appropriate x and y
+value in place of the cursor position. In graphics command mode the x
+and y position are assumed to be the position in the current graph.
+In image command mode the x and y position are assumed to be the x and
+y coordinate in the image display.
+.le
+
+.ih
+COMMANDS
+
+.nf
+	PEXAMINE Interactive Cursor Keystroke Commands
+
+                   Basic Commands
+
+?	Print help for the PEXAMINE task
+:	PEXAMINE colon commands
+g	Activate the graphics cursor
+i	Activate the image cursor
+e	Exit PEXAMINE and save the edited catalog
+q	Quit PEXAMINE and discard the edited catalog
+
+		   Data Examining Commands
+
+l	List the name, datatype and units for all columns in the catalog 	
+o	Print out the names and values of the stored columns for the
+	    object nearest the cursor
+x	Replot the current y column versus the current x column
+h	Replot the current histogram
+r	Plot the radial profile of the object nearest the cursor
+s	Plot the surface of the object nearest the cursor
+c	Plot the contour plot of the object nearest the cursor
+m	Print the data values of the object nearest the cursor
+p	Replot the current graph
+
+                   Data Editing Commands
+
+z	Reinitialize the data by removing all deletions and replot
+d	Mark the point nearest the cursor for deletion
+u	Undelete the marked point nearest the cursor
+t	Toggle between marking points for deletion or undeletion
+(	Mark points with X < X (cursor) for deletion or undeletion
+)	Mark points with X > X (cursor) for deletion or undeletion
+v	Mark points with Y < Y (cursor) for deletion or undeletion
+^	Mark points with Y > Y (cursor) for deletion or undeletion
+b	Mark points inside a box for deletion or undeletion
+f	Actually delete the marked points and replot
+
+
+	      PEXAMINE Interactive Colon Commands
+
+:xcolumn	  [name]	     Show/set the X-Y plot X axis quantity
+:ycolumn	  [name]	     Show/set the X-Y plot Y axis quantity
+:hcolumn	  [name]	     Show/set the histogram plot quantity  
+:photcolumns	  [col1,col2,...]    Show/set the list of photometry columns
+:usercolumns	  [col1,col2,...]    Show/set the list of user columns
+:delete		  [yes/no]	     Delete or undelete points
+:eparam		  [x/h/r/s/c]	     Edit/unlearn the specified plot pset
+    or
+:unlearn
+
+
+	     PEXAMINE Interactive X-Y Plotting Commands
+
+:x1	    [value]	  Left  world x-coord if not autoscaling
+:x2 	    [value]	  Right world x-coord if not autoscaling
+:y1         [value]	  Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling
+:y2         [value]	  Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling
+:szmarker   [value]	  Marker size
+:marker [point|box|plus|cross|circle|diamond|hline|vline]    Marker type
+:logx       [yes/no]	  Log scale the x axis?
+:logy       [yes/no]      Log scale the y axis?
+:box        [yes/no]      Draw box around periphery of window?
+:ticklabels [yes/no]	  Label tick marks?
+:grid       [yes/no]	  Draw grid lines at major tick marks? 
+:majrx      [value]	  Number of major divisions along x axis
+:minrx      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along x axis
+:majry      [value]	  Number of major divisions along y axis
+:minry      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along y axis
+:round      [yes/no]      Round axes to nice values?
+:fill       [yes/no]      Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio?
+
+
+	PEXAMINE Interactive Histogram Plotting Commands
+
+:nbins	    [value]	  Number of bins in the histogram
+:z1	    [value]	  Minimum histogram intensity
+:z2	    [value]	  Maximum histogram intensity
+:top_closed [y/n]	  Include z in the top bin?
+:x1	    [value]	  Left  world x-coord if not autoscaling
+:x2	    [value]	  Right world x-coord if not autoscaling
+:y1         [value]	  Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling
+:y2         [value]	  Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling
+:logy       [yes/no]      Log scale the y axis?
+:box        [yes/no]      Draw box around periphery of window?
+:ticklabels [yes/no]	  Label tick marks?
+:majrx      [value]	  Number of major divisions along x axis
+:minrx      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along x axis
+:majry      [value]	  Number of major divisions along y axis
+:minry      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along y axis
+:round      [yes/no]      Round axes to nice values?
+:fill       [yes/no]      Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio?
+
+	PEXAMINE Interactive Radial Profile Plotting Commands
+
+:rinner	    [value]	  Inner radius of the region to be plotted
+:router	    [value]	  Outer radius of the region to be plotted
+:x1	    [value]	  Left  world x-coord if not autoscaling
+:x2 	    [value]	  Right world x-coord if not autoscaling
+:y1         [value]	  Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling
+:y2         [value]	  Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling
+:szmarker   [value]	  Marker size
+:marker [point|box|plus|cross|circle|diamond|hline|vline]    Marker type
+:logx       [yes/no]	  Log scale the x axis?
+:logy       [yes/no]      Log scale the y axis?
+:box        [yes/no]      Draw box around periphery of window?
+:ticklabels [yes/no]	  Label tick marks?
+:grid       [yes/no]	  Draw grid lines at major tick marks? 
+:majrx      [value]	  Number of major divisions along x axis
+:minrx      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along x axis
+:majry      [value]	  Number of major divisions along y axis
+:minry      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along y axis
+:round      [yes/no]      Round axes to nice values?
+:fill       [yes/no]      Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio?
+
+
+	PEXAMINE Interactive Surface Plotting Commands
+
+:ncolumns   [value]	  Number of columns to be plotted
+:nlines	    [value]	  Number of lines to be plotted
+:axes	    [yes/no]	  Draw axes?
+:angh	    [value]	  Horizontal viewing angle
+:angv	    [value]	  Vertical viewing angle
+:floor	    [value]	  Minimum value to be plotted
+:ceiling    [value]	  Maximum value to be plotted
+
+
+	PEXAMINE Interactive Contour Plotting Commands
+
+:ncolumns   [value]	  Number of columns to be plotted
+:nlines	    [value]	  Number of lines to be plotted
+:floor	    [value]	  Minimum value to be plotted
+:ceiling    [value]	  Maximum value to be plotted
+:zero	    [value]       Greyscale value of zero contour
+:ncontours   [value]	  Number of contours to be drawn
+:interval    [value]       Contour interval
+:nhi	    [value]       Hi/low marking option
+:dashpat     [value]       Bit pattern for generating dashed lines
+:label       [yes/no]      Label major contours with their values?
+:box        [yes/no]      Draw box around periphery of window?
+:ticklabels [yes/no]	  Label tick marks?
+:majrx      [value]	  Number of major divisions along x axis
+:minrx      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along x axis
+:majry      [value]	  Number of major divisions along y axis
+:minry      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along y axis
+:round      [yes/no]      Round axes to nice values?
+:fill       [yes/no]      Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio?
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Examine and edit an APPHOT aperture photometry catalog and a DAOPHOT
+allstar catalog without either attaching the associated image or using the
+image display.
+
+.nf
+    pt> pexamine m92.mag.1 m92.mag.ed use_display-
+
+	... a plot of magnitude error versus magnitude appears on
+	    the screen and the graphics cursor comes up ready to accept
+	    commands
+
+	... the user sees a generally smooth trend of increasing
+	    magnitude error with increasing magnitude except for a
+	    single deviant point at the bright end of the plot
+
+	... the user decides to remove the deviant point using the
+	    'd' keystroke command to mark the point and the 'f'
+	    keystroke command to actually delete and replot the graph
+
+	... after examining the plot further the user decides to delete
+	    all objects for which the magnitude error is > 0.1 magnitudes
+	    using the '^' keystroke command, followed by the 'f'
+	    keystroke command to actually replot and delete the data.
+
+	... after deciding that this new plot is satisfactory the user
+	    issues the 'e' keystroke command to exit pexamine and save
+	    the good data in m92.mag.ed
+
+    pt> pexamine m92.als.1 m92.als.ed use_display-
+
+	... a plot of magnitude error versus magnitude appears on the
+	    screen and the graphics cursor comes up ready to accept
+	    commands
+
+	... after looking at the plot the user decides that what they
+	    really want to see is a plot of the goodness of fit parameter
+	    chi versus magnitude
+
+	... the user issues the colon command :ycol chi followed by 'p'
+	    keystroke command to replot the data
+
+	... the user sees a generally smooth trend of increasing
+	    chi with increasing magnitude 
+
+	... after examining the plot further the user decides to delete
+	    all objects for which the chi value  > 2.0  and the
+	    magnitude is > 25 using the '^' key and ')' keystroke
+	    commands followed by 'f' to save the deletions and replot
+	    the data
+
+	... after deciding that this new plot is satisfactory the user
+	    issues the 'e' keystroke command to exit pexamine and save
+	    the good data in m92.als.ed
+.fi
+
+2. Examine and edit a DAOPHOT allstar catalog using the subtracted image, the
+original image and the image display.
+
+.nf
+	pt> display image.sub 1
+
+	    ... display the subtracted image
+
+	pt> pexamine orionk.als.1 orionk.als.ed image xcol=mag ycol=chi
+
+	... a plot of the goodness of fit versus magnitude appears
+	    on the terminal and the graphics cursor comes up ready to
+	    accept commands
+
+	... the user notices some very anomalous chi values and decides
+	    to see if these correspond to objects which have poor
+	    subtraction on the displayed image
+
+	... the user switches to image command mode by tapping the 'i'
+	    key, moves to the first poorly subtracted object and taps
+	    the 'o' key
+
+	... a list of the values of the loaded columns including chi
+	    appears in the text window , the program switches to graphics
+	    mode and places the graphics cursor on the corresponding
+	    point in the X-Y plot
+
+	... the point in question indeed has a very high chi value
+	    and the user decides to try and investigate the reason for the
+	    anomalous value
+
+	... the user taps the 'r' key to get a radial profile of the
+	    object in the original image
+
+	... after carefully examining the profile it appears that the
+	    object's profile is too broad and that it is not a star
+
+	... the user switches back to the X-Y plot with the 'x' key,
+	    marks the point with the 'd' key and saves the deletions
+	    and replots with the 'f' key.
+
+	... the user goes back to image command mode with the 'i' key
+	    and begins investigating the next object
+
+	... finally after examining the image and making all the changes
+	    the user decides to quit and save the changes with the 'e' key
+
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+If the display device is on a remote resource the first image cursor
+request will cause PEXAMINE to hang. The remote resource is expecting
+the appropriate password which the user must type in to cause the 
+the image cursor to appear. The normal password prompt is
+not being issued or flushed to the terminal. The solution to the problem
+is to put the password in the .irafhosts file
+
+INDEF valued points cannot be accessed by
+PEXAMINE. INDEF valued points should be removed from the input catalog
+with PSELECT prior to entering PEXAMINE.
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.pselect, ptools.txselect,ptools.tselect
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/prenumber.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/prenumber.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1dcc4ed9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/prenumber.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+.help prenumber May93 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+prenumber -- renumber an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database
+.ih
+USAGE
+renumber infile
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls infile
+The APPHOT/DAOPHOT database to be renumbered.
+.le
+.ls id = "ID"
+The name of the keyword whose value is the sequence number of the object
+.le
+.ls idoffset = 0
+An integer offset  to be added to the id numbers of the stars in
+the output renumbered photometry file. If idoffset is > 0, the output
+id numbers will run from 1 + idoffset to N + idoffset instead of from 1 to N.
+in the database.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+PRENUMBER is a simple task which accepts an APPHOT/DAOPHOT
+database file and renumbers the objects in the file from 1 + idoffset
+to N + idoffset,
+where N is the number of objects in the database. A renumber operation is
+often performed
+after an append operation to insure that the database objects have unique id
+numbers or after a sort to put the id numbers in order.
+
+PRENUMBER is a script which executes TXRENUMBER if the APPHOT/DAOPHOT
+database is a text database or TCALC if the file is an STSDAS table
+database.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Renumber a sorted NSTAR database that has been sorted on magnitude.
+
+.nf
+   pt> prenumber m92r.nst.1
+.fi
+
+2. Renumber a PHOT photometry file of extra stars so as to ensure the
+stars' id numbers are  greater than 4000.
+
+.nf
+    pt> prenumber m92r.mag.extra idoffset=4000
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.txrenumber,ptools.tbrenumber,tables.tcalc
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pselect.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pselect.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..92d4f163
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pselect.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+.help pselect Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+pselect - select records from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database
+.ih
+USAGE
+pselect infiles outfiles expr
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls infiles
+The APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases containing the records from which the
+selection is to be made.
+.le
+.ls outfiles
+The output APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases containing the selected records.
+.le
+.ls expr
+The boolean expression to be evaluated.  The expression
+is evaluated once for each record.  If \fIexpr\fR = yes,
+a copy is made of the input file.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+PSELECT selects a subset of the records
+from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database or a list of databases 
+and writes the new records out to another database or list of
+databases.
+
+The output records are selected on the basis of an input boolean
+expression \fIexpr\fR whose variables are in the case of text
+databases the field names
+specified by the #N keywords or the parameters specified by the
+#K keywords and in the case of an STSDAS table database the
+column names.
+If after substituting the values associated
+with a particular record into the field name variables the
+expression evaluates
+to yes, that record is included in the output database.
+
+The supported
+operators and functions are briefly described below. A detailed description
+of the boolean expression evaluator and its syntax can be found
+in the manual page for the IMAGES package HEDIT task.
+
+The following logical operators can be used in the boolean expression. 
+
+.nf
+	equal		  ==	not equal		!=
+	less than	  <	less than or equal	<=
+	greater than	  >	greater than or equal	>=
+	or		  ||	and			&&
+	negation	  !	pattern match		?=
+	concatenation	  //
+.fi
+
+The pattern match character ?=  takes a
+string expression as its first argument and a pattern as its second argument.
+The result is yes if the pattern is contained in the string expression.
+Patterns are strings which may contain pattern matching meta-characters.
+The meta-characters themselves can be matched by preceeding them with the escape
+character.  The meta-characters are listed below. 
+
+.nf
+	beginning of string	^	end of string		$
+	one character		?	zero or more characters	*
+	white space		#	escape character	\
+	ignore case		{	end ignore case		}
+	begin character class	[	end character class	]
+	not, in char class	^	range, in char class	-
+.fi
+
+The boolean expression may also include arithmetic operators and functions.
+The following arithmetic operators and functions are supported.
+
+.nf
+addition		+		subtraction		-
+multiplication		*		division		/
+negation		-		exponentiation		**
+absolute value		abs(x)		cosine			cos(x)
+sine			sin(x)		tangent			tan(x)
+arc cosine		acos(x)		arc sine		asin(x)
+arc tangent		atan(x)		arc tangent		atan2(x,y)
+exponential		exp(x)		square root		sqrt(x)
+natural log		log(x)		common log		log10(x)
+minimum			min(x,y)	maximum			max(x,y)
+convert to integer	int(x)		convert to real		real(x)
+nearest integer		nint(x)		modulo			mod(x)
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Select the records from the output of the APPHOT CENTER task for
+which 100. <= XCENTER <= 200. and 300. <= YCENTER <= 400.
+
+.nf
+    pt> pselect m92.ctr.3 m92out \
+	"XCE >= 100. && XCE <= 200. && YCE >= 300. && YCE <= 400."
+.fi
+
+2. Select the records from the output of the APPHOT PHOT task for which
+the first magnitude is not equal to INDEF. In the case of the
+an STSDAS table database it may be necessary to escape the
+leading square bracket.
+
+.nf
+    pt> pselect n4147.mag.3 n4147out "MAG[1] != INDEF"
+
+			or
+
+    pt> pselect n4147.mag.3 n4147out "MAG\[1] != INDEF"
+.fi
+
+3. Select the records from the output of the DAOPHOT ALLSTAR task
+for which CHI <= 5.0 and MERR <= .10 magnitudes.
+
+.nf
+    pt> pselect m92b.al.2 m92out "CHI <= 5.0 && MERR <= 1.0"
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+Array valued fields in text databases are not allowed in the expression
+field.
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+images.hedit,ptools.tbselect,tables.tselect,ptools.txselect
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/psort.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/psort.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..806448c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/psort.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+.help psort Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+psort -- sort an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database file
+.ih
+USAGE
+psort infiles field
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls infiles
+The input APPHOT/DAOPHOT databases to be sorted. The sort is performed in place.
+.le
+.ls field
+The field to be sorted on. If the input file is a text database,
+\fIfield\fR may be any quantity defined by
+the APPHOT/DAOPHOT #K and #N keywords. If the input file is an STSDAS
+table database \fIfield\fR may be any column name. \fIField\fR may be
+of type integer or real, in which case a numeric sort is performed,
+boolean, in which case the boolean constant "no" is assumed to have a
+smaller value than "yes", or character in which case an alphabetic sort
+is performed.
+.le
+.ls ascend = yes
+Sort in increasing value order.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+PSORT is a simple task which accepts an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database file
+and sorts it in place based on the value of the selected quantity
+\fIfield\fR. By default the sort is in increasing order of the value
+of field, but a reverse sort can be performed by 
+setting \fIascend\fR = no.
+
+If \fIfield\fR is a real or integer the sort is numeric, if boolean
+the constant "no" is assumed to have a smaller value than "yes", if
+character the sort is alphabetic.
+
+PSORT is a simple CL script which call TXSORT if the input database is
+a text file and TSORT if the input database is a text file.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1.  Sort the output of the APPHOT task PHOT in increasing order of
+the y coordinate.
+
+.nf
+    pt> psort m92.mag.1 YCENTER
+.fi
+
+2. Sort the output of the DAOPHOT task ALLSTAR in increasing order of
+magnitude.
+
+.nf
+    pt> psort m92.al.1 MAG
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.txsort,tables.tsort,ptools.tbsort
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pttest.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pttest.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3329e017
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/pttest.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+.help pttest Oct91 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+pttest -- run basic tests on the ptools package tasks
+.ih
+USAGE
+pttest rootname
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls rootname
+The root name of the output test files. The actual test files are stored in
+in the PTOOLS package test directory. If the test files already exist
+PTTEST will exit with a warning message.
+.le
+.ls ptlogfile = ""
+The name of the output log file. By default all the output is logged in a file
+called \fIrootname.log"\fR. If the log file already exists PTTEST will
+exit with a warning message.
+.le
+.ls ptplotfile = ""
+The name of the output plot file. By default all the graphics output is
+logged in a file called \fIrootname.plot"\fR. If the plot file already exists
+PTTEST will exit with a warning message.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+PTTEST is a simple script which exercises each of the major tasks in the
+PTOOLS package in turn. At startup PTTEST reads a small set of text files
+stored in the PTOOLS test subdirectory and creates copies of them in
+the user's working directory. PTTEST initializes the PTTOLS package by
+returning
+all the parameters to their default state, runs each of the PTOOLS
+tasks in non-interactive mode, spools the text output to the file
+\fIptlogfile\fR, and the graphics output from the PEXAMINE task to the plot
+metacode file \fIptplotfile\fR.
+
+Some of PTOOLS tasks which PTTEST attempts to test are in the STSDAS TABLES
+package. If this package is not available a warning message will appear 
+on the screen and this part of the PTTEST script will be skipped.
+The TABLES external addon package is available from ST. 
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Check to see that all the PTOOLS tasks are functioning correctly.
+.nf
+	da> ptools
+
+	... load the ptools package
+
+	da> pttest testit
+
+	... run the test script
+
+	da> lprint testit.log
+
+	... print the text output
+
+	da> gkidir testit.plot
+
+	... list the contents of the plot file
+
+	da> gkiextract testit.plot 1-N | stdplot
+
+	... send the plots to the plotter
+
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+tables
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbcalc.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbcalc.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9e0f83b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbcalc.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+.help tbcalc May93 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+tbcalc - perform an arithmetic operation on a column in a list of apphot/daophot
+	 ST tables databases
+.ih
+USAGE
+tbcalc textfiles column value
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls textfiles
+The APPHOT/DAOPHOT ST tables database(s) containing the column to be recomputed.
+.le
+.ls column
+The column to be recomputed. Column must be an integer or real column
+in the input file(s).
+.le
+.ls value
+The arithmetic expression used to recompute the specified column.
+Value may be an integer or real expression but must match the data
+type of column.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+TBCALC reads in the value of the \fIcolumn\fR 
+from a set of  APPHOT/DAOPHOT ST tables databases, replaces it with a new
+value specified by the arithmetic expression \fIvalue\fR,
+and updates the ST tables databases(s).
+
+The expression \fIvalue\fR consists of variables which are column names
+in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT ST tables database.
+TBCALC uses the TABLES package task TCALC to actually perform the
+arithmetic operation.
+
+The supported
+arithmetic operators and functions are briefly described below.
+
+.nf
+addition		+		subtraction		-
+multiplication		*		division		/
+negation		-		exponentiation		**
+absolute value		abs(x)		cosine			cos(x)
+sine			sin(x)		tangent			tan(x)
+arc cosine		acos(x)		arc sine		asin(x)
+arc tangent		atan(x)		arc tangent		atan2(x,y)
+exponential		exp(x)		square root		sqrt(x)
+natural log		log(x)		common log		log10(x)
+minimum			min(x,y)	maximum			max(x,y)
+convert to integer	int(x)		convert to real		real(x)
+nearest integer		nint(x)		modulo			mod(x)
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Change the XCENTER and YCENTER fields to XCENTER + 5.4 and YCENTER + 10.3
+respectively in a file produced by the daophot package allstar task.
+
+.nf
+	pt> tbcalc m92.als.1 xcenter "xcenter+5.4"
+	pt> tbcalc m92.als.1 ycenter "ycenter+10.3"
+.fi
+
+2.  Add a constant to the computed magnitudes produced by the daophot
+package nstar task.
+
+.nf
+	pt> tbcalc n4147.nst.2 mag "mag+3.457"
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.txcalc,tables.tcalc,ptools.pcalc
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbconcat.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbconcat.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..846b8f6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbconcat.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+.help tbconcat Dec92 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+tbconcat -- concatenate a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS databases
+.ih
+USAGE
+tbconcat tables outtable
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls tables
+The list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS databases to be concatenated.
+.le
+.ls outtable
+The name of the output APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS database.
+.le
+.ls task = "TASK"
+The name of the keyword whose value is the name of the task which wrote
+the database.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+TBCONCAT is a simple task which accepts a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS
+database files and concatenates them into one resultant database.
+TBCONCAT checks that all the file are indeed APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS
+database files and that they were all written by the same task before
+performing the concatenation.
+
+TBCONCAT is a simple script built around the STSDAS TABLES package
+task TMERGE. Users should consult the manual page for TMERGE for
+more details about the inner working of the task.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Concatenate a list of DAOPHOT package GROUP output tables into a
+single file.
+
+.nf
+   pt> tbconcat m92r.grp.1,m92r.grp.2,m92r.grp.3 m92rall.grp.1
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.txconcat,ptools.pconcat,tables.tmerge,concatenate
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbcrename.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbcrename.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..47d4fd3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbcrename.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+.help tbcrename Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+tbcrename -- rename selected columns in a list of table
+
+.ih
+USAGE
+tbcrename tables columns names
+
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+
+.ls table
+The list of input tables files.
+.le
+.ls columns
+The list of columns separated by commas whose names are to be changed.
+.le
+.ls names
+The list of new column names separated by commas.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+TBCRENAME takes a list of ST tables \fItables\fR and changes the names
+of selected columns \fIcolumns\fR to the names specified in \fInames\fR.
+If the input file is not an ST table or the column does not exist
+no action is taken. Otherwise the specified column is renamed.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. For the list of ST tables in tablelist, rename the columns "MAG,MERR"
+to "MAG[1],MERR[1]". Note the use of '\' to escape the pattern matching
+meta-character '['.
+
+.nf
+   pt> tbcrename @tablelist "MAG,MERR" "MAG\[1],MERR\[1]"
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+Since the contents of the ST table are altered the user must have
+write permission on the table in order to run TBCRENAME.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbdump.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbdump.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3cb5eac4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbdump.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+.help tbdump Feb93 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+tbdump -- print fields (columns) from a list of  APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table
+	  databases
+.ih
+USAGE
+tbdump tables columns expr
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls tables
+The name of the APPHOT/DAOPHOT table database(s) to be dumped.
+.le
+.ls columns
+The template specifying the names of the columns to be dumped.
+A null or blank string means
+dump all columns.  A column template consists of a list
+of either column names or column patterns containing the usual pattern matching
+meta-characters.  The names or patterns are separated by commas or white space.
+Column names must be spelled in full but may be upper or lower case.
+The columns list can be placed in a file and the name of the file preceded
+by an '@' character given in place of the column template.
+If the first non-white character in the column template
+is the negation character '~', the output will contain those columns
+NOT named in the remainder of the column template.
+.le
+.ls expr
+The boolean expression to be evaluated once per record.
+Only the fields in those records for which the boolean expression
+evaluates to yes are printed.
+If \fIexpr\fR = "yes", the specified columns in all the records are
+printed.
+.le
+.ls datafile = STDOUT
+If \fIDatafile\fR is not null ("") then the table data will be written
+to an output file with this name. By default the table data is written
+on the standard output.
+\fIDatafile\fR will not be created if the table is empty.
+.le
+.ls cdfile = ""
+If \fICdfile\fR is not null ("") then the column definitions will be written
+to an output file with this name.
+The column definitions consist of the column name, data type (R, D, I, B,
+or C), print format, and units.
+.le
+.ls pfile = ""
+If \fIPfile\fR is not null ("") then the header parameters will be written
+to an output file with this name.
+\fIPfile\fR will not be created if there are no header parameters.
+.le
+.ls rows = "-"
+\fIRows\fR is a string which may be used to specify ranges of rows which are
+to be dumped.  The default of "-" means dump all rows.  The first
+ten rows could be specified as \fIrows\fR = "1-10" or just \fIrows\fR = "-10".
+To dump the first ten rows and all rows from 900 through the last,
+use \fIrows\fR = "-10,900-".  \fIRows\fR = "1,3,7,23" will print only
+those four rows.  It is not an error to specify rows larger than the largest
+row number as they will simply be ignored.
+See the help for RANGES in XTOOLS for further information.
+.le
+.ls pagwidth = 158
+The width of the output for printing the table data.  If any of the columns
+to be printed is wider than this an error message will be displayed, and
+the data will not be dumped.  The width of each character column is
+increased by two to include a pair of enclosing quotes.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+This task converts selected records from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table
+database to ASCII format
+and by default prints the result on the standard output.
+TBDUMP  output does not include row numbers or column names.
+The TABLES package task TPRINT can be used for more readable output.
+
+The PTOOLS version of TBDUMP described here is 
+actually a combination of the STSDAS TABLES package tasks TSELECT and TDUMP.
+
+The three primary uses for TBDUMP are to format STSDAS tables for input to
+applications
+which expect simple text input, allow editing that would be
+difficult or impossible with the TABLES package TEDIT task, such as
+global substitutions,
+and facilitate copying a table over a network to another computer.
+For the latter two applications the table can be dumped to three separate files
+containing column definitions, header parameters, and table data,
+edited, column data types changed, etc.
+The TABLES package TCREATE can be used to create a new table from the three
+ASCII files produced by TBDUMP.
+By default only the column data is dumped.
+
+TBDUMP queries for the columns to be dumped. If \fIcolumns\fR is null ("")
+then all the columns are dumped.
+All the rows are dumped by default, but ranges of
+rows may be specified with the \fIrows\fR parameter.
+If the table is wider than will fit on a page,
+the output will consist of more than one line per row of the table,
+but all the columns will be printed before moving on to the next row.
+This is in contrast to TPRINT,
+which prints all rows for those columns that will fit on a page,
+then prints all rows for the next set of columns, etc.
+Character columns with multiple words are printed with enclosing quotes.
+
+The TABLES package TLCOL task (with TLCOL.NLIST=1) may be used to generate
+a list of
+column names so there is no question about spelling or case.  This list may
+be edited to rearrange the names and/or delete some, the list
+file preceded by an '@' and used as the value of the \fIcolumns\fR
+parameter.
+
+The output records are selected on the basis of an input boolean
+expression \fIexpr\fR whose variables are the tables column names.
+If after substituting the values associated
+with a particular record into the field name variables the
+expression evaluates
+to yes, that record is included in the output table.
+
+The supported
+operators and functions are briefly described below. A detailed description
+of the boolean expression evaluator and its syntax can be found
+in the manual page for the IMAGES package HEDIT task.
+
+The following logical operators can be used in the boolean expression. 
+
+.nf
+	equal		  ==	not equal		!=
+	less than	  <	less than or equal	<=
+	greater than	  >	greater than or equal	>=
+	or		  ||	and			&&
+	negation	  !	pattern match		?=
+	concatenation	  //
+.fi
+
+The pattern match character ?=  takes a
+string expression as its first argument and a pattern as its second argument.
+The result is yes if the pattern is contained in the string expression.
+Patterns are strings which may contain pattern matching meta-characters.
+The meta-characters themselves can be matched by preceeding them with the escape
+character.  The meta-characters listed below. 
+
+.nf
+	beginning of string	^	end of string		$
+	one character		?	zero or more characters	*
+	white space		#	escape character	\
+	ignore case		{	end ignore case		}
+	begin character class	[	end character class	]
+	not, in char class	^	range, in char class	-
+.fi
+
+The expression may also include arithmetic operators and functions.
+The following arithmetic operators and functions are supported.
+
+.nf
+addition		+		subtraction		-
+multiplication		*		division		/
+negation		-		exponentiation		**
+absolute value		abs(x)		cosine			cos(x)
+sine			sin(x)		tangent			tan(x)
+arc cosine		acos(x)		arc sine		asin(x)
+arc tangent		atan(x)		arc tangent		atan2(x,y)
+exponential		exp(x)		square root		sqrt(x)
+natural log		log(x)		common log		log10(x)
+minimum			min(x,y)	maximum			max(x,y)
+convert to integer	int(x)		convert to real		real(x)
+nearest integer		nint(x)		modulo			mod(x)
+.fi
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+.nf
+1. Dump the "ID", "MAG" and "MAGERR" columns of the DAOPHOT package NSTAR
+output to the standard output.
+
+    pt> tbdump n4147.nst.1 "ID,MAG,MAGERR" yes
+
+2. Dump the "ID", "MAG", and "MAGERR" columns of the above file for records
+which have  "MAG <= 20.0".
+
+    pt> tbdump n4147.nst.1 "ID,MAG,MAGERR" "MAG <= 20.0"
+
+3. Dump the "MAG" and "MAGERR" columns of the above file and pipe the
+result to graph.
+
+    pt> tbdump n4147.nst.1 "MAG,MAGERR" yes | graph STDIN
+
+4.  Dump all the columns in the first 100 rows of the above file.
+
+    pt> tbdump n4147.nst.1 "" yes rows="1-100"
+.fi
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+tables.tdump,tables.tprint,tables.tlcol,tables.tcreate,ptools.txdump,ptools.pdump
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbkeycol.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbkeycol.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c79b882
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbkeycol.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+.help tbkeycol Aug91 noao.ptools.digiphot
+.ih
+NAME
+tbkeycol -- create new table columns from table header keywords
+
+.ih
+USAGE
+tbkeycol table keywords
+
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+
+.ls table
+The list of input ST tables.
+.le
+.ls keywords
+The list of ST table header keywords, separated by commas, whose values will be
+copied into the newly created ST table columns.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+TBKEYCOL takes a list of ST tables \fItable\fR and copies the values of the
+header keywords \fIkeywords\fR into newly created columns of the same name.
+If the input file is not an ST table, an output column of the same name as the
+keyword already exists, or the keyword does not exist, no action is
+taken. Otherwise a new column of the same name as the keyword is created,
+and the value of the keyword is copied into all rows of the table.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. For the list of ST tables in tablelist, copy the values of the header
+keywords "IMAGE", "ITIME", "IFILTER", and "XAIRMASS" into table columns
+of the same name.
+
+.nf
+   pt> tbkeycol @tablelist "IMAGE,ITIME,IFILTER,XAIRMASS"
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+Since the structure of the ST table is altered the user must have
+write permission on the table in order to run TBKEYCOL.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbrenumber.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbrenumber.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..55c50770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbrenumber.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+.help tbrenumber May93 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+tbrenumber -- renumber a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table database(s)
+.ih
+USAGE
+tbrenumber tables
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls tables
+The list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table databases to be renumbered.
+.le
+.ls idoffset = 0
+An integer offset  to be added to the id numbers of the stars in
+the output renumbered photometry file. If idoffset is > 0, the output
+id numbers will run from 1 + idoffset to N + idoffset instead of from 1 to N.
+.le
+.ls id = "ID"
+The name of the keyword whose value is the sequence number of the object
+in the database.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+TBRENUMBER is a simple script task which accepts an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS
+table database and renumbers the objects from 1 + idoffset to N + idoffset,
+where N is the number
+of objects in the database. TBRENUMBER calls the TABLES package TCALC task
+to actually do the work.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Renumber a concatenated NSTAR photometry file that has been written with
+TBCONCAT.
+
+.nf
+   pt> tbrenumber m92r.nst
+.fi
+
+2. Renumber a PHOT photometry file of extra stars so as to ensure the
+stars' id numbers are  greater than 4000.
+
+.nf
+    pt> tbrenumber m92r.mag.extra idoffset=4000
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.txrenumber,ptools.prenumber,tables.tcalc
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbselect.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbselect.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a4ad6f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbselect.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+.help tbselect Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+tbselect -- create a new APPHOT/DAOPHOT table database from selected rows
+of an old APPHOT/DAOPHOT table database
+.ih
+USAGE
+tbselect intable outtable expr
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls intable 
+The list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table databases from which rows are
+copied.
+.le
+.ls outtable 
+The list of output APPHOT/DAOPHOT table databases to contain the copied rows.
+The number of output tables must equal the number of input tables.
+.le
+.ls expr
+The boolean expression which determines which rows are copied to the new
+table. \fIExpr\fR is evaluated once for each input row of data.
+If \fIexpr\fR is "yes" a copy is made of the old input table.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+TSELECT creates a new APPHOT/DAOPHOT table database containing a subset of
+the rows in the old table database.
+The rows are selected on the basis of an input boolean expression whose
+variables are table column names.
+If after substituting the values associated
+with a particular row into the column name variables the expression evaluates
+to yes, that row is included in the output table.
+
+The supported
+operators and functions are briefly described below. A detailed description
+of the boolean expression evaluator and its syntax can be found
+in the manual page for the IMAGES package HEDIT task.
+
+The following logical operators can be used in the expression. 
+
+.nf
+	equal		  ==	not equal		!=
+	less than	  <	less than or equal	<=
+	greater than	  >	greater than or equal	>=
+	or		  ||	and			&&
+	negation	  !	pattern match		?=
+	concatenation	  //
+.fi
+
+The pattern match character ?=  takes a
+string expression as its first argument and a pattern as its second argument.
+The result is yes if the pattern is contained in the string expression.
+Patterns are strings which may contain pattern matching meta-characters.
+The meta-characters themselves can be matched by preceeding them with the escape
+character.  The meta-characters are listed below. 
+
+.nf
+	beginning of string	^	end of string		$
+	one character		?	zero or more characters	*
+	white space		#	escape character	\
+	ignore case		{	end ignore case		}
+	begin character class	[	end character class	]
+	not, in char class	^	range, in char class	-
+.fi
+
+The expression may also include arithmetic operators and functions.
+The following arithmetic operators and functions are supported.
+
+.nf
+addition		+		subtraction		-
+multiplication		*		division		/
+negation		-		exponentiation		**
+absolute value		abs(x)		cosine			cos(x)
+sine			sin(x)		tangent			tan(x)
+arc cosine		acos(x)		arc sine		asin(x)
+arc tangent		atan(x)		arc tangent		atan2(x,y)
+exponential		exp(x)		square root		sqrt(x)
+natural log		log(x)		common log		log10(x)
+minimum			min(x,y)	maximum			max(x,y)
+convert to integer	int(x)		convert to real		real(x)
+nearest integer		nint(x)		modulo			mod(x)
+.fi
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Extract all stars brighter than twentieth magnitude from an
+the output of the DAOPHOT ALLSTAR task and create a new database.
+
+.nf
+   pt> tbselect m92.al.1 m92out "MAG <= 20.0"
+.fi
+
+2. Create a new database from the output of the DAOPHOT NSTAR task by
+removing all INDEF valued magnitudes.
+
+.nf
+    pt> tbselect  n2264b.nst.1 n2264out  "MAG != INDEF"
+
+.fi
+.ih
+BUGS
+Column names must be set off from operators by blanks in the expression so
+that they can be correctly parsed by the expression evaluator.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.txselect,tables.tselect,ptools.tbselect
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbsort.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbsort.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6812868a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/tbsort.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+.help tbsort Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+tbsort -- sort an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table database on one or more columns
+.ih
+USAGE
+tbsort table columns
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls table
+The list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT table databases to be sorted in-place.
+All tables are sorted on the same column or columns.
+.le
+.ls columns
+The list of columns to sort on.  A column template consists of a list of
+either column names, or column patterns containing the usual pattern matching
+meta-characters.  The names or patterns are separated by commas or white space.
+The list can be placed in a file and the name of the file preceeded by a
+'@' can be given in place of the column template.
+.le
+.ls ascend = yes
+If \fIascend\fR = yes, the table is sorted in ascending value order, with the
+first
+row containing the smallest value of the sorted column.  Otherwise, the table
+is sorted in descending order, with the largest value first.
+.le
+.ls casesens = yes
+If \fIcasesens\fR = yes, sorts on character columns are case sensitive,
+with upper case letters preceding lower case in the sort.
+Otherwise, the sort is case insensitive.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+TBSORT sorts an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table database.
+TBSORT operates in place so
+a copy of the unsorted table must be made with the TABLES
+package TCOPY task in order to preserve the original table.
+The column or columns to sort on are specified by the parameter
+\fIcolumns\fR, which is a list of column names or column name patterns
+separated by
+commas.  The most significant column name is the first in the list. Subsequent
+columns are used to break ties.  There are two flags, \fIascend\fR
+and \fIcasesens\fR.  If \fIascend\fR is yes,
+the first row in the output table holds the smallest value if
+the sorted column is numeric or the first string in alphabetic order if the
+sorted column is a character string.  If \fIcasesens\fR is yes,
+upper case characters
+precede lower case characters in sort order.  Otherwise, case is not significant
+in determining the sort order.  No precedes yes when sorting a boolean column
+in ascending order.  Null table elements always are last in the sort, regardless
+of whether \fIascend\fR is yes or no. 
+
+TBSORT is identical  to the TABLES package sort with the exception that
+it has its own copy of the default parameter set so that users
+can modify the parameters independently of the TBSORT task in TABLES.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Sort the output of the DAOPHOT ALLSTAR task in increasing order of
+magnitude.
+
+.nf
+   pt> tbsort m92.al.1 MAG
+.fi
+
+2. Sort the output of the DAOPHOT task NSTAR in increasing order of
+the y position.
+
+.nf
+   pt> tbsort m92.nst.1 YCENTER
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.txsort,ptools.psort,tables.tbsort
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txcalc.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txcalc.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..747adabd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txcalc.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+.help txcalc May93 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+txcalc - perform an arithmetic operation on a field in a list of apphot/daophot
+	 text databases
+.ih
+USAGE
+txcalc textfiles field value
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls textfiles
+The APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database(s) containing the field to be recomputed.
+.le
+.ls field 
+The field to be recomputed. Field must be an integer or real field
+in the input file(s).
+.le
+.ls value
+The arithmetic expression used to recompute the specified field.
+Value may be an integer or real expression but must match the data
+type of field. The functions real and int may be used to do type
+conversions.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+
+TXCALC reads in the values of the \fIfield\fR keyword 
+from a set of  APPHOT/DAOPHOT text databases, replaces the old values
+with new values equal to the value of the arithmetic expression \fIvalue\fR,
+and updates the text databases(s).
+
+The expression \fIvalue\fR consists of variables which are the field names
+specified by the #N keywords or the parameters specified by the
+#K keywords in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text databases.
+Only keywords beginning with #N can actually be replaced.
+
+The supported
+arithmetic operators and functions are briefly described below.
+
+.nf
+addition		+		subtraction		-
+multiplication		*		division		/
+negation		-		exponentiation		**
+absolute value		abs(x)		cosine			cos(x)
+sine			sin(x)		tangent			tan(x)
+arc cosine		acos(x)		arc sine		asin(x)
+arc tangent		atan(x)		arc tangent		atan2(x,y)
+exponential		exp(x)		square root		sqrt(x)
+natural log		log(x)		common log		log10(x)
+minimum			min(x,y)	maximum			max(x,y)
+convert to integer	int(x)		convert to real		real(x)
+nearest integer		nint(x)		modulo			mod(x)
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Change the XCENTER and YCENTER fields to XCENTER + 5.4 and YCENTER + 10.3
+respectively in a file produced by the apphot package center task.
+
+.nf
+	pt> txcalc m92.ctr.1 xcenter "xcenter+5.4"
+	pt> txcalc m92.ctr.1 ycenter "ycenter+10.3"
+.fi
+
+2.  Add a constant to the computed magnitudes produced by nstar.
+
+.nf
+	pt> txcalc n4147.nst.2 mag "mag+3.457"
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+TXCALC does not allow arrays in the expression field.
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.tbcalc,tables.tcalc,ptools.pcalc
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txconcat.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txconcat.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..87516f72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txconcat.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+.help txconcat Dec92 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+txconcat -- concatenate a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text databases
+.ih
+USAGE
+txconcat textfiles outfile
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls textfiles
+The list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text databases to be concatenated.
+.le
+.ls outfile
+The name of the output APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database.
+.le
+.ls task = "TASK"
+The name of the keywords whose value is the name of the task which wrote
+the database.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+TXCONCAT is a simple task which accepts a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text
+database files and concatenates them into one resultant output file.
+TXCONCAT checks that all the file are indeed APPHOT/DAOPHOT text
+database files and that they were all written by the same task before
+performing the concatenation.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Concatenate a list of DAOPHOT PHOT task result files into a single
+output file.
+
+.nf
+   pt> txconcat m92r.mag.1,m92r.mag.2,m92r.mag.3 m92rall.mag.1
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.tbconcat,ptools.pconcat,tables.tmerge,concatenate
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txdump.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txdump.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd432afb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txdump.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+.help txdump Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+txdump - print fields from selected records in an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database
+.ih
+USAGE
+txdump textfiles fields expr
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls textfiles
+The APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database whose fields from selected records are to
+be printed.
+.le
+.ls fields
+A template defining the fields to be printed from each selected record.
+The fields are specified by keywords defined in the text database output
+files #K and #N entries. Upper or lower case and minimum match
+abbreviations are permissible. Some fields such as "mag" may have
+multiple entries. An individual entry can be referenced by specifying an
+array index, e.g. "mag[2]" or several values can be selected by
+specifying a range of elements, e.g. "mag[1-3]". The fields are output in
+the order in which they are specified in the template.
+.le
+.ls expr
+The boolean expression to be evaluated once per record.
+Only the fields in those records for which the boolean expression
+evaluates to yes are printed.
+If \fIexpr\fR = "yes", the specified fields in all the records are
+printed.
+.le
+.ls headers = no
+Preserve the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database output format. The selected
+fields are printed on the standard output, preceded by parameters list,
+if \fIparameters\fR = yes, and the keyword, units,
+and format information, exactly as they appear in the text database.
+.le
+.ls parameters = yes
+Print the keyword parameters records in APPHOT/DAOPHOT format on the
+standard output if \fIheaders\fR = yes.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+\fITXDUMP\fR selects a subset of fields specified by the \fIfields\fR
+parameter from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database or a list of databases by
+evaluating a boolean expression supplied by the user and prints the
+results on the standard output.
+If \fIheaders\fR = no, the resultant output is in simple list format
+with all the specified fields in one line of text and adjacent fields
+separated by whitespace. The fields are printed in the order in
+which they appear in \fIexpr\fR. If \fIheaders\fR = yes, the
+selected fields are printed on the standard output, preceded by
+the parameter list, if \fIparameters\fR = yes, and the keyword, units,
+and format information, exactly as they appear in the text database.
+Newlines will not be inserted in the output so users should take
+care not to exceed the IRAF text file line limit of 161 characters.
+
+The output records are selected on the basis of an input boolean
+expression \fIexpr\fR whose variables are the field names
+specified by the #N keywords or the parameters specified by the
+#K keywords in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database.
+If after substituting the values associated
+with a particular record into the field name variables the
+expression evaluates
+to yes, that record is included in the output table.
+
+The supported
+operators and functions are briefly described below. A detailed description
+of the boolean expression evaluator and its syntax can be found
+in the manual page for the IMAGES package HEDIT task.
+
+The following logical operators can be used in the boolean expression. 
+
+.nf
+	equal		  ==	not equal		!=
+	less than	  <	less than or equal	<=
+	greater than	  >	greater than or equal	>=
+	or		  ||	and			&&
+	negation	  !	pattern match		?=
+	concatenation	  //
+.fi
+
+The pattern match character ?=  takes a
+string expression as its first argument and a pattern as its second argument.
+The result is yes if the pattern is contained in the string expression.
+Patterns are strings which may contain pattern matching meta-characters.
+The meta-characters themselves can be matched by preceeding them with the escape
+character.  The meta-characters listed below. 
+
+.nf
+	beginning of string	^	end of string		$
+	one character		?	zero or more characters	*
+	white space		#	escape character	\
+	ignore case		{	end ignore case		}
+	begin character class	[	end character class	]
+	not, in char class	^	range, in char class	-
+.fi
+
+The expression may also include arithmetic operators and functions.
+The following arithmetic operators and functions are supported.
+
+.nf
+addition		+		subtraction		-
+multiplication		*		division		/
+negation		-		exponentiation		**
+absolute value		abs(x)		cosine			cos(x)
+sine			sin(x)		tangent			tan(x)
+arc cosine		acos(x)		arc sine		asin(x)
+arc tangent		atan(x)		arc tangent		atan2(x,y)
+exponential		exp(x)		square root		sqrt(x)
+natural log		log(x)		common log		log10(x)
+minimum			min(x,y)	maximum			max(x,y)
+convert to integer	int(x)		convert to real		real(x)
+nearest integer		nint(x)		modulo			mod(x)
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Print the fields XCENTER and YCENTER from the output of the APPHOT
+CENTER task.
+
+.nf
+	pt> txdump image.ctr.1 XCENTER,YCENTER yes
+.fi
+
+2. Select the fields ID, XCENTER, YCENTER and the first three magnitudes
+MAG{1-3] from the output of the APPHOT PHOT task.
+
+.nf
+	pt> txdump image.mag.2 "ID,XCEN,YCEN,MAG[1-3]" yes
+.fi
+
+3. Print all fields for all records in the above file with a magnitude
+through the first aperture of less than 20.0.
+
+.nf
+	pt> txdump image.mag.2 * "MAG[1] < 20.0"
+.fi
+
+4. Print the id and all magnitudes for which magnitudes 1 and 2 are < 20.0
+from a file which is the output of the APPHOT PHOT task.
+
+.nf
+	pt> txdump image.mag.3 ID,MAG "MAG[1] < 20.0 && MAG[2] < 20.0"
+.fi
+
+5. Select the ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY and MAG fields from the output
+   of the DAOPHOT NSTAR task for records where the magnitude is not
+   INDEF, while preserving the format of the text database so it
+   is suitable for input into a rerun of NSTAR.
+
+.nf
+	pt> txdump image.nst.1 "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG"  \
+	    "MAG[1] != INDEF" headers+
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+TXDUMP does not allow arrays in the expression field.
+
+Users should not dump more fields than fill a 161 character textline
+as IRAF does not currently fully support longer text lines.
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+images.hedit,ptools.tbdump,tables.tdump,ptools.pdump
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txrenumber.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txrenumber.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..67ac5a42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txrenumber.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+.help txrenumber May93 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+txrenumber -- renumber a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database
+.ih
+USAGE
+txrenumber textfiles
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls textfiles
+The APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database to be renumbered.
+.le
+.ls idoffset = 0
+An integer offset  to be added to the id numbers of the stars in
+the output renumbered photometry file. If idoffset is > 0, the output
+id numbers will run from 1 + idoffset to N + idoffset instead of from 1 to N.
+.le
+.ls id = "ID"
+The name of the keyword whose value is the sequence number of the object in
+the list. After renumbering the original values of the \fIid\fR are replaced
+by numbers 1 through N, where N is the total number of objects in the list.
+The id keyword must denote an integer quantity.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+TXRENUMBER is a simple task which accepts an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text
+database file and renumbers all the objects in the file beginning
+with 1 and ending with the number of objects in the file.
+The renumber operation is performed in place. The original
+values of the  \fIid\fR field are replaced by numbers 1 + idoffset
+through N + idoffset
+where N is the total number of objects in the list.
+A renumber operation is typically performed after another
+list operation such as TXCONCAT or TXSORT.
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Renumber the stars in a concatenated file produced by TXCONCAT.
+
+.nf
+   pt> txrenumber m92rall.mag.1
+.fi
+
+2. Renumber a PHOT photometry file of extra stars so as to ensure the
+stars' id numbers are  greater than 4000.
+
+.nf
+    pt> txrenumber m92r.mag.extra idoffset=4000
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.tbrenumber,ptools.prenumber,tables.tcalc
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txselect.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txselect.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b80357ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txselect.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+.help txselect Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+txselect - select records from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database
+.ih
+USAGE
+txselect textfiles outfiles expr
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls textfiles
+The APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database(s) containing the records from which the
+selection is to be made.
+.le
+.ls outfiles
+The output APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database(s) containing the selected records.
+.le
+.ls expr
+The boolean expression to be evaluated once for each record.
+Each input record for which \fIexpr\fR evaluates as "yes" will be
+written to the output file.
+If \fIexpr\fR = yes, a copy is made of the input file.
+.le
+
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+TXSELECT selects a subset of the records
+from a set of  APPHOT/DAOPHOT text databases
+and writes the new records out to another set of text databases.
+
+The output records are selected on the basis of an input boolean
+expression \fIexpr\fR whose variables are the field names
+specified by the #N keywords or the parameters specified by the
+#K keywords in the APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database.
+If after substituting the values associated
+with a particular record into the field name variables the
+expression evaluates
+to yes, that record is included in the output database.
+
+The supported
+operators and functions are briefly described below. A detailed description
+of the boolean expression evaluator and its syntax can be found
+in the manual page for the IMAGES package HEDIT task.
+
+The following logical operators can be used in the boolean expression. 
+
+.nf
+	equal		  ==	not equal		!=
+	less than	  <	less than or equal	<=
+	greater than	  >	greater than or equal	>=
+	or		  ||	and			&&
+	negation	  !	pattern match		?=
+	concatenation	  //
+.fi
+
+The pattern match character ?=  takes a
+string expression as its first argument and a pattern as its second argument.
+The result is yes if the pattern is contained in the string expression.
+Patterns are strings which may contain pattern matching meta-characters.
+The meta-characters themselves can be matched by preceeding them with the escape
+character.  The meta-characters listed below. 
+
+.nf
+	beginning of string	^	end of string		$
+	one character		?	zero or more characters	*
+	white space		#	escape character	\
+	ignore case		{	end ignore case		}
+	begin character class	[	end character class	]
+	not, in char class	^	range, in char class	-
+.fi
+
+The boolean expression may also include arithmetic operators and functions.
+The following arithmetic operators and functions are supported.
+
+.nf
+addition		+		subtraction		-
+multiplication		*		division		/
+negation		-		exponentiation		**
+absolute value		abs(x)		cosine			cos(x)
+sine			sin(x)		tangent			tan(x)
+arc cosine		acos(x)		arc sine		asin(x)
+arc tangent		atan(x)		arc tangent		atan2(x,y)
+exponential		exp(x)		square root		sqrt(x)
+natural log		log(x)		common log		log10(x)
+minimum			min(x,y)	maximum			max(x,y)
+convert to integer	int(x)		convert to real		real(x)
+nearest integer		nint(x)		modulo			mod(x)
+.fi
+
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1. Select the records from the output of the APPHOT CENTER task for
+which 100. <= XCENTER <= 200. and 300. <= YCENTER <= 400.
+
+.nf
+	pt> txselect m92.ctr.1 m92out \
+	    "XCE >= 100. && XCE <= 200. && YCE >= 300. && YCE <= 400."
+.fi
+
+2. Select the records from the output of the APPHOT PHOT task for which
+the first magnitude is not equal to INDEF.
+
+.nf
+	pt> txselect n4147.mag.2 n4147out "MAG[1] != INDEF"
+.fi
+
+3. Select the records from the output of the DAOPHOT ALLSTAR task
+   for which CHI <= 5.0 and MERR <= .10 magnitudes.
+
+.nf
+	pt> txselect m92b.al.1 m92out "CHI <= 5.0 && MERR <= 1.0"
+.fi
+
+.ih
+BUGS
+TXSELECT does not allow arrays in the expression field.
+
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+images.hselect,images.hedit,ptools.tbselect,tables.tselect,ptools.pselect
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txsort.hlp b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txsort.hlp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b9a324fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/doc/txsort.hlp
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+.help txsort Aug91 noao.digiphot.ptools
+.ih
+NAME
+txsort -- sort a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database file(s)
+.ih
+USAGE
+txsort textfile field
+.ih
+PARAMETERS
+.ls textfiles 
+The input APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database(s) to be sorted.
+The sort is performed in place.
+.le
+.ls field
+The field to be sorted on. \fIField\fR may be any quantity defined by
+the APPHOT/DAOPHOT #K and #N keywords. The keywords may be
+of type integer or real, in which case a numeric sort is performed,
+boolean, in which case the boolean constant "no" has a smaller value
+than "yes", or character in which case an alphabetic sort is performed.
+.le
+.ls ascend = yes
+Sort in increasing value order.
+.le
+.ih
+DESCRIPTION
+TXSORT is a simple task which accepts a list of APPHOT/DAOPHOT text
+database files
+and sorts them in place based on the value of the selected field
+specifier \fIfield\fR. By default the sort is performed in increasing order
+of the value
+of \fIfield\fR, but a reverse sort can be performed by 
+setting \fIascend\fR = "no".
+
+If \fIfield\fR is a real or integer quantity the sort is numeric; if boolean
+the boolean constant "no" is assumed to have a smaller value than "yes"; if
+character the sort is alphabetic.
+.ih
+EXAMPLES
+
+1.  Sort the output of the APPHOT task PHOT in increasing order of
+the y position.
+
+.nf
+    pt> txsort m92.mag.1 YCENTER
+.fi
+
+2. Sort the output of the DAOPHOT task ALLSTAR in increasing order of
+   magnitude.
+
+.nf
+    pt> txsort m92.al.1 MAG
+.fi
+
+.ih
+TIME REQUIREMENTS
+.ih
+BUGS
+.ih
+SEE ALSO
+ptools.tbsort,tables.tsort,ptools.psort,sort
+.endhelp
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/histplot.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/histplot.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..59148ea9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/histplot.par
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# The PEXAMINE task histogram plotting task parameters
+
+nbins,i,h,10,1,,Number of bins in histogram
+z1,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum histogram intensity
+z2,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum histogram intensity
+top_closed,b,h,yes,,,Include z2 in the top bin?
+x1,r,h,INDEF,,,Left world X-coord if not autoscaling
+x2,r,h,INDEF,,,Right world X-coord if not autoscaling
+y1,r,h,INDEF,,,Lower world Y-coord if not autoscaling
+y2,r,h,INDEF,,,Upper world Y-coord if not autoscaling
+logy,b,h,yes,,,Log scale the y axis ?
+box,b,h,yes,,,Draw box around periphery of window ?
+ticklabels,b,h,yes,,,Label tick marks ?
+majrx,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along x axis
+minrx,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along x axis
+majry,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along y axis
+minry,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along y axis
+round,b,h,no,,,Round axes to nice values ?
+fill,b,h,yes,,,Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio ?
+banner,b,h,yes,,,Standard banner ?
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/istable.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/istable.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fa135764
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/istable.par
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# ISTABLE Parameters
+
+infile,s,a,,,,Input file
+table,b,h,no,,,Is the file a tables file ?
+text,b,h,no,,,Is the file a text database file ?
+other,b,h,no,,,Is the file neither a tables or a text database file ?
+mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/lib/strip.ptoolsx b/noao/digiphot/ptools/lib/strip.ptoolsx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e69de29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/lib/strip.ptoolsx
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/lib/warning.dat b/noao/digiphot/ptools/lib/warning.dat
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a27f7da2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/lib/warning.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+
+
+      $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
+                  WARNING FROM THE PTOOLS PACKAGE LOADER                       
+      $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
+                                                                               
+      The  SDAS  external package TABLES required by some of the PTOOLS
+      tasks is not available.  The tasks TBAPPEND,  TBDUMP, TBRENUMBER,
+      TBSELECT,  and  TBSORT  will not run.   The tasks PAPPEND, PDUMP,
+      PRENUMBER,  PSELECT  and  PSORT will run  only on  APPHOT/DAOPHOT
+      output  files  written  in the default text format,  not on files
+      written in ST tables format. 
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/mkpkg b/noao/digiphot/ptools/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8a75eaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# PTOOLSX libraries
+
+$call relink
+$exit
+
+update:
+	$call relink
+	$call install
+	;
+
+relink:
+	$omake x_ptools.x
+	!mkpkg -p noao trelink XF="$(XFLAGS)" LF="$(LFLAGS)"
+	;
+
+linkonly:
+	!mkpkg -p noao trelink XF="$(XFLAGS)" LF="$(LFLAGS)"
+	$call install
+	;
+
+install:
+	$move xx_ptools.e noaobin$x_ptools.e
+	;
+
+trelink:
+	$set LIBS = "-lds -lncar -lgks -lxtools -ltbtables"
+	$set XFLAGS = "$(XFLAGS) $(XF)"
+	$set LFLAGS = "$(LFLAGS) $(LF)"
+	$update libpkg.a
+	$link x_ptools.o libpkg.a ../lib/libpttables.a $(LIBS) -o xx_ptools.e
+	;
+
+libpkg.a:
+	@pconvert
+	@pexamine
+	@ptutils
+	@txtools
+	;
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pcalc.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pcalc.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..494e7ee7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pcalc.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# PCALC - Recompute a column of an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database using an
+# arithmetic expression.
+
+procedure pcalc (infile, field, value)
+
+string	infile     {prompt="Input apphot/daophot databases(s)"}
+string	field	   {prompt="Field to be edited"}
+string	value	   {prompt="New value or expression for field"}
+
+struct	*inlist
+
+begin
+	# Local variable declarations.
+	file	tmpin
+	string	in, tfield, tvalue, inname
+
+	# Cache the istable parameters.
+	cache ("istable")
+
+	# Get the positional parameters.
+	in = infile
+	tfield = field
+	tvalue = value
+
+	# Expand the file list names.
+	tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$")
+	files (in, sort=no, > tmpin)
+
+	# Loop over each file in the input and output lists selecting records.
+	inlist = tmpin
+	while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) {
+	    istable (inname)
+	    if (istable.table) {
+		if (defpar ("tcalc.verbose") || defpar ("tcalc.harmless")) {
+		    tcalc (inname, tfield, tvalue, datatype="real",
+		        colunits="", colfmt="", verbose=no, harmless=0.1)
+		} else {
+		    tcalc (inname, tfield, tvalue, datatype="real",
+		        colunits="", colfmt="")
+		}
+	    } else if (istable.text) {
+		txcalc (inname, tfield, tvalue)
+	    } else {
+		print ("Cannot run PCALC on file: " // inname)
+	    }
+	}
+	inlist = ""
+
+	delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconcat.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconcat.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7d098eee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconcat.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# PCONCAT -- Concatenate a list of apphot/daophot databases into a single
+# output database. The input files must either be all text files or all data
+# files. PCONCAT checks that the input files were all created by the same
+# task.
+
+procedure pconcat (infiles, outfile)
+
+file	infiles {prompt = "Input apphot/daophot database(s) to be concatenated"}
+file	outfile {prompt = "Output apphot/daophot database"}
+string	task	{"TASK", prompt="Task name keyword"}
+
+struct	*inlist
+
+begin
+	# Declare local variables.
+	bool	table, text, other
+	file	in, out
+	string	tmpin, inname
+
+	# Cache the istable parameters.
+	cache ("istable")
+
+	# Get the positional parameters.
+	in = infiles
+	out = outfile
+
+	# Make a file lists.
+	tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$")
+	files (in, sort=no, > tmpin)
+
+	# Check to see whether the first file is a text database or a table.
+
+	inlist = tmpin
+	if (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) {
+	    istable (inname)
+	    table = istable.table
+	    text = istable.text
+	    other = istable.other
+	} else {
+	    table = no
+	    text = no
+	    other = no
+	}
+	delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	inlist = ""
+
+	# Do the actual appending.
+	if (table)
+	    tbconcat (in, out, task=task)
+	else if (text)
+	    txconcat (in, out, task=task)
+	else if (access (inname))
+	    print ("File " // inname // " is not an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database")
+	else
+	    print ("File " // inname // " does not exist")
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eb3fdd0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert.par
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# CONVERT Parameters
+
+textfile,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot text database
+table,s,a,,,,Output apphot/daophot table database
+fields,s,a,"*",,,Fields to be extracted
+expr,s,h,yes,,,Boolean expression used for record selection
+append,b,h,no,,,Append to existing table ?
+mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/mkpkg b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..362576cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# PCONVERT task
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ".."
+$update libpkg.a
+$checkin libpkg.a ".."
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	ptconvert.x	<error.h>		<evexpr.h>                  \
+			<tbset.h>  		../../lib/ptkeysdef.h
+	ptdeftable.x	../../lib/ptkeysdef.h	<tbset.h> <ctype.h>
+	ptstrwrd.x
+ 	t_pconvert.x	<fset.h>
+	;
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptconvert.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptconvert.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8ac97ac8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptconvert.x
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+include	<error.h>
+include <evexpr.h>
+include	<tbset.h>
+include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h"
+
+# PT_APCONVERT -- Procedure to select records from a text file in pseudo list
+# format.
+
+procedure pt_convert (fd, td, fields, expr, append)
+
+int	fd		# text file descriptor
+int	td		# table file descriptor
+char	fields[ARB]	# fields to be output
+char	expr[ARB]	# boolean expression to be evaluated
+int	append		# append to an existing table
+
+bool	oexpr
+int	nchars, nunique, uunique, funique, ncontinue, recptr, rownum
+int 	ntotkeys, first_rec, printall, table_defined
+pointer	sp, line, colpoints, key, o
+
+bool	streq()
+extern	pt_getop ()
+int	getline(), strncmp(), tbpsta(), pt_deftable(), pt_apptable()
+pointer	evexpr(), locpr()
+real	asumi()
+
+begin
+
+	# Allocate temporary working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize the keys structure.
+	call pt_kyinit (key)
+
+	# Initialize the counters.
+	nunique = 0
+	uunique = 0
+	funique = 0
+
+	# Initalize the record reading code.
+	table_defined = NO
+	first_rec = YES
+	recptr = 1
+	ncontinue = 0
+
+	# Initialize the expression evaluator.
+	o = NULL
+	if (streq (expr, "yes")) {
+	    oexpr = true
+	    printall = YES
+	} else {
+	    oexpr = false
+	    printall = NO
+	}
+
+	# Initialize the pointer for writing rows.
+	if (append == YES)
+	    rownum = tbpsta (td, TBL_NROWS)
+	else
+	    rownum = 0
+
+	# Loop over the text file records.
+	nchars = getline (fd, Memc[line])
+	while (nchars != EOF) {
+
+	    # Determine the type of record.
+	    if (Memc[line] ==  KY_CHAR_POUND) {
+	        if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    call pt_kyadd (key, Memc[line], nchars)
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_NAME,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    nunique = nunique + 1
+		    call pt_kname (key, Memc[line], nchars, nunique)
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_UNITS,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    uunique = uunique + 1
+		    call pt_knunits (key, Memc[line], nchars, uunique)
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_FORMAT,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    funique = funique + 1
+		    call pt_knformats (key, Memc[line], nchars, funique)
+	        }
+
+	    } else if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) {
+		# skip blank lines
+
+	    } else {
+
+		# Construct the table record.
+		call pt_mkrec (key, Memc[line], nchars, first_rec, recptr,
+		    ncontinue) 
+
+	        # Construct output record when there is no continuation char.
+	        if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) {
+
+		    # Construct the output table if not defined.
+		    if (table_defined == NO) {
+
+			# Compute the maximum number of keys.
+			ntotkeys = nint (asumi (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)],
+			    KY_NKEYS(key)))
+
+			# Allocate space for the column pointers.
+			call salloc (colpoints, ntotkeys, TY_INT)
+
+			# Initialize the table.
+		        if (append == NO) {
+		            if (pt_deftable (td, key, fields,
+			        Memi[colpoints]) <= 0)
+				break
+		        } else if (append == YES) {
+			    if (pt_apptable (td, key, fields,
+			        Memi[colpoints]) <= 0)
+				break
+			}
+
+			table_defined = YES
+		    }
+
+		    # Evaluate the expression.
+		    iferr {
+			if (printall == NO) {
+		    	    call pt_apset (key)
+		    	    o = evexpr (expr, locpr (pt_getop), 0)
+		    	    if (O_TYPE(o) != TY_BOOL)
+				call error (0, "Expression must be a boolean")
+			    oexpr = O_VALB(o)
+			}
+		    }  then {
+			call erract (EA_WARN)
+			call xev_freeop (o)
+		        call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT)
+			break
+		    }
+
+		    # Construct the output record.
+		    if (oexpr) {
+			rownum = rownum + 1
+			call pt_putrec (td, Memi[colpoints], key, rownum)
+		    }
+
+		    # Get ready for next record.
+		    ncontinue = 0
+		    recptr = 1
+		    first_rec = NO
+		    if (o != NULL) {
+			call xev_freeop (o)
+		        call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT)
+		    }
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Read the next line.
+	    nchars = getline (fd, Memc[line])
+	}
+
+	# Free the keys structure.
+	call pt_kyfree (key)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_PUTREC -- Add a row to the table.
+
+procedure pt_putrec (td, colpoints, key, rownum)
+
+pointer	td			# table descriptor
+pointer colpoints[ARB]		# pointers for columns
+pointer	key			# key structure
+int	rownum			# row number
+
+int 	i, index, elem, kip, maxch, n, nk, ncols
+int	number, datatype, lendata, lenfmt, ival
+pointer	sp, colname, colunits, colfmt, str
+real	rval
+bool	streq()
+int	ctor(), ctoi()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (colname, SZ_COLNAME+1, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (colunits, SZ_PARREC+1, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (colfmt, SZ_PARREC+1, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# For each selected field move into the table
+	ncols = 0
+	do i = 1, KY_NSELECT(key) {
+
+	    # Get the pointer to the desired value.
+	    index = Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+i-1]
+	    elem = Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+i-1]
+	    maxch = Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+i-1]
+	    kip = Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+index-1] + (elem - 1) * maxch
+
+	    # Trim leading and trailing whitespace from the value and 
+	    # copy value to output buffer.
+
+	    for (n = 0; Memc[kip] == ' '; n = n + 1)
+		kip = kip + 1
+	    for (nk = 0; Memc[kip+nk] != ' ' && n <= maxch; nk = nk + 1)
+		n = n + 1
+	    call strcpy (Memc[kip], Memc[str], nk)
+
+	    # Find info about this column.
+	    ncols = ncols + 1
+	    call tbcinf (colpoints[ncols], number, Memc[colname],
+	        Memc[colunits], Memc[colfmt], datatype, lendata, lenfmt)
+
+	    # Move the selected value into the column.
+	    kip = 1
+	    switch (datatype) {
+	    case TY_INT:
+		if (ctoi (Memc[str], kip, ival) <= 0)
+		    call tbrpti (td, colpoints[ncols], INDEFI, 1, rownum)
+		else
+		    call tbrpti (td, colpoints[ncols], ival, 1, rownum)
+	    case TY_REAL:
+		if (ctor (Memc[str], kip, rval) <= 0)
+		    call tbrptr (td, colpoints[ncols], INDEFR, 1, rownum)
+		else
+		    call tbrptr (td, colpoints[ncols], rval, 1, rownum)
+	    case TY_BOOL:
+		if (streq ("yes", Memc[str]))
+		    call tbrptb (td, colpoints[ncols], true, 1, rownum)
+		else
+		    call tbrptb (td, colpoints[ncols], false, 1, rownum)
+	    default:
+		call tbrptt (td, colpoints[ncols], Memc[str], nk, 1, rownum)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptdeftable.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptdeftable.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..86fb2c35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptdeftable.x
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+#include <ctype.h>
+include <tbset.h>
+include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h"
+
+# PT_DEFTABLE -- Set up and create the table for the conversion of
+# the APPHOT text file.
+
+int procedure pt_deftable (td, key, fields, columns)
+
+pointer	td			# output table descriptor
+pointer	key			# key structure
+char	fields[ARB]		# fields to be output to the table
+int	columns[ARB] 		# pointer to array of column pointers
+
+int	ncols
+int	pt_defcols()
+
+begin
+	# Define the table columns.
+	ncols  = pt_defcols (td, key, fields, columns)
+	if (ncols <= 0)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Define the table header.
+	call pt_defheader (td, key)
+
+	return (ncols)
+end
+
+
+# PT_DEFHEADER -- Define the header structure.
+
+procedure pt_defheader (td, key)
+
+pointer	td				# table descriptor
+pointer	key				# pointer to the keys structure
+
+int	i, index, type, len, ival, ip
+pointer	sp, kname, value, ptr
+real    rval
+bool	streq()
+int	pt_strwrd(), pt_kstati(), ctoi(), ctor()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (kname, SZ_KEYWORD, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (value, KY_SZPAR, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Define the columns determining datatype from the format string.
+	do i = 1, KY_NPKEYS(key) {
+
+	    index = pt_strwrd (i, Memc[kname], SZ_KEYWORD, Memc[KY_WORDS(key)])
+	    if (index <= 0)
+		next
+
+	    ptr = Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+index-1] 
+	    len = pt_kstati (key, Memc[kname], KY_LENGTH)
+	    call strcpy (Memc[ptr], Memc[value], len)
+	    type = pt_kstati (key, Memc[kname], KY_DATATYPE)
+
+	    switch (type) {
+	    case TY_INT:
+		ip = 1
+		if (ctoi (Memc[value], ip, ival) <= 0)
+		    call tbhadi (td, Memc[kname], INDEFI)
+		else
+		    call tbhadi (td, Memc[kname], ival)
+	    case TY_REAL:
+		ip = 1
+		if (ctor (Memc[value], ip, rval) <= 0)
+		    call tbhadr (td, Memc[kname], INDEFR)
+		else
+		    call tbhadr (td, Memc[kname], rval)
+	    case TY_BOOL:
+		if (streq ("yes", Memc[value]))
+		    call tbhadb (td, Memc[kname], true)
+		else
+		    call tbhadb (td, Memc[kname], false)
+	    default:
+		call tbhadt (td, Memc[kname], Memc[value])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+	
+
+# PT_DEFCOLS -- Define the data columns to be output.
+
+int procedure pt_defcols (td, key, fields, columns)
+
+pointer	td			# table Descriptor
+pointer key			# key structure
+char 	fields[ARB]		# fields selected
+pointer columns[ARB]		# array of pointers for columns
+
+int	max_nkeys, index, ncols, element, nelems, type, len
+pointer	sp, kname, aranges, ranges, rangeset, colname, colunits, colformat
+pointer	list
+
+int	pt_gnfn(), strdic(), pt_ranges(), get_next_number()
+int	decode_ranges(), pt_kstati()
+pointer	pt_ofnl()
+real	asumi()
+errchk	tbcdef()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (kname, KY_SZPAR, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (aranges, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ranges, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (rangeset, 3 * KY_MAXNRANGES, TY_INT)
+
+	call salloc (colname, SZ_COLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (colunits, SZ_COLUNITS, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (colformat, SZ_COLFMT, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize the select buffers. The select keyword, format
+	# and units string buffers are not necessary in this application.
+
+	max_nkeys = nint (asumi (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)], KY_NKEYS(key)))
+	if (KY_SELECT(key) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (KY_SELECT(key), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (KY_SELECT(key), max_nkeys, TY_INT)
+	if (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key), max_nkeys, TY_INT)
+	if (KY_LEN_SELECT(key) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (KY_LEN_SELECT(key), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (KY_LEN_SELECT(key), max_nkeys, TY_INT)
+
+	# Initialize the number of columns.
+	ncols = 0
+
+	# Open the list of fields.
+	list = pt_ofnl (key, fields)
+
+	# Loop over the fields.
+	while (pt_gnfn (list, Memc[kname], Memc[aranges], KY_SZPAR) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Find location of the field in the keyword dictionary and 
+	    # expand the ranges string if it is defined.
+	    index = strdic (Memc[kname], Memc[kname], KY_SZPAR, 
+		Memc[KY_WORDS(key)])
+	    if (pt_ranges (Memc[aranges], Memc[ranges], element, SZ_LINE) ==
+	        ERR)
+		call error (0, "Cannot decode DAOPHOT range string")
+
+	    # The field was not found.
+	    if (index == 0) {
+		next
+
+	    # Reject keyword fields.
+	    } else if (index <= KY_NPKEYS (key)) {
+ 		next
+
+	    # The field is single valued.
+	    } else if (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+index-1] == 1) {
+
+		# Enter the pointers into the select buffer.
+	        Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+ncols] = index
+	        Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+ncols] = 1
+		len = pt_kstati (key, Memc[kname], KY_LENGTH)
+		Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+ncols] = len
+		ncols = ncols + 1
+
+		# Get the column name, the units and the formats.
+		call strcpy (Memc[kname], Memc[colname], SZ_COLNAME)
+		call pt_kstats (key, Memc[kname], KY_UNITSTR, Memc[colunits],
+		    SZ_COLUNITS)
+		call pt_kstats (key, Memc[kname], KY_FMTSTR, Memc[colformat],
+		    SZ_COLFMT)
+
+	        # Create the column  determining the datatype from the
+		# format string.
+		type = pt_kstati (key, Memc[kname], KY_DATATYPE)
+		if (type != TY_CHAR)
+		    call tbcdef (td, columns[ncols], Memc[colname], 
+		        Memc[colunits], Memc[colformat], type, 1, 1)
+		else
+		    call tbcdef (td, columns[ncols], Memc[colname], 
+		        Memc[colunits], Memc[colformat], -len, 1, 1)
+
+	    # The field is multi-valued.
+	    } else {
+
+		if (Memc[ranges] == EOS) {
+		    call sprintf (Memc[ranges], SZ_FNAME, "1-%d")
+			call pargi (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+index-1])
+		}
+		if (decode_ranges (Memc[ranges], Memi[rangeset], KY_MAXNRANGES,
+		    nelems) == ERR)
+		    call error (0, "Cannot decode ranges string")
+
+		nelems = 0
+		while (get_next_number (Memi[rangeset], nelems) != EOF) {
+		    if (nelems < 1 || nelems > Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+index-1])
+			break
+
+		    len = pt_kstati (key, Memc[kname], KY_LENGTH)
+		    Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+ncols] = index
+		    Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+ncols] = nelems
+		    Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+ncols] = len
+		    ncols = ncols + 1
+
+		    # Get the column name, units and format.
+		    call sprintf (Memc[colname], SZ_COLNAME, "%s[%d]")
+			call pargstr (Memc[kname])
+			call pargi (nelems)
+		    call pt_kstats (key, Memc[kname], KY_UNITSTR,
+		        Memc[colunits], SZ_COLUNITS)
+		    call pt_kstats (key, Memc[kname], KY_FMTSTR,
+		        Memc[colformat], SZ_COLFMT)
+
+	    	    # Create the column determining the datatype from the
+		    # format string.
+		    type = pt_kstati (key, Memc[kname], KY_DATATYPE)
+		    if (type != TY_CHAR)
+		        call tbcdef (td, columns[ncols], Memc[colname], 
+		            Memc[colunits], Memc[colformat], type, 1, 1)
+		    else
+		        call tbcdef (td, columns[ncols], Memc[colname], 
+		             Memc[colunits], Memc[colformat], -len, 1, 1)
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Create the table.
+	call tbpset (td, TBL_MAXPAR, KY_NPKEYS(key))
+	call tbtcre (td)
+
+	# Free the space
+	call pt_cfnl (list)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	# Reallocate select buffer space
+	KY_NSELECT(key) = ncols
+	call realloc (KY_SELECT(key), KY_NSELECT(key), TY_INT)
+	call realloc (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key), KY_NSELECT(key), TY_INT)
+	call realloc (KY_LEN_SELECT(key), KY_NSELECT(key), TY_INT)
+
+	return (ncols)
+end
+
+
+# PT_APPTABLE -- Find the array of column pointers for appending to an
+# existing ST table.
+
+int procedure pt_apptable (td, key, fields, columns)
+
+pointer	td			# the table descriptor
+pointer	key			# key structure
+char	fields[ARB]		# string containing fields to include in table
+pointer columns[ARB]		# Array of pointers for columns
+
+int	max_nkeys, index, ncols, element, nelems
+pointer	list, sp, kname, aranges, ranges, rangeset, colname
+int	pt_gnfn(), strdic(), pt_ranges(), get_next_number(), decode_ranges()
+int     pt_kstati()
+pointer	pt_ofnl()
+real	asumi()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate buffer space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (kname, KY_SZPAR, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (aranges, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ranges, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (rangeset, 3 * KY_MAXNRANGES, TY_INT)
+	call salloc (colname, SZ_COLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize the select buffers. The select keyword, format
+	# and units string buffers are not necessary in this application.
+
+	max_nkeys = nint (asumi (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)], KY_NKEYS(key)))
+	max_nkeys = nint (asumi (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)], KY_NKEYS(key)))
+	if (KY_SELECT(key) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (KY_SELECT(key), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (KY_SELECT(key), max_nkeys, TY_INT)
+	if (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key), max_nkeys, TY_INT)
+	if (KY_LEN_SELECT(key) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (KY_LEN_SELECT(key), TY_INT)
+	call malloc (KY_LEN_SELECT(key), max_nkeys, TY_INT)
+
+	# Initialize the number of columns.
+	ncols = 0
+
+	# Initialize the list of fields.
+	ncols = 0
+	list = pt_ofnl (key, fields)
+
+	# Loop over the fields.
+	while (pt_gnfn (list, Memc[kname], Memc[aranges], KY_SZPAR) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Find the column.
+	    index = strdic (Memc[kname], Memc[kname], KY_SZPAR, 
+		Memc[KY_WORDS(key)])
+	    if (pt_ranges (Memc[aranges], Memc[ranges], element,
+	        SZ_LINE) == ERR)
+		call error (0, "Cannot decode DAOPHOT range string")
+
+	    # Skip if the column does exist in the text database.
+	    if (index == 0)
+		next
+
+	    # Skip the header keywords.
+	    else if (index <= KY_NPKEYS (key))
+ 		next
+
+	    # Convert single-valued elements.
+	    else if (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+index-1] == 1) {
+
+		call strcpy (Memc[kname], Memc[colname], SZ_COLNAME)
+		call tbcfnd (td, Memc[colname], columns[ncols+1], 1)
+		if (columns[ncols+1] == NULL) {
+		    call eprintf ("Column %s not found\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[colname])
+		} else {
+		    Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+ncols] = index
+		    Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+ncols] = 1
+		    Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+ncols] = pt_kstati (key,
+		        Memc[kname], KY_LENGTH)
+	            ncols = ncols + 1
+		}
+	    
+	    # Convert multivalued elements.
+	    } else {
+
+		if (Memc[ranges] == EOS) {
+		    call sprintf (Memc[ranges], SZ_FNAME, "1-%d")
+			call pargi (Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+index-1])
+		}
+		if (decode_ranges (Memc[ranges], Memi[rangeset], KY_MAXNRANGES,
+		    nelems) == ERR)
+		    call error (0, "Cannot decode ranges string")
+
+		nelems = 0
+		while (get_next_number (Memi[rangeset], nelems) != EOF) {
+		    if (nelems < 1 || nelems > Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+index-1])
+			break
+		    call sprintf (Memc[colname], SZ_COLNAME, "%s[%d]")
+			call pargstr (Memc[kname])
+			call pargi (nelems)
+		    call tbcfnd (td, Memc[colname], columns[ncols+1], 1)
+		    if (columns[ncols+1] == NULL) {
+			call eprintf ("Column %s not found\n")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[colname])
+		    } else {
+		        Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+ncols] = index
+		        Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+ncols] = nelems
+		        Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+ncols] = pt_kstati (key,
+		            Memc[kname], KY_LENGTH)
+		        ncols = ncols + 1
+		    }
+
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Free the space
+	call pt_cfnl (list)
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	# Reallocate select buffer space
+	KY_NSELECT(key) = ncols
+	call realloc (KY_SELECT(key), KY_NSELECT(key), TY_INT)
+	call realloc (KY_ELEM_SELECT(key), KY_NSELECT(key), TY_INT)
+	call realloc (KY_LEN_SELECT(key), KY_NSELECT(key), TY_INT)
+
+	return (ncols)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptstrwrd.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptstrwrd.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31a9974b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/ptstrwrd.x
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# PT_STRWRD -- Search a dictionary string for a given string index number.
+# This is the opposite function of strdic(), that returns the index for
+# given string.  The entries in the dictionary string are separated by
+# a delimiter character which is the first character of the dictionary
+# string.  The index of the string found is returned as the function value.
+# Otherwise, if there is no string for that index, a zero is returned.
+
+int procedure pt_strwrd (index, outstr, maxch, dict)
+
+int	index			# String index
+char	outstr[ARB]		# Output string as found in dictionary
+int	maxch			# Maximum length of output string
+char	dict[ARB]		# Dictionary string
+
+int	i, len, start, count
+
+int	strlen()
+
+begin
+	# Clear output string
+	outstr[1] = EOS
+
+	# Return if the dictionary is not long enough
+	if (dict[1] == EOS)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Initialize counters
+	count = 1
+	len   = strlen (dict)
+
+	# Search the dictionary string. This loop only terminates
+	# successfully if the index is found. Otherwise the procedure
+	# returns with and error condition.
+	for (start = 2; count < index; start = start + 1) {
+	    if (dict[start] == dict[1])
+		count = count + 1
+	    if (start == len)
+		return (0)
+	}
+
+	# Extract the output string from the dictionary
+	for (i = start; dict[i] != EOS && dict[i] != dict[1]; i = i + 1) {
+	    if (i - start + 1 > maxch)
+		break
+	    outstr[i - start + 1] = dict[i]
+	}
+	outstr[i - start + 1] = EOS
+
+	# Return index for output string
+	return (count)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/t_pconvert.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/t_pconvert.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fafcbf5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pconvert/t_pconvert.x
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+include	<fset.h>
+
+# T_PCONVERT -- Procedure to convert the records within a text file into
+# an STSDAS Table.
+
+procedure t_pconvert ()
+
+pointer	text				# pointer to name of text file
+pointer	fields				# pointer list of fields
+pointer	table				# pointer to STSDAS table
+pointer	expr				# Pointer to boolean expression
+int	append				# open file in append mode
+
+int	fd, td
+pointer	sp
+bool	clgetb()
+int	open(), btoi(), fstati(), tbtopn()
+
+begin
+
+	if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (text, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fields, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (table, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (expr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the parameters.
+	call clgstr ("textfile", Memc[text], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("table", Memc[table], SZ_LINE)
+	call clgstr ("fields", Memc[fields], SZ_LINE)
+	call strupr (Memc[fields])
+	call clgstr ("expr", Memc[expr], SZ_LINE)
+	append = btoi (clgetb ("append"))
+
+	# Open the table.
+	fd = open (Memc[text], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	if (append == YES)
+	    td = tbtopn (Memc[table], READ_WRITE, 0)
+	else
+	    td = tbtopn (Memc[table], NEW_FILE, 0)
+
+	# Select records.
+	call pt_convert (fd, td, Memc[fields], Memc[expr], append)
+
+	# Close up.
+	call close (fd)
+	call tbtclo (td)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pdump.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pdump.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ac4b5fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pdump.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+# PDUMP - Select fields from an ST table or an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text file
+# and dump to a text file.
+
+procedure pdump (infiles, fields, expr)
+
+string	infiles		{prompt="Input apphot/daophot databases(s)"}
+string	fields		{prompt="Fields to be extracted"}
+string	expr		{"yes", prompt="Boolean expression"}
+bool	headers		{no, prompt="Print field headers?"}
+bool	parameters	{yes, prompt="Print parameters?"}
+
+struct	*inlist
+
+begin
+	# Local variable declarations.
+	file	tmpin, texpr
+	int	nin, tpagwidth
+	string	in, col, inname, hfile, pfile
+
+	# Cache the istable parameters.
+	cache ("istable")
+
+	# Get the positional parameters.
+	in = infiles
+	col = fields
+	texpr = expr
+
+	# Make temporary names.
+	tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$")
+
+	# Expand the file list names.
+	files (in, sort=no, > tmpin)
+
+	# Compute the length of the input list.
+	inlist = tmpin
+	for (nin = 0; fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF; nin = nin + 1)
+	    ;
+	inlist = ""
+
+	# Delete the temporary files.
+	delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	# Expand the file list names.
+	files (in, sort=no, > tmpin)
+
+	if (headers) {
+	    hfile = "STDOUT"
+	    if (parameters)
+		pfile = "STDOUT"
+	    else
+		pfile = ""
+	} else {
+	    hfile = ""
+	    pfile = ""
+	}
+
+	# Loop over each file in the input list selecting records.
+	inlist = tmpin
+	while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) {
+	    istable (inname)
+	    if (istable.table) {
+
+	        # Adjust pagination for TDUMP.
+	        #tpagwidth = tdump.pwidth.p_max
+	        tdump.pwidth.p_max = 1023
+
+		tbdump (inname, col, texpr, cdfile=hfile, pfile=pfile,
+		    datafile="STDOUT", rows="-", pagwidth=1023)
+
+	        # Reset pagination for TDUMP.
+		#tdump.pwidth.p_max = tpagwidth
+
+	    } else if (istable.text) {
+		txdump (inname, col, texpr, headers=headers,
+		    parameters=parameters)
+	    } else {
+		print ("ERROR: Cannot run PDUMP on file: " // inname)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	inlist = ""
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..50dd0e75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine.par
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# The PEXAMINE task parameter set
+
+input,s,a,,,,"Name of the input catalog"
+output,s,a,"",,,"Name of the edited output catalog"
+image,s,a,"",,,Name of the image corresponding to the input catalog
+deletions,s,h,"",,,"Name of the output catalog for deleted entries"
+photcolumns,s,h,"daophot",,,"Names of the standard photometry columns"
+xcolumn,s,h,mag,,,"Catalog column which is the X axis of X-Y plot"
+ycolumn,s,h,merr,,,"Catalog column which is the Y axis of X-Y plot"
+hcolumn,s,h,mag,,,"Catalog column which is to be binned"
+xposcolumn,s,h,"xcenter",,,"Name of the x coordinate column"
+yposcolumn,s,h,"ycenter",,,"Name of the y coordinate column"
+usercolumns,s,h,"",,,"Names of additional user selected columns"
+max_nstars,i,h,5000,1,,Maximum number of stars to load
+first_star,i,h,1,1,,First star in the catalog to load
+match_radius,r,h,2.0,,,Matching radius for positional coincidence on display
+graphics,s,h,"stdgraph",,,The graphics device
+gcommands,*gcur,h,"",,,Graphics cursor commands
+icommands,*imcur,h,"",,,Image cursor commands
+use_display,b,h,yes,,,Use the image display ?
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/mkpkg b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b2aa7dd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# The mkpkg file for the PEXAMINE task.
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ".."
+$update libpkg.a
+$checkin libpkg.a ".."
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	ptahgmr.x	<mach.h> pexamine.h
+	ptalimr.x	<mach.h>
+	ptcolon.x	<gset.h> pexamine.h
+	ptdelete.x	<gset.h> <mach.h> pexamine.h
+	ptgetphot.x	<tbset.h> ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h pexamine.h
+	ptimplot.x	<imhdr.h> <math.h> <gset.h> <mach.h>
+	ptplot.x	<error.h> <fset.h> <tbset.h> <gset.h> <mach.h>       \
+			<ctype.h> ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h  pexamine.h
+	ptrddata.x	../../lib/ptkeysdef.h pexamine.h
+	ptsetup.x	<error.h> pexamine.h <ctotok.h>
+	ptwtfile.x	../../lib/ptkeysdef.h pexamine.h
+	t_pexamine.x	<error.h>  <fset.h> pexamine.h
+	;
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/pexamine.h b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/pexamine.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..138ff1f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/pexamine.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+# The PEXAMINE structure definitions.
+
+# Define the task termination conditions.
+
+define	PX_QUIT		0
+define	PX_EXIT		1
+
+# Define the delete indices
+
+define	PX_GOOD		0
+define	PX_DELETE	1
+define	PX_MARK		2
+
+# Define some useful constants.
+
+define	PX_SZCOLNAME	19	# the maximum length of a column name
+define	PX_MAXNCOLS	20	# the maximum number of columns
+
+# Define the default photometry columns.
+
+define	PX_DAOCOLS  ",GROUP,ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,STDEV,MAG,MERR,NITER,\
+CHI,SHARPNESS,ROUNDNESS"
+define	PX_APCOLS  ",ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,STDEV,MAG,MERR,"
+
+# Define the structure.
+
+define	LEN_PXSTRUCT (15 +  10 * PX_SZCOLNAME + 10)
+
+define	PX_RNPHOT	Memi[$1]	# number of req'd photometry columns
+define	PX_RNUSER	Memi[$1+1]	# number of req'd user columns
+define	PX_RNCOLS	Memi[$1+2]	# total number of req'd columns
+define	PX_RCOLNAMES	Memi[$1+3]      # ptr to list of req'd column names
+define	PX_NPHOT	Memi[$1+4]	# number of photometry columns
+define	PX_NUSER	Memi[$1+5]	# number of user columns
+define	PX_NCOLS	Memi[$1+6]	# total number of stored columns
+define	PX_COLNAMES	Memi[$1+7]      # ptr to list of stored column names
+define 	PX_COLPTRS	Memi[$1+8]	# ptr to array of stored column pointers
+
+define	PX_RXCOLNAME	Memc[P2C($1+10)]                  # the req'd x column
+define	PX_RYCOLNAME	Memc[P2C($1+10+PX_SZCOLNAME+1)]   # the req'd y column
+define	PX_XCOLNAME	Memc[P2C($1+10+2*PX_SZCOLNAME+2)] # the x column
+define	PX_YCOLNAME	Memc[P2C($1+10+3*PX_SZCOLNAME+3)] # the y column
+define	PX_RXPOSNAME	Memc[P2C($1+10+4*PX_SZCOLNAME+4)] # the req'd xp column
+define	PX_RYPOSNAME	Memc[P2C($1+10+5*PX_SZCOLNAME+5)] # the req'd yp column
+define	PX_XPOSNAME	Memc[P2C($1+10+6*PX_SZCOLNAME+6)] # the x coord column
+define	PX_YPOSNAME	Memc[P2C($1+10+7*PX_SZCOLNAME+7)] # the y coord column
+define	PX_RHCOLNAME	Memc[P2C($1+10+8*PX_SZCOLNAME+8)] # the req'd hgm column
+define	PX_HCOLNAME	Memc[P2C($1+10+9*PX_SZCOLNAME+9)] # the  hgm column
+
+# Define the colon commands arguments
+
+define	PX_PCMDS "|photcolumns|usercolumns|xcolumn|ycolumn|hcolumn|xposcolumn|\
+yposcolumn|eparam|unlearn|x1|x2|y1|y2|marker|szmarker|grid|logx|logy|box|\
+ticklabels|majrx|minrx|majry|minry|round|fill|nbins|z1|z2|top_closed|rinner|\
+router|ncolumns|nlines|axes|angh|angv|floor|ceiling|zero|ncontours|interval|\
+nhi|dashpat|label|delete|"
+
+define	PX_PCMD_PHOTCOLUMNS	1
+define	PX_PCMD_USERCOLUMNS	2
+define	PX_PCMD_XCOLUMN		3
+define	PX_PCMD_YCOLUMN		4
+define	PX_PCMD_HCOLUMN		5
+define	PX_PCMD_XPOSCOLUMN	6
+define	PX_PCMD_YPOSCOLUMN	7
+define	PX_PCMD_EDIT		8
+define	PX_PCMD_UNLEARN		9
+define	PX_PCMD_X1		10
+define	PX_PCMD_X2		11
+define	PX_PCMD_Y1		12
+define	PX_PCMD_Y2		13
+define	PX_PCMD_MARKER		14
+define	PX_PCMD_SZMARKER	15
+define	PX_PCMD_GRID		16
+define	PX_PCMD_LOGX		17
+define	PX_PCMD_LOGY		18
+define	PX_PCMD_BOX		19
+define	PX_PCMD_TICKLABELS	20
+define	PX_PCMD_MAJRX		21
+define	PX_PCMD_MINRX		22
+define	PX_PCMD_MAJRY		23
+define	PX_PCMD_MINRY		24
+define	PX_PCMD_ROUND		25
+define	PX_PCMD_FILL		26
+define	PX_PCMD_NBINS		27
+define	PX_PCMD_Z1		28
+define	PX_PCMD_Z2		29
+define	PX_PCMD_TOP_CLOSED	30
+define	PX_PCMD_RIN		31
+define	PX_PCMD_ROUT		32
+define	PX_PCMD_NCOLUMNS	33
+define	PX_PCMD_NLINES		34
+define	PX_PCMD_AXES		35
+define	PX_PCMD_ANGH		36
+define	PX_PCMD_ANGV		37
+define	PX_PCMD_FLOOR		38
+define	PX_PCMD_CEILING		39
+define	PX_PCMD_ZERO		40
+define	PX_PCMD_NCONTOURS	41
+define	PX_PCMD_INTERVAL	42
+define	PX_PCMD_NHI		43
+define	PX_PCMD_DASHPAT		44
+define	PX_PCMD_LABEL		45
+define	PX_PCMD_DELETE		46
+
+# Define the plot types
+
+define	PX_PLOTTYPES	"|xyplot|histplot|radplot|surfplot|cntrplot|"
+
+define	PX_XYPLOT	1
+define	PX_HISTPLOT	2
+define	PX_RADPLOT	3
+define	PX_SURFPLOT	4
+define	PX_CNTRPLOT	5
+
+define PX_MARKERS	"|point|box|plus|cross|circle|hline|vline|diamond|"
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/pexamine.key b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/pexamine.key
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..892e0542
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/pexamine.key
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+	PEXAMINE Interactive Cursor Keystroke Commands
+
+                   Basic Commands
+
+?	Print help for the PEXAMINE task
+:	PEXAMINE colon commands
+g	Activate the graphics cursor
+i	Activate the image cursor
+e	Exit PEXAMINE and save the edited catalog
+q	Quit PEXAMINE and discard the edited catalog
+
+		   Data Examining Commands
+
+l	List the name, datatype and units for all columns in the catalog 	
+o	Print out the names and values of the stored columns for the
+	    object nearest the cursor
+x	Replot the current y column versus the current x column
+h	Replot the current histogram
+r	Plot the radial profile of the object nearest the cursor
+s	Plot the surface of the object nearest the cursor
+c	Plot the contour plot of the object nearest the cursor
+m	Print the data values of the object nearest the cursor
+p	Replot the current graph
+
+                   Data Editing Commands
+
+z	Reinitialize the data by removing all deletions and replot
+d	Mark the point nearest the cursor for deletion
+u	Undelete the marked point nearest the cursor
+t	Toggle between marking points for deletion or undeletion
+(	Mark points with X < X (cursor) for deletion or undeletion
+)	Mark points with X > X (cursor) for deletion or undeletion
+v	Mark points with Y < Y (cursor) for deletion or undeletion
+^	Mark points with Y > Y (cursor) for deletion or undeletion
+b	Mark points inside a box for deletion or undeletion
+f	Actually delete the marked points and replot
+
+
+	      PEXAMINE Interactive Colon Commands
+
+:xcolumn	  [name]	     Show/set the X-Y plot X axis quantity
+:ycolumn	  [name]	     Show/set the X-Y plot Y axis quantity
+:hcolumn	  [name]	     Show/set the histogram plot quantity  
+:photcolumns	  [col1,col2,...]    Show/set the list of photometry columns
+:usercolumns	  [col1,col2,...]    Show/set the list of user columns
+:delete		  [yes/no]	     Delete or undelete points
+:eparam		  [x/h/r/s/c]	     Edit/unlearn the specified plot pset
+    or
+:unlearn
+
+
+	     PEXAMINE Interactive X-Y Plotting Commands
+
+:x1	    [value]	  Left  world x-coord if not autoscaling
+:x2 	    [value]	  Right world x-coord if not autoscaling
+:y1         [value]	  Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling
+:y2         [value]	  Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling
+:szmarker   [value]	  Marker size
+:marker [point|box|plus|cross|circle|diamond|hline|vline]    Marker type
+:logx       [yes/no]	  Log scale the x axis?
+:logy       [yes/no]      Log scale the y axis?
+:box        [yes/no]      Draw box around periphery of window?
+:ticklabels [yes/no]	  Label tick marks?
+:grid       [yes/no]	  Draw grid lines at major tick marks? 
+:majrx      [value]	  Number of major divisions along x axis
+:minrx      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along x axis
+:majry      [value]	  Number of major divisions along y axis
+:minry      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along y axis
+:round      [yes/no]      Round axes to nice values?
+:fill       [yes/no]      Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio?
+
+
+	PEXAMINE Interactive Histogram Plotting Commands
+
+:nbins	    [value]	  Number of bins in the histogram
+:z1	    [value]	  Minimum histogram intensity
+:z2	    [value]	  Maximum histogram intensity
+:top_closed [y/n]	  Include z in the top bin?
+:x1	    [value]	  Left  world x-coord if not autoscaling
+:x2	    [value]	  Right world x-coord if not autoscaling
+:y1         [value]	  Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling
+:y2         [value]	  Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling
+:logy       [yes/no]      Log scale the y axis?
+:box        [yes/no]      Draw box around periphery of window?
+:ticklabels [yes/no]	  Label tick marks?
+:majrx      [value]	  Number of major divisions along x axis
+:minrx      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along x axis
+:majry      [value]	  Number of major divisions along y axis
+:minry      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along y axis
+:round      [yes/no]      Round axes to nice values?
+:fill       [yes/no]      Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio?
+
+	PEXAMINE Interactive Radial Profile Plotting Commands
+
+:rinner	    [value]	  Inner radius of the region to be plotted
+:router	    [value]	  Outer radius of the region to be plotted
+:x1	    [value]	  Left  world x-coord if not autoscaling
+:x2 	    [value]	  Right world x-coord if not autoscaling
+:y1         [value]	  Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling
+:y2         [value]	  Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling
+:szmarker   [value]	  Marker size
+:marker [point|box|plus|cross|circle|diamond|hline|vline]    Marker type
+:logx       [yes/no]	  Log scale the x axis?
+:logy       [yes/no]      Log scale the y axis?
+:box        [yes/no]      Draw box around periphery of window?
+:ticklabels [yes/no]	  Label tick marks?
+:grid       [yes/no]	  Draw grid lines at major tick marks? 
+:majrx      [value]	  Number of major divisions along x axis
+:minrx      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along x axis
+:majry      [value]	  Number of major divisions along y axis
+:minry      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along y axis
+:round      [yes/no]      Round axes to nice values?
+:fill       [yes/no]      Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio?
+
+
+	PEXAMINE Interactive Surface Plotting Commands
+
+:ncolumns   [value]	  Number of columns to be plotted
+:nlines	    [value]	  Number of lines to be plotted
+:axes	    [yes/no]	  Draw axes?
+:angh	    [value]	  Horizontal viewing angle
+:angv	    [value]	  Vertical viewing angle
+:floor	    [value]	  Minimum value to be plotted
+:ceiling    [value]	  Maximum value to be plotted
+
+
+	PEXAMINE Interactive Contour Plotting Commands
+
+:ncolumns   [value]	  Number of columns to be plotted
+:nlines	    [value]	  Number of lines to be plotted
+:floor	    [value]	  Minimum value to be plotted
+:ceiling    [value]	  Maximum value to be plotted
+:zero	    [value]       Greyscale value of zero contour
+:ncontours   [value]	  Number of contours to be drawn
+:interval    [value]       Contour interval
+:nhi	    [value]       Hi/low marking option
+:dashpat     [value]       Bit pattern for generating dashed lines
+:label       [yes/no]      Label major contours with their values?
+:box        [yes/no]      Draw box around periphery of window?
+:ticklabels [yes/no]	  Label tick marks?
+:majrx      [value]	  Number of major divisions along x axis
+:minrx      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along x axis
+:majry      [value]	  Number of major divisions along y axis
+:minry      [value]	  Number of minor divisions along y axis
+:round      [yes/no]      Round axes to nice values?
+:fill       [yes/no]      Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio?
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptahgmr.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptahgmr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..acf303b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptahgmr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+include	<mach.h>
+include "pexamine.h"
+
+# PT_AHGMR -- Accumulate the histogram of the input vector.  The output vector
+# HGM (the histogram) should be cleared prior to the first call. Delete
+# points or points marked for deletion are not included in the plot.
+
+procedure pt_ahgmr (data, delete, npix, hgm, nbins, z1, z2)
+
+real 	data[ARB]		# data vector
+int	delete[ARB]		# deletions array
+int	npix			# number of pixels
+int	hgm[ARB]		# output histogram
+int	nbins			# number of bins in histogram
+real	z1, z2			# greyscale values of first and last bins
+
+real	z
+real	dz
+int	bin, i
+
+begin
+	dz = real (nbins - 1) / real (z2 - z1)
+	if (abs (dz - 1.0) < (EPSILONR * 2.0)) {
+	    do i = 1, npix {
+		if ((delete[i] == PX_DELETE) || (delete[i] == PX_MARK))
+		    next
+		z = data[i]
+		if (z >= z1 && z <= z2) {
+		    bin = int (z - z1) + 1
+		    hgm[bin] = hgm[bin] + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    do i = 1, npix {
+		if ((delete[i] == PX_DELETE) || (delete[i] == PX_MARK))
+		    next
+		z = data[i]
+		if (z >= z1 && z <= z2) {
+		    bin = int ((z - z1) * dz) + 1
+		    hgm[bin] = hgm[bin] + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptalimr.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptalimr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..614b2099
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptalimr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+include <mach.h>
+
+# PT_ALIMR -- Compute the limits (minimum and maximum values) of a vector
+# after rejecting any INDEF valued points.
+
+procedure pt_alimr (a, npix, minval, maxval)
+
+real	a[ARB]			# the input array
+int	npix			# the number of points
+real	minval, maxval		# the minimum and maximum value
+
+int	i, ngood
+real	value
+
+begin
+	minval = MAX_REAL
+	maxval = -MAX_REAL
+	ngood = 0
+
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    value = a[i]
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(value))
+		next
+	    ngood = ngood + 1
+	    if (value < minval)
+		minval = value
+	    if (value > maxval)
+		maxval = value
+	}
+
+	if (ngood == 0) {
+	    minval = INDEFR
+	    maxval = INDEFR
+	}
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptcolon.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptcolon.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df2a29ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptcolon.x
@@ -0,0 +1,668 @@
+include <gset.h>
+include "pexamine.h"
+
+# PT_COLON -- Execute PEXAMINE colon commands.
+
+procedure pt_colon (px, gd, cmdstr, newdata, newxy, newhist, newcoords,
+	newplot, plottype, undelete)
+
+pointer	px		# pointer to the pexamine structure
+pointer	gd		# pointer to the graphics stream
+char	cmdstr[ARB]	# the colon command
+int	newdata		# read new columns from the input file
+int	newxy		# load new columns into the x and y arrays
+int	newhist		# load new column into the histogram array
+int	newcoords	# load new data into the coords array
+int	newplot		# replot the current plot
+int	plottype	# the plot type
+int	undelete	# delete or undelete points
+
+bool	bval
+int	type, ncmd, nrcols, ncols, ival, marktype
+pointer	sp, cmd, str, rcols, cols
+real	rval
+bool	clgetb()
+int	strdic(), nscan(), clgeti()
+real	clgetr()
+
+errchk	clgstr(), clgetb(), clgeti(), clgetr()
+errchk	clpstr(), clputb(), clputi(), clputr()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (rcols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1), TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (cols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1), TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the command.
+	call sscan (cmdstr)
+	call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Define the pset type.
+	call salloc (str, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	switch (plottype) {
+	case PX_XYPLOT:
+	    call strcpy ("xyplot.", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	case PX_HISTPLOT:
+	    call strcpy ("histplot.", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	case PX_RADPLOT:
+	    call strcpy ("radplot.", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	case PX_SURFPLOT:
+	    call strcpy ("surfplot.", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	case PX_CNTRPLOT:
+	    call strcpy ("cntrplot.", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	}
+
+	# Process the command.
+	ncmd = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, PX_PCMDS)
+	switch (ncmd) {
+
+	case PX_PCMD_PHOTCOLUMNS:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+	        call pt_gphotcols (px, Memc[rcols], nrcols, Memc[cols],
+		    ncols) 
+		if (gd != NULL)
+		    call gdeactivate (gd, AW_CLEAR)
+		call pt_lcols ("PHOTOMETRY COLUMNS", Memc[rcols], nrcols,
+		    Memc[cols], ncols)
+		if (gd != NULL)
+		    call greactivate (gd, AW_PAUSE)
+	    } else {
+		call pt_gusercols (px, Memc[rcols], nrcols, Memc[cols], ncols) 
+		call pt_setnames (px, Memc[cmd], Memc[rcols])
+		newdata = YES
+		newxy = YES
+		newhist = YES
+		newcoords = YES
+		newplot = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PX_PCMD_USERCOLUMNS:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call pt_gusercols (px, Memc[rcols], nrcols, Memc[cols], ncols) 
+		if (gd != NULL)
+		    call gdeactivate (gd, AW_CLEAR)
+		call pt_lcols ("USER COLUMNS", Memc[rcols], nrcols, Memc[cols],
+		    ncols)
+		if (gd != NULL)
+		    call greactivate (gd, AW_PAUSE)
+	    } else {
+		call pt_gphotcols (px, Memc[rcols], nrcols, Memc[cols], ncols) 
+		call pt_setnames (px, Memc[rcols], Memc[cmd])
+		newdata = YES
+		newxy = YES
+		newhist = YES
+		newcoords = YES
+		newplot = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PX_PCMD_XCOLUMN:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call printf ("X column requested: %s  stored: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (PX_RXCOLNAME(px))
+		    call pargstr (PX_XCOLNAME(px))
+	    } else {
+		call strupr (Memc[cmd])
+		call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_RXCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		if (strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], PX_SZCOLNAME,
+		    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) > 0) {
+		    call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_XCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		    newxy = YES
+		    newplot = YES
+		    call clputr ("xyplot.x1", INDEFR)
+		    call clputr ("xyplot.x2", INDEFR)
+		} else {
+		    call printf ("Column %s not found\n")
+			call pargstr (PX_RXCOLNAME(px))
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case PX_PCMD_YCOLUMN:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call printf ("Y column requested: %s  stored: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (PX_RYCOLNAME(px))
+		    call pargstr (PX_YCOLNAME(px))
+	    } else {
+		call strupr (Memc[cmd])
+		call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_RYCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		if (strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], PX_SZCOLNAME,
+		    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) > 0) {
+		    call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_YCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		    newxy = YES
+		    newplot = YES
+		    call clputr ("xyplot.y1", INDEFR)
+		    call clputr ("xyplot.y2", INDEFR)
+		} else {
+		    call printf ("Column %s not found\n")
+			call pargstr (PX_RYCOLNAME(px))
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case PX_PCMD_HCOLUMN:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call printf ("Histogram column requested: %s  stored: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (PX_RHCOLNAME(px))
+		    call pargstr (PX_HCOLNAME(px))
+	    } else {
+		call strupr (Memc[cmd])
+		call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_RHCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		if (strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], PX_SZCOLNAME,
+		    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) > 0) {
+		    call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_HCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		    newhist = YES
+		    newplot = YES
+		    call clputr ("histplot.z1", INDEFR)
+		    call clputr ("histplot.z2", INDEFR)
+		    call clputr ("histplot.x1", INDEFR)
+		    call clputr ("histplot.x2", INDEFR)
+		    call clputr ("histplot.y1", INDEFR)
+		    call clputr ("histplot.y2", INDEFR)
+		} else {
+		    call printf ("Column %s not found\n")
+			call pargstr (PX_RHCOLNAME(px))
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case PX_PCMD_XPOSCOLUMN:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call printf ("X coord column requested: %s  stored: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (PX_RXPOSNAME(px))
+		    call pargstr (PX_XPOSNAME(px))
+	    } else {
+		call strupr (Memc[cmd])
+		call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_RXPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		if (strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], PX_SZCOLNAME,
+		    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) > 0) {
+		    call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_XPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		    newcoords = YES
+		} else {
+		    call printf ("Column %s not found\n")
+			call pargstr (PX_RXPOSNAME(px))
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case PX_PCMD_YPOSCOLUMN:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call printf ("X coord column requested: %s  stored: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (PX_RYPOSNAME(px))
+		    call pargstr (PX_YPOSNAME(px))
+	    } else {
+		call strupr (Memc[cmd])
+		call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_RYPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		if (strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], PX_SZCOLNAME,
+		    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) > 0) {
+		    call strcpy (Memc[cmd], PX_YPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		    newcoords = YES
+		} else {
+		    call printf ("Column %s not found\n")
+			call pargstr (PX_RXPOSNAME(px))
+		}
+	    }
+
+	case PX_PCMD_EDIT:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS)
+		call printf ("The parameter set is undefined\n")
+	    else {
+		type = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, PX_PLOTTYPES)
+		if (gd != NULL)
+		    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+		switch (type) {
+		case PX_XYPLOT:
+		    call clcmdw ("eparam xyplot")
+		case PX_HISTPLOT:
+		    call clcmdw ("eparam histplot")
+		case PX_RADPLOT:
+		    call clcmdw ("eparam radplot")
+		case PX_SURFPLOT:
+		    call clcmdw ("eparam surfplot")
+		case PX_CNTRPLOT:
+		    call clcmdw ("eparam cntrplot")
+		default:
+		    call printf (
+		        "The parameter set %s undefined\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		}
+		newplot = YES
+		if (gd != NULL)
+		    call greactivate (gd, 0)
+	    }
+
+	case PX_PCMD_UNLEARN:
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS)
+		call printf ("The parameter set is undefined\n")
+	    else {
+		type = strdic (Memc[cmd], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, PX_PLOTTYPES)
+		switch (type) {
+		case PX_XYPLOT:
+		    call clcmdw ("unlearn xyplot")
+		case PX_HISTPLOT:
+		    call clcmdw ("unlearn histplot")
+		case PX_RADPLOT:
+		    call clcmdw ("unlearn radplot")
+		case PX_SURFPLOT:
+		    call clcmdw ("unlearn surfplot")
+		case PX_CNTRPLOT:
+		    call clcmdw ("unlearn cntrplot")
+		default:
+		    call printf ("The parameter set %s  is undefined\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		}
+		newplot = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PX_PCMD_NBINS:
+	    call strcpy ("histplot.nbins", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		ival = clgeti (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("nbins = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (ival)
+	    } else
+		call clputi (Memc[str], ival)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_Z1:
+	    call strcpy ("histplot.z1", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		rval = clgetr (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("z1 = %g\n")
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_Z2:
+	    call strcpy ("histplot.z2", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		rval = clgetr (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("z2 = %g\n")
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_TOP_CLOSED:
+	    call strcpy ("histplot.top_closed", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		bval = clgetb (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("top_closed = %b\n")
+		    call pargb (bval)
+	    } else
+		call clputb (Memc[str], bval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_X1:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		rval = clgetr (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_X2:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		rval = clgetr (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_Y1:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		rval = clgetr (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_Y2:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		rval = clgetr (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_MARKER:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargwrd (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (Memc[cmd] == EOS) {
+		call clgstr (Memc[str], Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE)
+		call printf ("marker = %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+	    } else {
+		call pt_marker (Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE, marktype)
+		call clpstr (Memc[str], Memc[cmd])
+	    }
+
+	case PX_PCMD_SZMARKER:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargr (clgetr (Memc[str]))
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_GRID:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		bval = clgetb (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %b\n")
+		    call pargb (bval)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+	    } else
+		call clputb (Memc[str], bval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_LOGX:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		bval = clgetb (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %b\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargb (bval)
+	    } else
+		call clputb (Memc[str], bval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_LOGY:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		bval = clgetb (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %b\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargb (bval)
+	    } else
+		call clputb (Memc[str], bval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_BOX:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		bval = clgetb (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %b\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargb (bval)
+	    } else
+		call clputb (Memc[str], bval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_TICKLABELS:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		bval = clgetb (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %b\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargb (bval)
+	    } else
+		call clputb (Memc[str], bval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_FILL:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		bval = clgetb (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %b\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargb (bval)
+	    } else
+		call clputb (Memc[str], bval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_ROUND:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		bval = clgetb (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %b\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargb (bval)
+	    } else
+		call clputb (Memc[str], bval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_MAJRX:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		ival = clgeti (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargi (ival)
+	    } else
+		call clputi (Memc[str], ival)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_MINRX:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		ival = clgeti (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargi (ival)
+	    } else
+		call clputi (Memc[str], ival)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_MAJRY:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		ival = clgeti (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargi (ival)
+	    } else
+		call clputi (Memc[str], ival)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_MINRY:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		ival = clgeti (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargi (ival)
+	    } else
+		call clputi (Memc[str], ival)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_DELETE:
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		call printf ("delete = %b\n")
+		if (undelete == YES)
+		    call pargb (false)
+		else
+		    call pargb (true)
+	    } else {
+		if (bval)
+		    undelete = NO
+		else
+		    undelete = YES
+	    }
+
+	case PX_PCMD_RIN:
+	    call strcpy ("radplot.rinner", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		rval = clgetr (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("rinner = %g\n")
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_ROUT:
+	    call strcpy ("radplot.router", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		rval = clgetr (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("router = %g\n")
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_NCOLUMNS:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		ival = clgeti (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargi (ival)
+	    } else
+		call clputi (Memc[str], ival)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_NLINES:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		ival = clgeti (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %d\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargi (ival)
+	    } else
+		call clputi (Memc[str], ival)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_AXES:
+	    call strcpy ("surfplot.axes", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		bval = clgetb (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("axes = %b\n")
+		    call pargb (bval)
+	    } else
+		call clputb (Memc[str], bval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_ANGH:
+	    call strcpy ("surfplot.angh", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		rval = clgetr (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("angh = %g\n")
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_ANGV:
+	    call strcpy ("surfplot.angv", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		rval = clgetr (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("angv = %g\n")
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_FLOOR:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		rval = clgetr (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_CEILING:
+	    call strcat (Memc[cmd], Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		rval = clgetr (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("%s = %g\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[cmd])
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_ZERO:
+	    call strcpy ("cntrplot.zero", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		rval = clgetr (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("zero = %g\n")
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_NCONTOURS:
+	    call strcpy ("cntrplot.ncontours", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		ival = clgeti (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("ncontours = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (ival)
+	    } else
+		call clputi (Memc[str], ival)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_INTERVAL:
+	    call strcpy ("cntrplot.interval", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargr (rval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		rval = clgetr (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("interval = %g\n")
+		    call pargr (rval)
+	    } else
+		call clputr (Memc[str], rval)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_NHI:
+	    call strcpy ("cntrplot.nhi", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		ival = clgeti (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("nhi = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (ival)
+	    } else
+		call clputi (Memc[str], ival)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_DASHPAT:
+	    call strcpy ("cntrplot.dashpat", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargi (ival)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		ival = clgeti (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("dashpat = %d\n")
+		    call pargi (ival)
+	    } else
+		call clputi (Memc[str], ival)
+
+	case PX_PCMD_LABEL:
+	    call strcpy ("cntrplot.label", Memc[str], SZ_LINE)
+	    call gargb (bval)
+	    if (nscan() == 1) {
+		bval = clgetb (Memc[str])
+		call printf ("label = %b\n")
+		    call pargb (bval)
+	    } else
+		call clputb (Memc[str], bval)
+
+	default:
+	    call printf ("Unknown or ambiguous colon command\7\n")
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptdelete.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptdelete.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f8a6581e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptdelete.x
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+include	<gset.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include "pexamine.h"
+
+define	MSIZE 2.0
+ 
+# PT_DELPT -- Mark/unmark the point  nearest the cursor.
+
+procedure pt_delpt (gd, wx, wy, xpos, ypos, x, y, deleted, npix, undelete,
+	matchrad)
+
+pointer	gd			# pointer to the graphics stream
+real	wx			# X cursor position
+real	wy			# Y cursor position
+real	xpos[ARB]		# X coordinate array
+real	ypos[ARB]		# Y coordinate array
+real	x[ARB]			# X array of plotted data
+real	y[ARB]			# Y array of plotted data
+int	deleted[ARB]		# array of delete indicators
+int	npix			# number of pixels
+int	undelete		# undelete flag
+real	matchrad		# matching radius
+
+int	i, row
+real	r2min, r2, mr2, wx0, wy0, xpos0, ypos0
+
+begin
+	# Initialize.
+	row = 0
+	r2min = MAX_REAL
+
+	# Set matching radius for the image display or graph.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(matchrad)) {
+	    mr2 = MAX_REAL
+	    if (gd != NULL)
+	        call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx0, wy0, 1, 0)
+	    else {
+	        wx0 = wx
+	        wy0 = wy
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    mr2 = matchrad ** 2
+	    wx0 = wx
+	    wy0 = wy
+	}
+
+	# Search for the point nearest the cursor.
+	do i = 1 , npix {
+
+	    if (deleted[i] == PX_DELETE)
+		next
+
+	    if ((deleted[i] == PX_MARK && undelete == NO) ||
+		(deleted[i] == PX_GOOD && undelete == YES))
+		next
+
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(xpos[i]) && ! IS_INDEFR(ypos[i])) {
+	        if (IS_INDEFR(matchrad)) {
+		    if (gd != NULL)
+	                call gctran (gd, xpos[i], ypos[i], xpos0, ypos0, 1, 0)
+		    else {
+	                xpos0 = xpos[i]
+	                ypos0 = ypos[i]
+		    }
+	        } else {
+	            xpos0 = xpos[i]
+	            ypos0 = ypos[i]
+	        }
+	        r2 = (wx0 - xpos0) ** 2 + (wy0 - ypos0) ** 2
+	    } else
+		r2 = MAX_REAL
+	    if (r2 >= r2min)
+		next
+
+	    r2min = r2
+	    row = i
+	}
+
+	# Return if point not found.
+	if ((row == 0) || (r2min > mr2))
+	    return
+
+	# Delete the point.
+	if (undelete == NO) {
+	    deleted[row] = PX_MARK
+	    if (gd == NULL)
+		return
+	    call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+	    call gmark (gd, x[row], y[row], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE)
+	} else {
+	    deleted[row] = PX_GOOD
+	    if (gd == NULL)
+		return
+	    call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_CLEAR)
+	    call gmark (gd, x[row], y[row], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE)
+	}
+end
+ 
+
+# PT_DYGTG -- Delete all points with Y >  Y (cursor).
+
+procedure pt_dygtg (gd, wy, ypos, x, y, deleted, npix, undelete)
+
+pointer	gd			# pointer to graphics stream
+real	wy			# Y cursor position
+real	ypos[ARB]		# Y array of coordinate data
+real	x[ARB]			# X array of plotted data
+real	y[ARB]			# Y array of plotted data
+int	deleted[ARB]		# array of delete indicators
+int	npix			# number of pixels
+int	undelete		# the delete or undelete flag
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1 , npix {
+	    if (ypos[i] <= wy)
+		next
+	    if ((deleted[i] == PX_GOOD) && (undelete == NO)) {
+		deleted[i] = PX_MARK
+		if (gd == NULL)
+		    next
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+	        call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE)
+	    } else if ((deleted[i] == PX_MARK) && (undelete == YES)) {
+		deleted[i] = PX_GOOD
+		if (gd == NULL)
+		    next
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_CLEAR)
+	        call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_DYLTG -- Delete all points with Y < Y (cursor).
+
+procedure pt_dyltg (gd, wy, ypos, x, y, deleted, npix, undelete)
+
+pointer	gd			# pointer to graphics stream
+real	wy			# Y cursor position
+real	ypos[ARB]		# Y array of coordinate data
+real	x[ARB]			# X array of plotted data
+real	y[ARB]			# Y array of plotted data
+int	deleted[ARB]		# array of delete indicators
+int	npix			# number of pixels
+int	undelete		# the delete or undelete flag
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1 , npix {
+	    if (ypos[i] >= wy)
+		next
+	    if ((deleted[i] == PX_GOOD) && (undelete == NO)) {
+		deleted[i] = PX_MARK
+		if (gd == NULL)
+		    next
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+	        call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE)
+	    } else if ((deleted[i] == PX_MARK) && (undelete == YES)) {
+		deleted[i] = PX_GOOD
+		if (gd == NULL)
+		    next
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_CLEAR)
+	        call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_DXGTG -- Mark delete for all points with X > X (cursor)
+
+procedure pt_dxgtg (gd, wx, xpos, x, y, deleted, npix, undelete)
+
+pointer	gd			# pointer to graphics stream
+real	wx			# X cursor position
+real	xpos[ARB]		# X coordinate array
+real	x[ARB]			# X array of plotted data
+real	y[ARB]			# Y array of plotted data
+int	deleted[ARB]		# array of delete indicators
+int	npix			# number of pixels
+int	undelete		# the delete or undelete flag
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1 , npix {
+	    if (xpos[i] <= wx)
+		next
+	    if ((deleted[i] == PX_GOOD) && (undelete == NO)) {
+		deleted[i] = PX_MARK
+		if (gd == NULL)
+		    next
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+	        call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE)
+	    } else if ((deleted[i] == PX_MARK) && (undelete == YES)) {
+		deleted[i] = PX_GOOD
+		if (gd == NULL)
+		    next
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_CLEAR)
+	        call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_DXLTG -- Mark delete for all points with X < X (cursor).
+
+procedure pt_dxltg (gd, wx, xpos, x, y, deleted, npix, undelete)
+
+pointer	gd			# pointer to graphics stream
+real	wx			# X cursor position
+real	xpos[ARB]		# X coordinate array
+real	x[ARB]			# X array of plotted data
+real	y[ARB]			# Y array of plotted data
+int	deleted[ARB]		# array of delete indicators
+int	npix			# number of pixels
+int	undelete		# the delete or undelete flag
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1 , npix {
+	    if (xpos[i] >= wx)
+		next
+	    if ((deleted[i] == PX_GOOD) && (undelete == NO)) {
+		deleted[i] = PX_MARK
+		if (gd == NULL)
+		    next
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+	        call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE)
+	    } else if ((deleted[i] == PX_MARK) && (undelete == YES)) {
+		deleted[i] = PX_GOOD
+		if (gd == NULL)
+		    next
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_CLEAR)
+	        call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_DBOXG -- Delete all points inside a box
+
+procedure pt_dboxg (gd, xpos, ypos, x, y, deleted, npix, x1, y1, x2, y2,
+	undelete)
+
+pointer	gd			# pointer to the graphics stream
+real	xpos[ARB]		# x coordinate array
+real	ypos[ARB]		# y coordinate array
+real	x[ARB]			# x array of plotted data
+real	y[ARB]			# y array of plotted data
+int	deleted[ARB]		# array of deletion indicators
+int	npix			# number of pixels
+real	x1, y1, x2, y2		# corners of the box
+int	undelete		# delete or undelete points
+
+int	i
+real	temp
+
+begin
+        # Make sure the points are in the correct order.
+        if (x2 < x1) {
+	    temp = x1
+	    x1 = x2
+	    x2 = temp
+	}
+        if (y2 < y1) {
+	    temp = y1
+	    y1 = y2
+	    y2 = temp
+	}
+
+        # Search for points within the box and delete.
+	do i = 1 , npix {
+	    if (xpos[i] < x1 || xpos[i] > x2 || ypos[i] < y1 || ypos[i] > y2)
+		next
+	    if ((deleted[i] == PX_GOOD) && (undelete == NO)) {
+	        deleted[i] = PX_MARK
+		if (gd == NULL)
+		    next
+		call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+	        call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE)
+	    } else if ((deleted[i] == PX_MARK) && (undelete == YES)) {
+		deleted[i] = PX_GOOD
+		if (gd == NULL)
+		    next
+	        call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_CLEAR)
+	        call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE)
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_MDELETE -- Overplot crosses on those points which have been marked for
+# deletion.
+
+procedure pt_mdelete (gd, x, y, deleted, npix)
+
+pointer	gd			# pointer to the graphics stream
+real	x[ARB]			# the array plotted along the x axis
+real	y[ARB]			# the array plotted along the y axis
+int	deleted[ARB]		# the array of deletion indices
+int	npix			# the number of pixels
+
+int 	i
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    if (deleted[i] != PX_MARK)
+		next
+	    call gseti (gd, G_PMLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+	    call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], GM_CROSS, MSIZE, MSIZE)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_UPDATE -- Actually delete points currently marked for deletion.
+
+procedure pt_update (deleted, npix)
+
+int	deleted[ARB]		# array of deletions indices
+int	npix			# the number of pixels
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	# Add the marked points to the deletions array.
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    if (deleted[i] != PX_MARK)
+		next
+	    deleted[i] = PX_DELETE
+	}
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptgetphot.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptgetphot.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df3b27f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptgetphot.x
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+include	<tbset.h>
+include	"../../lib/ptkeysdef.h"
+include	"pexamine.h"
+
+define	NAPRESULT	10
+
+# PT_GETPHOT -- Read the specified columns out of the photometry catalog.
+# PT_GETPHOT works with either the "old" APPHOT files or the new ST Tables.
+
+int procedure pt_getphot (px, apd, key, max_nstars, first_star)
+
+pointer	px			# pointer to the pexamine structure
+int	apd			# input photometry file descriptor
+pointer	key			# pointer to key structure for text files
+int	max_nstars		# the maximum number of stars
+int	first_star		# first star to load
+
+int	i, nstars
+int	pt_goldap(), pt_gtabphot(), strdic()
+errchk	pt_goldap(), pt_gtabphot()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate the required memory for the photometry, user and
+	# dummy columns and fill with INDEFR.
+	do i = 1, PX_MAXNCOLS {
+	    call realloc (Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1], max_nstars, TY_REAL)
+	    call amovkr (INDEFR, Memr[Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1]], max_nstars)
+	}
+
+	# Get the results.
+	if (key == NULL)
+	    nstars = pt_gtabphot (apd, px, max_nstars, first_star)
+	else
+	    nstars = pt_goldap (apd, px, key, max_nstars, first_star)
+
+	# Reallocate space if necessary.
+	if (nstars < max_nstars) {
+	    do i = 1, PX_MAXNCOLS {
+		if (Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1] == NULL)
+		    next
+		if (i > PX_NCOLS(px)) {
+	            call mfree (Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1], TY_REAL)
+		    Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1] = NULL
+		} else
+	            call realloc (Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1], nstars, TY_REAL)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Get the x and y columns.
+	if (strdic (PX_RXCOLNAME(px), PX_XCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) <= 0)
+	    PX_XCOLNAME(px) = EOS
+	if (strdic (PX_RYCOLNAME(px), PX_YCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) <= 0)
+	    PX_YCOLNAME(px) = EOS
+
+	# Get the x and y coordinate columns.
+	if (strdic (PX_RXPOSNAME(px), PX_XPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) <= 0)
+	    PX_XPOSNAME(px) = EOS
+	if (strdic (PX_RYPOSNAME(px), PX_YPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) <= 0)
+	    PX_YPOSNAME(px) = EOS
+
+	# Get the histogram column names.
+	if (strdic (PX_RHCOLNAME(px), PX_HCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) <= 0)
+	    PX_HCOLNAME(px) = EOS
+
+	return (nstars)
+end
+
+
+# PT_GOLDAP -- Read in the photometry from an old style APPHOT file.
+
+int procedure pt_goldap (apd, px, apkey, max_nstars, first_star)
+
+int	apd		# pointer to the input file descriptor
+pointer	px		# pointer to the pexamine structure
+pointer	apkey		# pointer to the key structure
+int	max_nstars	# maximum number of stars
+int	first_star	# first star to load
+
+char	lbracket
+int	i, ip, index, nselect, nphot, nptr, nstars
+pointer	sp, data, rcolname, colname
+int	pt_photsel(), pt_getnames(), strdic(), stridx()
+data	lbracket /'['/
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (data, PX_MAXNCOLS, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (rcolname, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (colname, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Rewind the text file.
+	call seek (apd, BOF)
+
+	# Now read in the results.
+	nptr = 0
+	nstars = 0
+	while (pt_photsel (apkey, apd, Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], first_star +
+	    max_nstars - 1, Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)], Memr[data]) != EOF) {
+	    nselect = KY_NSELECT(apkey)
+	    if (nselect <= 0)
+		break
+	    nstars = nstars + 1
+	    if (nstars < first_star)
+		next
+	    do i = 1, nselect
+		Memr[Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1]+nptr] = Memr[data+i-1]
+	    nptr = nptr + 1
+	}
+
+	# Count the fields.
+	ip = 1
+	nselect = 0
+	while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[rcolname],
+	    PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF)
+	    nselect = nselect + 1
+	PX_NCOLS(px) = nselect
+
+	# Count the photometry fields.
+	ip = 1
+	nselect = 0
+	nphot = 0
+	while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[rcolname],
+	    PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) {
+	    nselect = nselect + 1
+	    if (nselect > PX_RNPHOT(px))
+		break
+	    if (strdic (Memc[rcolname], Memc[colname], PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	        Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) <= 0) {
+		index = stridx (lbracket, Memc[rcolname])
+		if (index <= 1)
+		    next
+		call strcpy (Memc[rcolname], Memc[colname], index - 1)
+		if (strdic (Memc[colname], Memc[colname], PX_SZCOLNAME,
+		    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)]) <= 0)
+		    next
+	    }
+	    nphot = nphot + 1
+	}
+	PX_NPHOT(px) = nphot
+
+	# Count the user fields.
+	PX_NUSER(px) = PX_NCOLS(px) - PX_NPHOT(px)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (nptr)
+end
+
+
+# PT_GTABPHOT -- Read in the photometry from an ST table. It may be possible
+# to do this more efficiently depending on how the table ir organized.
+
+int procedure pt_gtabphot (tp, px, max_nstars, first_star)
+
+pointer	tp			# table descriptor
+pointer	px			# pointer to the pexamine structure
+int	max_nstars		# maximum number of stars
+int	first_star		# first star to load
+
+bool	nullflag
+int	ntot, ncount, record, ip, col, nrow, ival
+pointer	sp, colname, colptrs, cptr, dptr 
+int	pt_getnames(), tbpsta(), tbcigi()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (colname, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (colptrs, PX_MAXNCOLS + 2, TY_POINTER)
+
+	# Define the column pointers for the preset columns.
+	ip = 1
+	ncount = 0
+	Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)] = EOS
+	ntot = 0
+	while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[colname],
+	    PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    ncount = ncount + 1
+	    call tbcfnd (tp, Memc[colname], Memi[colptrs+ntot], 1)
+	    if (Memi[colptrs+ntot] == NULL)
+		call strcat ("[1]", Memc[colname], PX_SZCOLNAME)
+	    call tbcfnd (tp, Memc[colname], Memi[colptrs+ntot], 1)
+	    if (Memi[colptrs+ntot] == NULL)
+		next
+
+	    call strcat (",", Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)], (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1) *
+	        PX_SZCOLNAME)
+	    call strcat (Memc[colname], Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)],
+	        (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1) * PX_SZCOLNAME)
+
+	    ntot = ntot + 1
+	    if (ncount <= PX_RNPHOT(px))
+		PX_NPHOT(px) = ntot
+	}
+	PX_NCOLS(px) = ntot
+	PX_NUSER(px) = PX_NCOLS(px) - PX_NPHOT(px)
+
+	# Get the results filling in any record that can not be interpreted
+	# as a real number with INDEFR.
+
+	nrow = tbpsta (tp, TBL_NROWS)
+	if (first_star > nrow) {
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return (0)
+	}
+
+	nrow = min (nrow - first_star + 1, max_nstars)
+
+	do col = 1, PX_NCOLS(px) {
+
+	    cptr = Memi[colptrs+col-1]
+	    if (cptr == NULL)
+	        next
+	    dptr = Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+col-1]
+	    if (dptr == NULL)
+		next
+
+	    if (tbcigi (cptr, TBL_COL_DATATYPE) == TY_REAL) {
+	        do record = first_star, nrow + first_star - 1
+	    	    call tbrgtr (tp, cptr, Memr[dptr+record-first_star],
+		        nullflag, 1, record)
+	    } else if (tbcigi (cptr, TBL_COL_DATATYPE) == TY_INT) {
+	        do record = first_star, nrow + first_star - 1 {
+	    	    call tbrgti (tp, cptr, ival, nullflag, 1, record)
+		    Memr[dptr+record-first_star] = ival
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	if (PX_NCOLS(px) <= 0)
+	    return (0)
+	else
+	    return (nrow)
+end
+
+
+# PT_PHOTSEL -- Procedure to select real records from a text file.
+
+int procedure pt_photsel (key, fd, infields, max_nrecords, outfields, data)
+
+pointer key		# pointer to key structure
+int	fd		# text file descriptor
+char	infields[ARB]	# requested output fields
+int	max_nrecords	# maximum number of records to be read
+char	outfields[ARB]	# selected output field
+real	data[ARB]	# array of real values read from the file
+
+int	nchars, nunique, uunique, funique, ncontinue, recptr
+int 	first_rec, record
+pointer	line
+int	getline(), strncmp(), pt_choose()
+
+data	first_rec /YES/
+
+begin
+	# Initialize the file read.
+	if (first_rec == YES) {
+	    record = 0
+	    nunique = 0
+	    uunique = 0
+	    funique = 0
+	    call malloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	}
+
+	ncontinue = 0
+	recptr = 1
+
+	# Loop over the text file records.
+	repeat  {
+
+	    # Check for the maximum number of records and EOF.
+	    if (record >= max_nrecords)
+		nchars = EOF
+	    else
+	        nchars = getline (fd, Memc[line])
+	    if (nchars == EOF)
+		break
+
+	    # Determine the type of record.
+	    if (Memc[line] ==  KY_CHAR_POUND) {
+
+	        if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    call pt_kyadd (key, Memc[line], nchars)
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_NAME,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    nunique = nunique + 1
+		    call pt_kname (key, Memc[line], nchars, nunique)
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_UNITS,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    uunique = uunique + 1
+		    call pt_knunits (key, Memc[line], nchars, uunique)
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_FORMAT,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    funique = funique + 1
+		    call pt_knformats (key, Memc[line], nchars, funique)
+	        }
+
+	    } else if (Memc[line] ==  KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) {
+		# skip blank lines
+
+	    } else {
+
+		# Construct the table record.
+		call pt_mkrec (key, Memc[line], nchars, first_rec, recptr,
+		    ncontinue) 
+
+	        # Construct output record when there is no continuation char.
+	        if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) {
+
+		    # Select the appropriate records.
+		    if (first_rec == YES) {
+			call pt_fields (key, infields, outfields)
+		        if (pt_choose (key, outfields) <= 0) {
+			    nchars = EOF
+			    break
+			}
+		    }
+
+		    # Construct the output record by moving selected fields
+		    # into the data structures.
+
+		    call pt_grecord (key, data)
+		    first_rec = NO
+		    record = record + 1
+
+		    # Record is complete so exit the loop.
+		    break
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	if (nchars == EOF) {
+	    first_rec = YES
+	    record = 0
+	    nunique = 0
+	    uunique = 0
+	    funique = 0
+	    call mfree (line, TY_CHAR)
+	    return (EOF)
+	} else
+	    return (record)
+end
+
+
+# PT_FIELDS -- Check the user definitions for multiply defined entries.
+
+procedure pt_fields (key, infields, outfields)
+
+pointer	key		# pointer to keys strucuture
+char	infields[ARB]	# the list of input fields
+char	outfields[ARB]	# the list of input fields
+
+int	ijunk, num
+pointer	sp, name, aranges, ranges, rangeset, list
+int	pt_gnfn(), pt_ranges(), decode_ranges(), get_next_number(), strlen()
+int	pt_kstati()
+pointer	pt_ofnl()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (name, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (aranges, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ranges, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (rangeset, 3 * KY_MAXNRANGES + 1, TY_INT)
+
+	list = pt_ofnl (key, infields)
+	outfields[1] = EOS
+	while (pt_gnfn (list, Memc[name], Memc[aranges], KY_SZPAR) != EOF) {
+	    if (Memc[name] == EOS)
+		next
+	    num = 0
+	    if (Memc[aranges] == EOS) {
+		if (pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_NUMELEMS) > 1)
+		    call strcat ("[1]", Memc[name], PX_SZCOLNAME)
+	    } else if (pt_ranges (Memc[aranges], Memc[ranges], ijunk,
+	        SZ_LINE) == ERR) {
+		call strcat ("[1]", Memc[name], PX_SZCOLNAME)
+	    } else if (decode_ranges (Memc[ranges], Memi[rangeset],
+	        KY_MAXNRANGES, ijunk) == ERR) {
+		call strcat ("[1]", Memc[name], PX_SZCOLNAME)
+	    } else if (get_next_number (Memi[rangeset], num) > 0) {
+		call sprintf (Memc[name+strlen(Memc[name])], PX_SZCOLNAME,
+		    "[%d]")
+		    call pargi (num)
+	    } else {
+		call strcat ("[1]", Memc[name], PX_SZCOLNAME)
+	    }
+	    call strcat (",", outfields, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	    call strcat (Memc[name], outfields, PX_SZCOLNAME *
+	        (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	}
+
+	call pt_cfnl (list)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_GRECORD -- Move selected photometry results into a real arrays.
+
+procedure pt_grecord (key, data)
+
+pointer	key		# pointer to keys strucuture
+real	data[ARB]	# output array of real selected data
+
+int	i, index, elem, maxch, kip, ip
+int	ctor()
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, KY_NSELECT(key) {
+
+	    index = Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+i-1]
+	    elem = Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+i-1]
+	    maxch = Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+i-1]
+	    kip = Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+index-1] + (elem - 1) * maxch
+
+	    ip = 1
+	    if (kip == NULL)
+		data[i] = INDEFR
+	    else if (ctor (Memc[kip], ip, data[i]) <= 0)
+	        data[i] = INDEFR
+	}
+
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptimplot.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptimplot.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e586b97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptimplot.x
@@ -0,0 +1,940 @@
+include <imhdr.h>
+include <gset.h>
+include <math.h>
+include	<mach.h>
+
+
+# PT_RPLOT -- Plot the radial profile.
+
+procedure pt_rplot (gd, im, wx, wy)
+
+pointer	gd		# pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	im		# pointer to the input image
+real	wx, wy		# radial profile coordinates
+
+int	marker_type, lenbuf, npix
+pointer	sp, radius, intensity, marker, longtitle
+real	szmarker, rin, rout, x1, x2, y1, y2, dmin, dmax
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clgeti(), strlen(), pt_radpix()
+real	clgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Check for undefined graphics stream.
+	if (gd == NULL) {
+	    call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Check for undefined input image.
+	if (im == NULL) {
+	    call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Check for an undefined center.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(wx) || IS_INDEFR(wy)) {
+	    call printf ("The radial profile plot center is undefined.\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get the inner and outer radii.
+	rin = clgetr ("radplot.rinner")
+	rout = clgetr ("radplot.router")
+	if (rout <= rin) {
+	    call printf (
+	   "The outer radius %g is <= the inner radius %g\n")
+		call pargr (rin)
+		call pargr (rout)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Get the data.
+	lenbuf = PI * (rin + rout + 1.0) * (rout - rin + 0.5)
+	call salloc (radius, lenbuf, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (intensity, lenbuf, TY_REAL)
+	npix = pt_radpix (im, wx, wy, rin, rout, Memr[radius], Memr[intensity])
+	if (npix <= 0) {
+	    call printf ("The object at %g %g is off the image\n")
+		call pargr (wx)
+		call pargr (wy)
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Clear the plotting strucuture.
+	call gclear (gd)
+
+	# Fetch the window and viewport parameters.
+	x1 = clgetr ("radplot.x1")
+	x2 = clgetr ("radplot.x2")
+	y1 = clgetr ("radplot.y1")
+	y2 = clgetr ("radplot.y2")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(x1) || IS_INDEFR(x2)) {
+	    call pt_alimr (Memr[radius], npix, dmin, dmax)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(x1))
+		x1 = dmin
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(x2))
+		x2 = dmax
+	}
+	if (IS_INDEFR(y1) || IS_INDEFR(y2)) {
+	    call pt_alimr (Memr[intensity], npix, dmin, dmax)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(y1))
+		y1 = dmin
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(y2))
+		y2 = dmax
+	}
+
+	# Set the scale of the axes.
+	call gswind (gd, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	if (clgetb ("radplot.logx"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_XTRAN, GW_LOG)
+	else
+	    call gseti (gd, G_XTRAN, GW_LINEAR)
+	if (clgetb ("radplot.logy"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_YTRAN, GW_LOG)
+	else
+	    call gseti (gd, G_YTRAN, GW_LINEAR)
+
+	# Get the x and y axes parameters.
+	if (! clgetb ("radplot.fill"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_ASPECT, 1)
+	if (clgetb ("radplot.round"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_ROUND, YES)
+
+	# Get the axis drawing parameters. 
+	if (clgetb ("radplot.box")) {
+
+	    # Get number of major and minor tick marks.
+	    call gseti (gd, G_XNMAJOR, clgeti ("radplot.majrx"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_XNMINOR, clgeti ("radplot.minrx"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_YNMAJOR, clgeti ("radplot.majry"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_YNMINOR, clgeti ("radplot.minry"))
+
+	    # Label tick marks on axes.
+	    if (clgetb ("radplot.ticklabels"))
+	        call gseti (gd, G_LABELTICKS, YES)
+	    else
+	        call gseti (gd, G_LABELTICKS, NO)
+
+	    # Draw grid.
+	    if (clgetb ("radplot.grid"))
+	        call gseti (gd, G_DRAWGRID, YES)
+	    else
+	        call gseti (gd, G_DRAWGRID, NO)
+
+	    # Optionally draw a box around the plot.
+	    call salloc (longtitle, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	    if (clgetb ("radplot.banner")) {
+		call sysid (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE)
+	        call sprintf (Memc[longtitle+strlen(Memc[longtitle])],
+		    2 * SZ_LINE, "\n%s: xc=%g  yc=%g  rinner=%g  router=%g\n%s")
+		    call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+		    call pargr (wx)
+		    call pargr (wy)
+		    call pargr (rin)
+		    call pargr (rout)
+		    call pargstr ("Radial Profile Plot")
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	            "%s: xc=%g  yc=%g  rinner=%g  router=%g\n%s")
+		    call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+		    call pargr (wx)
+		    call pargr (wy)
+		    call pargr (rin)
+		    call pargr (rout)
+		    call pargstr ("Radial Profile Plot")
+	    }
+	    call glabax (gd, Memc[longtitle], "Radial distance (pixels)",
+	        "Intensity (counts)")
+	}
+
+	# Get the marker type, the size of the marker and the linewidth.
+	call salloc (marker, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call clgstr ("radplot.marker", Memc[marker], SZ_FNAME)
+	call pt_marker (Memc[marker], SZ_FNAME, marker_type)
+	if (marker_type != GM_POINT)
+	    szmarker = clgetr ("radplot.szmarker")
+	else
+	    szmarker = 0.0
+	call gsetr (gd, G_PLWIDTH, 2.0)
+
+	# Draw the points in using the deletions array.
+	call gpmark (gd, Memr[radius], Memr[intensity], npix, marker_type,
+	    szmarker, szmarker)
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+define	CSIZE		24
+
+# PT_SPLOT -- Draw a perspective view of a surface.  The altitude
+# and azimuth of the viewing angle are variable.
+ 
+procedure pt_splot (gd, im, x, y)
+ 
+pointer	gd		# pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	im		# pointer to the image descriptor
+real	x, y		# the object center
+
+int	nx, ny, x1, x2, y1, y2, npts, wkid
+pointer	data, sp, sdata, work, longtitle
+real	floor, ceiling, angv, angh
+bool	clgetb()
+int 	clgeti(), strlen()
+pointer	pt_gdata()
+real	clgetr()
+
+int	first
+real	vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2
+common  /frstfg/ first
+common  /noaovp/ vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2
+ 
+begin
+	# Check for undefined graphics stream.
+	if (gd == NULL) {
+	    call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Check for undefined input image.
+	if (im == NULL) {
+	    call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Check for an undefined center.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(x) || IS_INDEFR(y)) {
+	    call printf ("The surface plot center is undefined\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get the data.
+	ny = clgeti ("surfplot.nlines")
+	nx = clgeti ("surfplot.ncolumns")
+	x1 = x - (nx - 1) / 2 + 0.5
+	x2 = x + nx / 2 + 0.5
+	y1 = y - (ny - 1) / 2 + 0.5
+	y2 = y + ny / 2 + 0.5
+	data = pt_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	if (data == NULL) {
+	    call printf ("The requested image section if off the image\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Set the title.
+	call salloc (longtitle, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	if (clgetb ("surfplot.banner")) {
+	    Memc[longtitle] = '\n'
+	    call sysid (Memc[longtitle+1], 2 * SZ_LINE)
+	    call sprintf (Memc[longtitle+strlen(Memc[longtitle])], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	        "\nObject at x: %g  y: %g\nSurface plot of %s[%d:%d,%d:%d]")
+	        call pargr (x)
+	        call pargr (y)
+	        call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+	        call pargi (x1)
+	        call pargi (x2)
+	        call pargi (y1)
+	        call pargi (y2)
+	} else {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+	        "\nObject at x: %g  y: %g\nSurface plot of %s[%d:%d,%d:%d]")
+	        call pargr (x)
+	        call pargr (y)
+	        call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+	        call pargi (x1)
+	        call pargi (x2)
+	        call pargi (y1)
+	        call pargi (y2)
+	}
+
+	# Initialize the plot.
+	call gclear (gd)
+
+	# Set the viewport, turn off axes drawing.
+	call gsview (gd, 0.1, 0.9, 0.1, 0.9)
+	call gseti (gd, G_DRAWAXES, NO)
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[longtitle], "", "")
+
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+	npts = nx * ny
+
+	# Take floor and ceiling if enabled (nonzero).
+	floor = clgetr ("surfplot.floor")
+	ceiling = clgetr ("surfplot.ceiling")
+	if (IS_INDEFR (floor) && IS_INDEFR (ceiling))
+	    sdata = data
+	else {
+	    call salloc (sdata, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call amovr (Memr[data], Memr[sdata], npts)
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR (floor) && ! IS_INDEFR (ceiling)) {
+		floor = min (floor, ceiling)
+		ceiling = max (floor, ceiling)
+	    }
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR (floor))
+		call amaxkr (Memr[sdata], floor, Memr[sdata], npts)
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR (ceiling))
+		call aminkr (Memr[sdata], ceiling, Memr[sdata], npts)
+	}
+
+	# Open graphics device and make plot.
+	call gopks (STDERR)
+	wkid = 1
+	call gopwk (wkid, 6, gd)
+	call gacwk (wkid)
+
+	first = 1
+	call srfabd()
+	call ggview (gd, vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2)
+	call set (vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2, 1.0, 1024., 1.0, 1024., 1)
+
+	angh = clgetr ("surfplot.angh")
+	angv = clgetr ("surfplot.angv")
+	call salloc (work, 2 * (2*nx*ny+nx+ny), TY_REAL)
+	call ezsrfc (Memr[sdata], nx, ny, angh, angv, Memr[work])
+
+	if (clgetb ("surfplot.axes")) {
+	    call gswind (gd, real (x1), real (x2), real (y1), real (y2))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_CLIP, NO)
+	    call pt_perimeter (gd, Memr[sdata], nx, ny, angh, angv)
+	}
+
+	call gdawk (wkid)
+	call gclks ()
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_CPLOT -- Contour map
+# This is an interface to the NCAR CONREC routine.
+
+procedure pt_cplot (gd, im, x, y)
+ 
+pointer	gd		# pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	im		# pointer to the input image
+real	x, y		# center of the contour plot
+
+int	nx, ny, x1, x2, y1, y2, nhi, dashpat, npts, ncontours, wkid, nset
+pointer	data, sp, longtitle, data1
+real	xs, xe, ys, ye, vx1, vx2, vy1, vy2
+real	zero, floor, ceiling, zmin, zmax, interval, finc
+bool	clgetb(), fp_equalr()
+int	clgeti(), btoi(), strlen()
+pointer	pt_gdata()
+real	clgetr()
+
+int	isizel, isizem, isizep, nrep, ncrt, ilab, nulbll, ioffd
+int	ioffm, isolid, nla, nlm, first
+real	xlt, ybt, side, ext, hold[5]
+common  /conflg/ first
+common  /conre4/ isizel, isizem , isizep, nrep, ncrt, ilab, nulbll, 
+         ioffd, ext, ioffm, isolid, nla, nlm, xlt, ybt, side
+common  /noaolb/ hold
+
+begin
+	# Check for undefined graphics stream.
+	if (gd == NULL) {
+	    call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Check for undefined input image.
+	if (im == NULL) {
+	    call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Check fo an undefined center.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(x) || IS_INDEFR(y)) {
+	    call printf  ("The center of the contour plot is undefined\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get the data.
+	ny = clgeti ("cntrplot.nlines")
+	nx = clgeti ("cntrplot.ncolumns")
+	x1 = x - (nx - 1) / 2 + 0.5
+	x2 = x + nx / 2 + 0.5
+	y1 = y - (ny - 1) / 2 + 0.5
+	y2 = y + ny / 2 + 0.5
+	data = pt_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	if (data == NULL) {
+	    call printf ("The image section to be contoured is off the image\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	call smark (sp)
+
+	# Intialize the plot
+	call gclear (gd)
+
+	# Set the WCS.
+	xs = x1
+	xe = x2
+	ys = y1
+	ye = y2
+	call gswind (gd, xs, xe, ys, ye)
+
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+	ny = y2 - y1 + 1
+	if (! clgetb ("cntrplot.fill"))
+	    call gsetr (gd, G_ASPECT, real (ny-1) / real (nx-1))
+	call gseti (gd, G_ROUND, btoi (clgetb ("cntrplot.round")))
+
+	if (clgetb ("cntrplot.box")) {
+
+	    # Get number of major and minor tick marks.
+	    call gseti (gd, G_XNMAJOR, clgeti ("cntrplot.majrx"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_XNMINOR, clgeti ("cntrplot.minrx"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_YNMAJOR, clgeti ("cntrplot.majry"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_YNMINOR, clgeti ("cntrplot.minry"))
+
+	    # Label tick marks on axes ?
+	    call gseti (gd, G_LABELTICKS, btoi (clgetb ("cntrplot.ticklabels")))
+
+	    # Construct the title.
+	    call salloc (longtitle, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	    if (clgetb ("cntrplot.banner")) {
+		call sysid (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE)
+	        call sprintf (Memc[longtitle+strlen(Memc[longtitle])],
+		2 * SZ_LINE,
+	     "\nObject at x: %g  y: %g\n\nContour plot of %s[%d:%d,%d:%d]\n")
+		    call pargr (x)
+		    call pargr (y)
+		    call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+		    call pargi (x1)
+		    call pargi (x2)
+		    call pargi (y1)
+		    call pargi (y2)
+	    } else {
+	        call sprintf (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+		"\nObject at x: %g  y: %g\n\nContour plot of %s[%d:%d,%d:%d]\n")
+		    call pargr (x)
+		    call pargr (y)
+		    call pargstr (IM_HDRFILE(im))
+		    call pargi (x1)
+		    call pargi (x2)
+		    call pargi (y1)
+		    call pargi (y2)
+	    }
+
+	    call glabax (gd, Memc[longtitle], "", "")
+	}
+
+	# First of all, intialize conrec's block data before altering any
+	# parameters in common.
+	first = 1
+	call conbd
+
+	# Set the contouring parameters.
+	zero = clgetr ("cntrplot.zero")
+	floor = clgetr ("cntrplot.floor")
+	ceiling	= clgetr ("cntrplot.ceiling")
+	nhi = clgeti ("cntrplot.nhi")
+	dashpat	= clgeti ("cntrplot.dashpat")
+
+	# Resolve INDEF limits.
+	npts = nx * ny
+	if (IS_INDEFR (floor) || IS_INDEFR (ceiling)) {
+	    call alimr (Memr[data], npts, zmin, zmax)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR (floor))
+	        floor = zmin
+	    if (IS_INDEFR (ceiling))
+	        ceiling = zmax
+	}
+
+	# Apply the zero point shift.
+	if (abs (zero) > EPSILON) {
+	    call salloc (data1, npts, TY_REAL)
+	    call asubkr (Memr[data], zero, Memr[data1], npts)
+	    floor = floor - zero
+	    ceiling = ceiling - zero
+	} else
+	    data1 = data
+
+	# Avoid conrec's automatic scaling.
+	if (fp_equalr (floor, 0.0))
+	    floor = EPSILON
+	if (fp_equalr (ceiling, 0.0))
+	    ceiling = EPSILON
+
+	# The user can suppress the contour labelling by setting the common
+	# parameter "ilab" to zero.
+	if (btoi (clgetb ("cntrplot.label")) == NO)
+	    ilab = 0
+	else
+	    ilab = 1
+
+	# User can specify either the number of contours or the contour
+	# interval, or let conrec pick a nice number.  Get params and
+	# encode the FINC param expected by conrec.
+
+	ncontours = clgeti ("cntrplot.ncontours")
+	if (ncontours <= 0) {
+	    interval = clgetr ("cntrplot.interval")
+	    if (interval <= 0.0)
+		finc = 0
+	    else
+		finc = interval
+	} else
+	    finc = - abs (ncontours)
+
+	# Open device and make contour plot.
+	call gopks (STDERR)
+	wkid = 1
+	call gopwk (wkid, 6, gd)
+	call gacwk (wkid)
+
+	# Make the contour plot.
+	nset = 1	# No conrec viewport
+	ioffm = 1	# No conrec box
+	call gswind (gd, 1., real (nx), 1., real (ny))
+	call ggview (gd, vx1, vx2, vy1, vy2)
+	call set (vx1, vx2, vy1, vy2, 1.0, real (nx), 1.0, real (ny), 1)
+	call conrec (Memr[data1], nx, nx, ny, floor, ceiling, finc, nset,
+	    nhi, -dashpat)
+
+	call gdawk (wkid)
+	call gclks ()
+
+	call gswind (gd, xs, xe, ys, ye)
+	if (fp_equalr (hold[5], 1.0)) {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE, 
+                "\n\nContoured from %g to %g, interval = %g\n\n")
+	        call pargr (hold[1])
+	        call pargr (hold[2])
+	        call pargr (hold[3])
+	} else {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE,
+        "\n\nContoured from %g to %g, interval = %g, labels scaled by %g\n\n")
+	            call pargr (hold[1])
+	            call pargr (hold[2])
+	            call pargr (hold[3])
+		    call pargr (hold[5])
+	}
+
+	call gseti (gd, G_DRAWAXES, NO)
+	call glabax (gd, Memc[longtitle], "", "")
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_PERIMETER -- Draw and label axes around the surface plot.
+
+procedure pt_perimeter (gd, z, ncols, nlines, angh, angv)
+
+pointer	gd			# graphics pointer
+int	ncols			# number of image columns
+int	nlines			# number of image lines
+real	z[ncols, nlines]	# array of intensity values
+real	angh			# angle of horizontal inclination
+real	angv			# angle of vertical inclination
+
+char	tlabel[10]
+int	i, j
+pointer	sp, x_val, y_val, kvec
+real	xmin, ymin, delta, fact1, flo, hi, xcen, ycen
+real	x1_perim, x2_perim, y1_perim, y2_perim, z1, z2
+real	wc1, wc2, wl1, wl2, del
+int	itoc()
+
+data  	fact1 /2.0/
+real	vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2
+common	/noaovp/ vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (x_val, ncols + 2, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (y_val, nlines + 2, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (kvec, max (ncols, nlines) + 2, TY_REAL)
+
+	# Get window coordinates set up calling procedure.
+	call ggwind (gd, wc1, wc2, wl1, wl2)
+
+	# Set up window, viewport for output.  The coordinates returned
+	# from trn32s are in the range [1-1024].
+	call set (vpx1, vpx2, vpy1, vpy2, 1.0, 1024., 1.0, 1024., 1)
+
+	# Find range of z for determining perspective.
+	flo = MAX_REAL
+	hi = -flo
+	do j = 1, nlines {
+	    call alimr (z[1,j], ncols, z1, z2)
+	    flo = min (flo, z1)
+	    hi = max (hi, z2)
+	}
+
+	# Set up linear endpoints and spacing as used in surface.
+        delta = (hi-flo) / (max (ncols, nlines) -1.) * fact1
+        xmin = -(real (ncols/2)  * delta + real (mod (ncols+1, 2))  * delta)
+        ymin = -(real (nlines/2) * delta + real (mod (nlines+1, 2)) * delta)
+	del = 2.0 * delta
+
+	# The perimeter is separated from the surface plot by the 
+	# width of delta.  
+	x1_perim = xmin - delta
+	y1_perim = ymin - delta
+	x2_perim = xmin + (real (ncols)  * delta)
+	y2_perim = ymin + (real (nlines) * delta)
+
+	# Set up linear arrays over full perimeter range.
+	do i = 1, ncols + 2
+	    Memr[x_val+i-1] = x1_perim + (i-1) * delta
+	do i = 1, nlines + 2
+	    Memr[y_val+i-1] = y1_perim + (i-1) * delta
+
+	# Draw and label axes and tick marks.
+	# It is important that frame has not been called after calling srface.
+	# First to draw the perimeter.  Which axes get drawn depends on the
+	# values of angh and angv.  Get angles in the range [-180, 180].
+
+	if (angh > 180.)
+	    angh = angh - 360.
+	else if (angh < -180.)
+	    angh = angh + 360.
+	if (angv > 180.)
+	    angv = angv - 360.
+	else if (angv < -180.)
+	    angv = angv + 360.
+
+	# Calculate positions for the axis labels.
+	xcen = 0.5 * (x1_perim + x2_perim)
+	ycen = 0.5 * (y1_perim + y2_perim)
+
+	if (angh >= 0.0) {
+
+	    # Case 1: xy rotation positive, looking down from above mid z.
+	    if (angv >= 0.0) {
+
+		# First draw x axis.
+		call amovkr (y2_perim, Memr[kvec], ncols + 2)
+		call pt_draw_axis (Memr[x_val+1], Memr[kvec], flo, ncols + 1)
+		call pt_label_axis (xcen, y2_perim+del, flo, "X-AXIS", -1, -2)
+		call pt_draw_ticksx (Memr[x_val+1], y2_perim, y2_perim+delta, 
+		    flo, ncols)
+		if (itoc (int (wc1), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (xmin, y2_perim+del, flo, tlabel, -1, -2)
+		if (itoc (int (wc2), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (Memr[x_val+ncols], y2_perim+del, flo, 
+		    tlabel, -1, -2)
+
+		# Now draw y axis.
+		call amovkr (x2_perim, Memr[kvec], nlines + 2)
+		call pt_draw_axis (Memr[kvec], Memr[y_val+1], flo, nlines + 1)
+		call pt_label_axis (x2_perim+del, ycen, flo, "Y-AXIS", 2, -1)
+		call pt_draw_ticksy (x2_perim, x2_perim+delta, Memr[y_val+1],
+		    flo, nlines)
+		if (itoc (int (wl1), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (x2_perim+del, ymin, flo, tlabel, 2, -1)
+		if (itoc (int (wl2), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (x2_perim+del, Memr[y_val+nlines], flo, 
+		    tlabel, 2, -1)
+
+	    # Case 2: xy rotation positive, looking up from below mid z.
+	    } else {
+
+		# First draw x axis.
+		call amovkr (y1_perim, Memr[kvec], ncols + 2)
+		call pt_draw_axis (Memr[x_val], Memr[kvec], flo, ncols + 1)
+		call pt_label_axis (xcen, y1_perim-del, flo, "X-AXIS", -1, 2)
+		call pt_draw_ticksx (Memr[x_val+1], y1_perim, y1_perim-delta, 
+		    flo, ncols)
+		if (itoc (int (wc1), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (xmin, y1_perim-del, flo, tlabel, -1, 2)
+		if (itoc (int (wc2), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (Memr[x_val+ncols], y1_perim-del, flo, 
+		    tlabel, -1, 2)
+
+		# Now draw y axis.
+		call amovkr (x1_perim, Memr[kvec], nlines + 2)
+		call pt_draw_axis (Memr[kvec], Memr[y_val], flo, nlines + 1)
+		call pt_label_axis (x1_perim-del, ycen, flo, "Y-AXIS", 2, 1)
+		call pt_draw_ticksy (x1_perim, x1_perim-delta, Memr[y_val+1],
+		    flo, nlines)
+		if (itoc (int (wl1), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (x1_perim-del, ymin, flo, tlabel, 2, 1)
+		if (itoc (int (wl2), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (x1_perim-del, Memr[y_val+nlines], flo, 
+		    tlabel, 2, 1)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (angh < 0.0) {
+
+	    # Case 3: xy rotation negative, looking down from above  mid z 
+	    # (default).
+	    if (angv > 0.0) {
+
+		# First draw x axis.
+		call amovkr (y1_perim, Memr[kvec], ncols + 2)
+		call pt_draw_axis (Memr[x_val+1], Memr[kvec], flo, ncols + 1)
+		call pt_label_axis (xcen, y1_perim-del, flo, "X-AXIS", 1, 2)
+		call pt_draw_ticksx (Memr[x_val+1], y1_perim, y1_perim-delta, 
+		    flo, ncols)
+		if (itoc (int (wc1), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (xmin, y1_perim-del, flo, tlabel, 1, 2)
+		if (itoc (int (wc2), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (Memr[x_val+ncols], y1_perim-del, flo, 
+		    tlabel, 1, 2)
+
+		# Now draw y axis.
+		call amovkr (x2_perim, Memr[kvec], nlines + 2)
+		call pt_draw_axis (Memr[kvec], Memr[y_val], flo, nlines + 1)
+		call pt_label_axis (x2_perim+del, ycen, flo, "Y-AXIS", 2, -1)
+		call pt_draw_ticksy (x2_perim, x2_perim+delta, Memr[y_val+1],
+		    flo, nlines)
+		if (itoc (int (wl1), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (x2_perim+del, ymin, flo, tlabel, 2, -1)
+		if (itoc (int (wl2), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (x2_perim+del, Memr[y_val+nlines], flo, 
+		    tlabel, 2, -1)
+
+	    # Case 4: xy rotation negative, looking up from below mid Z.
+	    } else {
+
+		# First draw x axis.
+		call amovkr (y2_perim, Memr[kvec], ncols + 2)
+		call pt_draw_axis (Memr[x_val], Memr[kvec], flo, ncols + 1)
+		call pt_label_axis (xcen, y2_perim+del, flo, "X-AXIS", 1, -2)
+		call pt_draw_ticksx (Memr[x_val+1], y2_perim, y2_perim+delta,
+		    flo, ncols)
+		if (itoc (int (wc1), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (xmin, y2_perim+del, flo, tlabel, 1, -2)
+		if (itoc (int (wc2), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (Memr[x_val+ncols], y2_perim+del, flo, 
+		    tlabel, 1, -2)
+
+		# Now draw y axis.
+		call amovkr (x1_perim, Memr[kvec], nlines + 2)
+		call pt_draw_axis (Memr[kvec], Memr[y_val+1], flo, nlines + 1)
+		call pt_label_axis (x1_perim-del, ycen, flo, "Y-AXIS", 2, 1)
+		call pt_draw_ticksy (x1_perim, x1_perim-delta, Memr[y_val+1],
+		    flo, nlines)
+		if (itoc (int (wl1), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (x1_perim-del, ymin, flo, tlabel, 2, 1)
+		if (itoc (int (wl2), tlabel, 10) <= 0)
+		    tlabel[1] = EOS
+		call pt_label_axis (x1_perim-del, Memr[y_val+nlines], flo, 
+		    tlabel, 2, 1)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Flush plotit buffer before returning.
+	call plotit (0, 0, 2)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_DRAW_AXIS -- Draw the axes around the plot.
+
+procedure pt_draw_axis (xvals, yvals, zval, nvals)
+
+real	xvals[nvals]
+real	yvals[nvals]
+real	zval
+int	nvals
+
+int	i
+pointer	sp, xt, yt
+real	dum
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (xt, nvals, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yt, nvals, TY_REAL)
+
+	do i = 1, nvals 
+	    call trn32s (xvals[i], yvals[i], zval, Memr[xt+i-1], Memr[yt+i-1], 
+		dum, 1)
+
+	call gpl (nvals, Memr[xt], Memr[yt])
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_LABEL_AXIS -- Label the axes.
+
+procedure pt_label_axis (xval, yval, zval, sppstr, path, up)
+
+real	xval
+real	yval
+real	zval
+char	sppstr[SZ_LINE]
+int	path
+int	up
+
+int	nchars
+int	strlen()
+%	character*64 fstr
+
+begin
+	nchars = strlen (sppstr)
+%	call f77pak (sppstr, fstr, 64)
+    	call pwrzs (xval, yval, zval, fstr, nchars, CSIZE, path, up, 0)
+end
+
+
+# PT_DRAW_TICKSX -- Draw the x tick marks.
+
+procedure pt_draw_ticksx (x, y1, y2, zval, nvals)
+
+real	x[nvals]
+real	y1, y2
+real	zval
+int	nvals
+
+int	i
+real	tkx[2], tky[2], dum
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, nvals {
+	    call trn32s (x[i], y1, zval, tkx[1], tky[1], dum, 1)
+	    call trn32s (x[i], y2, zval, tkx[2], tky[2], dum, 1)
+	    call gpl (2, tkx[1], tky[1])
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_DRAW_TICKSY -- Draw the y tick marks.
+
+procedure pt_draw_ticksy (x1, x2, y, zval, nvals)
+
+real	x1, x2
+real	y[nvals]
+real	zval
+int	nvals
+
+int	i
+real	tkx[2], tky[2], dum
+
+begin
+	do i = 1, nvals {
+	    call trn32s (x1, y[i], zval, tkx[1], tky[1], dum, 1)
+	    call trn32s (x2, y[i], zval, tkx[2], tky[2], dum, 1)
+	    call gpl (2, tkx[1], tky[1])
+	}
+end
+
+ 
+# PT_GDATA -- Get image data with boundary checking.
+ 
+pointer procedure pt_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+ 
+pointer	im			# pointer to the input image
+int	x1, x2, y1, y2		# subraster limits both input and output
+ 
+int	i, nc, nl
+pointer	imgs2r()
+errchk	imgs2r
+ 
+begin
+	nc = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nl = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	if (IS_INDEFI (x1))
+	    x1 = 1
+	if (IS_INDEFI (x2))
+	    x2 = nc
+	if (IS_INDEFI (y1))
+	    y1 = 1
+	if (IS_INDEFI (y2))
+	    y2 = nl
+ 
+	i = max (x1, x2)
+	x1 = min (x1, x2)
+	x2 = i
+	i = max (y1, y2)
+	y1 = min (y1, y2)
+	y2 = i
+
+	if (x2 < 1 || x1 > nc || y2 < 1 || y1 > nl)
+	    return (NULL)
+	
+	x1 = max (1, x1)
+	x2 = min (nc, x2)
+	y1 = max (1, y1)
+	y2 = min (nl, y2)
+
+	return (imgs2r (im, x1, x2, y1, y2))
+end
+
+
+# PT_RADPIX -- Procedure to fetch the image pixels in an annulus around
+# a given center.
+
+int procedure pt_radpix (im, wx, wy, rin, rout, rcoords, pix)
+
+pointer	im		# pointer to IRAF image
+real	wx, wy		# center of sky annulus
+real	rin, rout	# inner and outer radius of sky annulus
+real	rcoords[ARB]	# radial coordinate array
+real	pix[ARB]	# pixel array
+
+int	i, j, ncols, nlines, c1, c2, l1, l2, npix
+pointer	buf
+real	xc1, xc2, xl1, xl2, rin2, rout2, rj2, r2
+pointer	imgs2r()
+
+begin
+	if (rout <= rin)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Test for out of bounds sky regions.
+	ncols = IM_LEN(im,1)
+	nlines = IM_LEN(im,2)
+	xc1 = wx - rout
+	xc2 = wx + rout
+	xl1 = wy - rout
+	xl2 = wy + rout
+	if (xc2 < 1.0 || xc1 > real (ncols) || xl2 < 1.0 || xl1 > real (nlines))
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Compute the column and line limits.
+	c1 = max (1.0, min (real (ncols), wx - rout)) + 0.5
+	c2 = min (real (ncols), max (1.0, wx + rout)) + 0.5
+	l1 = max (1.0, min (real (nlines), wy - rout)) + 0.5
+	l2 = min (real (nlines), max (1.0, wy + rout)) + 0.5
+
+	# Fetch the sky pixels.
+	rin2 = rin ** 2
+	rout2 = rout ** 2
+	npix = 0
+
+	do j = l1, l2 {
+	    buf = imgs2r (im, c1, c2, j, j)
+	    rj2 = (wy - j) ** 2
+	    do i = c1, c2 {
+	        r2 = (wx - i) ** 2 + rj2
+		if (r2 > rin2 && r2 <= rout2) {
+		    rcoords[npix+1] = sqrt (r2)
+		    pix[npix+1] = Memr[buf+i-c1]
+		    npix = npix + 1
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	return (npix)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptplot.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptplot.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..beeb9fec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptplot.x
@@ -0,0 +1,1462 @@
+include <error.h>
+include <mach.h>
+include	<ctype.h>
+include	<gset.h>
+include	<fset.h>
+include <tbset.h>
+include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h"
+include "pexamine.h"
+
+define	GHELPFILE	"ptools$pexamine/pexamine.key"
+define	FRACTION	0.05
+
+int procedure pt_plot (gd, px, apd, apkey, im, deleted, npix, max_npix,
+	first_star, match_radius, use_display)
+
+pointer	gd			# pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	px			# pointer to the pexamine structure
+pointer	apd			# the input catalog descriptor
+pointer	apkey			# pointer to the text file structure
+pointer	im			# pointer to the input image
+int	deleted[ARB]		# array of deleted values
+int	npix			# number of points
+int	max_npix		# maximum number of points
+int	first_star		# first object read in
+real	match_radius		# tolerance in pixels for cursor positioning
+int	use_display		# use the image display
+
+int	newdata, newxy, xyinvalid, newhist, hinvalid, plottype, newplot
+int	firstplot, newcoo, cooinvalid, undelete, status, key, starno, curtype
+pointer	sp, title, xlabel, ylabel, cmd, x, y, h, xpos, ypos
+real	wx, wy, twx, twy
+
+bool	fp_equalr()
+int	pt_rxydata(), pt_rhdata(), pt_rcoodata(), pt_getphot(), pt_fstarg()
+int	pt_gcur(), pt_gldata()
+
+define	replot_		91
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working stack space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (title, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xlabel, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ylabel, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (cmd, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize some parameters.
+	twx = INDEFR
+	twy = INDEFR
+	newdata = NO
+	newxy = YES
+	newhist = YES
+	newcoo = YES
+	newplot = YES
+	firstplot = YES
+	curtype = 'g'
+	plottype = PX_XYPLOT
+	call amovki (PX_GOOD, deleted, npix)
+
+	undelete = NO
+
+replot_
+	if (newdata == YES) {
+	    if (apkey != NULL) {
+		call pt_kyfree (apkey)
+		call pt_kyinit (apkey)
+	    }
+	    npix = pt_getphot (px, apd, apkey, npix, first_star)
+	}
+
+	if (newxy == YES)
+	    xyinvalid = pt_rxydata (px, x, y)
+	if (newhist == YES)
+	    hinvalid = pt_rhdata (px, h)
+	if (newcoo == YES)
+	    cooinvalid = pt_rcoodata (px, xpos, ypos)
+
+	switch (plottype) {
+	case PX_XYPLOT:
+	    call pt_xyinfo (px, apd, apkey, Memc[title], SZ_LINE,
+	        Memc[xlabel], Memc[ylabel], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (xyinvalid == NO) {
+		if (newplot == YES) {
+	            call pt_xyplot (gd, Memr[x], Memr[y], deleted, npix,
+		        Memc[title], Memc[xlabel], Memc[ylabel])
+		}
+	    } else {
+	        call printf ("Cannot plot X: %s versus Y: %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[xlabel])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[ylabel])
+	    }
+
+	case PX_HISTPLOT:
+	    call pt_hinfo (px, apd, apkey, Memc[title], SZ_LINE,
+		Memc[xlabel], Memc[ylabel], SZ_LINE)
+	    if (hinvalid == NO) {
+		if (newplot == YES) {
+	            call pt_hplot (gd, Memr[h], deleted, npix, Memc[title],
+		        Memc[xlabel], Memc[ylabel])
+		}
+	    } else {
+	        call printf ("Cannot plot histogram of %s\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[xlabel])
+	    }
+
+	case PX_RADPLOT:
+	    if (im != NULL) {
+		if (newplot == YES)
+		    call pt_rplot (gd, im, twx, twy)
+	    } else
+		call printf ("The input image is undefined\n")
+
+	case PX_SURFPLOT:
+	    if (im != NULL) {
+		if (newplot == YES)
+		    call pt_splot (gd, im, twx, twy)
+	    } else
+		call printf ("The input image is undefined\n")
+
+	case PX_CNTRPLOT:
+	    if (im != NULL) {
+		if (newplot == YES)
+		    call pt_cplot (gd, im, twx, twy)
+	    } else
+		call printf ("The input image is undefined\n")
+
+	default:
+	    call printf ("Invalid plot type\n")
+	}
+
+	if ((firstplot == YES || newdata == YES) && (xyinvalid == NO)) {
+	    call printf ("nstars read: %d  first_star: %d  max_nstars: %d\n")
+	        call pargi (npix)
+	        call pargi (first_star)
+	        call pargi (max_npix)
+	}
+
+	newdata = NO
+	newxy = NO
+	newcoo = NO
+	newhist = NO
+	newplot = NO
+	firstplot = NO
+
+	while (pt_gcur (curtype, wx, wy, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) != EOF) {
+
+	    switch (key) {
+
+	    # Quit and do not make changes.
+	    case 'q':
+		call printf ("Type 'q' to confirm quit without saving edits\n")
+		if (pt_gcur (curtype, wx, wy, key, Memc[cmd], SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+		    next
+		if (key != 'q')
+		    next
+		status = PX_QUIT
+		break
+
+	    # Exit and do the changes.
+	    case 'e':
+		status = PX_EXIT
+		break
+
+	    # Print the help page.
+	    case '?':
+		call gpagefile (gd, GHELPFILE, "")
+
+	    # Activate the graphics cursor.
+	    case 'g':
+		curtype = 'g'
+		
+	    # Activate the image cursor.
+	    case 'i':
+		if (use_display == YES)
+		    curtype = 'i'
+		else
+		    call printf ("The image display is not available\n")
+
+	    # Plot the current y column versus the current x column.
+	    case 'x':
+		if (plottype != PX_XYPLOT) {
+		    newplot = YES
+		    plottype = PX_XYPLOT
+		}
+		if (newplot == YES)
+		    goto replot_
+
+	    # Plot the current histogram.
+	    case 'h':
+		if (plottype != PX_HISTPLOT) {
+		    newplot = YES
+		    plottype = PX_HISTPLOT
+		}
+		if (newplot == YES)
+		    goto replot_
+
+	    # Print a matrix of points around the cursor.
+	    case 'm':
+		if (im == NULL) {
+		    call printf ("The input image is undefined\n")
+		    next
+		} else if (cooinvalid == YES) {
+		    call printf ("The x or y coordinate data is undefined\n")
+		    next
+		} else if (curtype == 'i') {
+		    starno = pt_fstarg (gd, wx, wy, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos],
+		        npix, match_radius)
+		} else if (xyinvalid == YES) {
+		    call printf ("The x or y column data is undefined\n")
+		    next
+		} else if (plottype != PX_XYPLOT) {
+		    call printf ("Points must be marked on an X-Y plot\n")
+		    next
+		} else {
+		    starno = pt_fstarg (gd, wx, wy, Memr[x], Memr[y], npix,
+		        INDEFR)
+		}
+
+		if (starno > 0)
+		    call pt_print (gd, im, Memr[xpos+starno-1],
+		        Memr[ypos+starno-1])
+
+	    # Plot the the radial profile of the point nearest the graphics
+	    # cursor.
+	    case 'r', 's', 'c':
+
+		if (im == NULL) {
+		    call printf ("The input image is undefined\n")
+		    next
+		}
+		if (cooinvalid == YES) {
+		    call printf ("The x or y coordinate data is undefined\n")
+		    next
+		}
+
+		if (curtype == 'i') {
+		    starno = pt_fstarg (gd, wx, wy, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos],
+		        npix, match_radius)
+		} else if (xyinvalid == YES) {
+		    call printf ("The x or y column data is undefined\n")
+		    next
+		} else if (plottype != PX_XYPLOT) {
+		    call printf ("Points must be marked on the X-Y plot\n")
+		    next
+		} else {
+		    starno = pt_fstarg (gd, wx, wy, Memr[x], Memr[y], npix,
+		        INDEFR)
+		}
+
+		if (starno > 0) {
+		    switch (key) {
+		    case 'r':
+			if (plottype != PX_RADPLOT)
+			    newplot = YES
+		        plottype = PX_RADPLOT
+		    case 'c':
+			if (plottype != PX_CNTRPLOT)
+			    newplot = YES
+		        plottype = PX_CNTRPLOT
+		    case 's':
+			if (plottype != PX_SURFPLOT)
+			    newplot = YES
+		        plottype = PX_SURFPLOT
+		    }
+		    wx = Memr[xpos+starno-1]
+		    wy = Memr[ypos+starno-1]
+		    if (! fp_equalr (wx, twx) && ! fp_equalr (wy, twy)) {
+		        newplot = YES
+			twx = wx
+			twy = wy
+		    }
+		} else
+		    call printf ("Cannot find selected star in the catalog\n")
+
+		if (newplot == YES)
+		    goto replot_
+
+	    # Replot the current plot.
+	    case 'p':
+		newplot = YES
+		goto replot_
+
+	    # Print out the names, types and units of all defined columns.
+	    case 'l':
+		call pt_colinfo (gd, apd, apkey)
+
+	    # Print out the names, values and units of the stored columns
+	    # for the object nearest the cursor.
+	    case 'o':
+		if (curtype == 'g') {
+		    if (xyinvalid == YES)
+			call printf ("The x or y column data is undefined\n")
+		    else if (plottype != PX_XYPLOT)
+			call printf ("Points must be marked on an x-y plot\n")
+		    else  {
+		        starno = pt_gldata (gd, px, apd, apkey, wx, wy,
+			    Memr[x], Memr[y], npix, INDEFR)
+			if (starno > 0)
+			    call printf ("Star found\n")
+			else
+			    call printf ("Star not found\n")
+		    }
+		} else if (curtype == 'i') {
+		    if (cooinvalid == NO) {
+		        starno = pt_gldata (gd, px, apd, apkey, wx, wy,
+			    Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos], npix, match_radius)
+			if ((gd != NULL) && (starno > 0) && (xyinvalid == NO) &&
+			    (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) {
+			    call gscur (gd, Memr[x+starno-1], Memr[y+starno-1])
+			    call printf ("Star found\n")
+			    curtype = 'g'
+			} else
+			    call printf ("Star not found\n")
+		    } else
+			call printf (
+			    "The x or y coordinate data is undefined\n")
+		}
+
+	    # Undelete everything.
+	    case 'z':
+		call amovki (PX_GOOD, deleted, npix)
+		newplot = YES
+		goto replot_
+
+	    # Delete points and replot.
+	    case 'f':
+		call pt_update (deleted, npix)
+		newplot = YES
+		goto replot_
+
+	    # Mark a point for deletion.
+	    case 'd':
+		if (curtype == 'g') {
+		    if ((xyinvalid == YES) || (plottype != PX_XYPLOT))
+			call printf (
+			    "Invalid plot type for deleting points\n")
+		    else
+		        call pt_delpt (gd, wx, wy, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[x],
+			    Memr[y], deleted, npix, NO, INDEFR)
+		} else if (curtype == 'i') {
+		    if (cooinvalid == NO) {
+		        if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT))
+		            call pt_delpt (gd, wx, wy, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos],
+			        Memr[x], Memr[y], deleted, npix, NO,
+				match_radius)
+			else
+		            call pt_delpt (NULL, wx, wy, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos],
+			        Memr[x], Memr[y], deleted, npix, NO,
+				match_radius)
+		    } else
+		        call printf (
+			"The x or y coordinate data is undefined\n")
+		}
+
+	    # Undelete a point marked for deletion.
+	    case 'u':
+		if (curtype == 'g') {
+		    if ((xyinvalid == YES) || (plottype != PX_XYPLOT))
+			call printf (
+			    "Invalid plot type for undeleting points\n")
+		    else
+		        call pt_delpt (gd, wx, wy, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[x],
+			    Memr[y], deleted, npix, YES, INDEFR)
+		} else if (curtype == 'i') {
+		    if (cooinvalid == NO) {
+		        if (xyinvalid == NO && plottype == PX_XYPLOT)
+		            call pt_delpt (gd, wx, wy, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos],
+			         Memr[x], Memr[y], deleted, npix, YES,
+				 match_radius)
+			else
+		            call pt_delpt (NULL, wx, wy, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos],
+			         Memr[x], Memr[y], deleted, npix, YES,
+				 match_radius)
+		    } else
+		        call printf (
+			    "The x and y coordinate data is undefined\n")
+		}
+
+	    # Toggle the delete/undelete function
+	    case 't':
+		if (undelete == NO) {
+		    call printf ("Now undeleting points\n")
+		    undelete = YES
+		} else if (undelete == YES) {
+		    call printf ("Now deleting points\n")
+		    undelete = NO
+		}
+
+	    # Mark for deletion points with X < X (cursor).
+	    case '(':
+		if (curtype == 'g') {
+		    if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) {
+		        call pt_dxltg (gd, wx, Memr[x], Memr[x], Memr[y],
+			    deleted, npix, undelete)
+		    } else if ((hinvalid == NO) && plottype == PX_HISTPLOT) {
+		        call pt_dxltg (NULL, wx, Memr[h], Memr[h], Memr[h],
+			    deleted, npix, undelete)
+			newplot = YES
+		    } else
+			call printf (
+			    "Invalid plot type for (un)deleting points\n")
+		} else if (curtype == 'i') {
+		    if (cooinvalid == YES) {
+		        call printf (
+			    "The x or y coordinate data is undefined\n")
+		    } else if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) {
+		        call pt_dxltg (gd, wx, Memr[xpos], Memr[x], Memr[y],
+			    deleted, npix, undelete)
+		    } else {
+		        call pt_dxltg (NULL, wx, Memr[xpos], Memr[x], Memr[y],
+			    deleted, npix, undelete)
+			if (plottype == PX_XYPLOT || plottype == PX_HISTPLOT)
+			    newplot = YES
+			else
+			    call printf (
+			    "Replot x-y or histogram to show (un)deletions\n")
+		    }
+		}
+		if (newplot == YES)
+		    goto replot_
+
+	    # Mark for deletion points with X > X (cursor).
+	    case ')':
+		if (curtype == 'g') {
+		    if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) {
+		        call pt_dxgtg (gd, wx, Memr[x],  Memr[x], Memr[y],
+			    deleted, npix, undelete)
+		    } else if ((hinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_HISTPLOT)) {
+		        call pt_dxgtg (NULL, wx, Memr[h], Memr[h], Memr[h],
+			    deleted, npix, undelete)
+		        newplot = YES
+		    } else
+			call printf (
+			    "Invalid plot type for (un)deleting points\n")
+		} else if (curtype == 'i') {
+		    if (cooinvalid == YES) {
+		        call printf (
+			"The x and y coordinate data is undefined\n")
+		    } else if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) {
+		        call pt_dxgtg (gd, wx, Memr[xpos], Memr[x], Memr[y],
+			    deleted, npix, undelete)
+		    } else {
+		        call pt_dxgtg (NULL, wx, Memr[xpos], Memr[x], Memr[y],
+			    deleted, npix, undelete)
+			if (plottype == PX_XYPLOT || plottype == PX_HISTPLOT)
+			    newplot = YES
+			else
+			    call printf (
+			"Replot x-y or histogram to show (un)deletions\n")
+		    }
+		}
+		if (newplot == YES)
+		    goto replot_
+
+	    # Mark for deletion points with Y  > Y (cursor).
+	    case '^':
+		if (curtype == 'g') {
+		    if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT))
+		        call pt_dygtg (gd, wy, Memr[y], Memr[x], Memr[y],
+			    deleted, npix, undelete)
+		    else
+			call printf (
+			    "Invalid plot type for (un)deleting points\n")
+		} else if (curtype == 'i') {
+		    if (cooinvalid == YES)
+		        call printf (
+			"The x and y coordinate data is undefined\n")
+		    else if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT))
+		        call pt_dygtg (gd, wy, Memr[ypos], Memr[x], Memr[y],
+			    deleted, npix, undelete)
+		    else {
+		        call pt_dygtg (NULL, wy, Memr[ypos], Memr[x], Memr[y],
+			    deleted, npix, undelete)
+			if (plottype == PX_XYPLOT || plottype == PX_HISTPLOT)
+			    newplot = YES
+			else
+			    call printf (
+			    "Replot x-y or histogram to show (un)deletions\n")
+		    }
+		}
+		if (newplot == YES)
+		    goto replot_
+
+	    # Mark for deletion points with Y < Y (cursor).
+	    case 'v':
+		if (curtype == 'g') {
+		    if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT))
+		        call pt_dyltg (gd, wy, Memr[y], Memr[x], Memr[y],
+			    deleted, npix, undelete)
+		    else
+			call printf (
+			    "Invalid plot type for (un)deleting points\n")
+		} else if (curtype == 'i') {
+		    if (cooinvalid == YES)
+		        call printf (
+			    "The x and y coordinate data is undefined\n")
+		    else if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT))
+		        call pt_dyltg (gd, wy, Memr[ypos], Memr[x], Memr[y],
+			    deleted, npix, undelete)
+		    else {
+		        call pt_dyltg (NULL, wy, Memr[ypos], Memr[x], Memr[y],
+			    deleted, npix, undelete)
+			if (plottype == PX_XYPLOT || plottype == PX_HISTPLOT)
+			    newplot = YES
+			else
+			    call printf (
+			"Replot x-y or histogram to show (un)deletions\n")
+		    }
+		}
+		if (newplot == YES)
+		    goto replot_
+
+	    # Mark points for deletion inside a box.
+	    case 'b':
+	        if (curtype == 'g') {
+		    if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT)) {
+		        twx = wx; twy = wy
+		        call printf ("again:\n")
+		        if (pt_gcur (curtype,  wx, wy, key, Memc[cmd],
+			    SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+		            next
+		        call pt_dboxg (gd, Memr[x], Memr[y], Memr[x], Memr[y],
+		            deleted, npix, twx, twy, wx, wy, undelete)
+		    } else
+		        call printf (
+			    "Invalid plot type for (un)deleting points\n")
+	        } else if (curtype == 'i') {
+		    if (cooinvalid == YES)
+		        call printf (
+			    "The x or y coordinate data is undefined\n")
+		    else {
+		        twx = wx; twy = wy
+		        call printf ("again:\n")
+		        if (pt_gcur (curtype,  wx, wy, key, Memc[cmd],
+			    SZ_LINE) == EOF)
+		            next
+			if ((xyinvalid == NO) && (plottype == PX_XYPLOT))
+		            call pt_dboxg (gd, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos], Memr[x],
+			        Memr[y], deleted, npix, twx, twy, wx, wy,
+				undelete)
+			else {
+		            call pt_dboxg (NULL, Memr[xpos], Memr[ypos],
+			        Memr[x], Memr[y], deleted, npix, twx, twy,
+				wx, wy, undelete)
+			    if ((plottype == PX_XYPLOT) || 
+			        (plottype == PX_HISTPLOT))
+			        newplot = YES
+			    else
+			        call printf (
+			    "Replot x-y or histogram to show (un)deletions\n")
+			}
+		    }
+	        }
+
+	    # Colon commands:
+	    case ':':
+		iferr (call pt_colon (px, gd, Memc[cmd], newdata, newxy,
+		    newhist, newcoo, newplot, plottype, undelete))
+		    call erract (EA_WARN)
+		if (newplot == YES)
+		    goto replot_
+
+	    default:
+		call printf ("Unknown or ambiguous keystroke command\007\n")
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (status)
+end
+
+
+# PT_PRINT -- Print a 10 by 10 box of pixel values around the star.
+ 
+procedure pt_print (gd, im, x, y)
+ 
+pointer	gd			# pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	im			# pointer to the input image
+real	x, y			# center of box
+ 
+int	i, j, x1, x2, y1, y2, nx
+pointer	data
+pointer	pt_gdata()
+ 
+begin
+	if (gd != NULL)
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+
+	# Check that the image is defined.
+	if (im == NULL) {
+	    call printf ("The input image is undefined\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Check that the center is defined.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(x) || IS_INDEFR(y)) {
+	    call printf ("The box center is undefined\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	x1 = x - 5 + 0.5
+	x2 = x + 5 + 0.5
+	y1 = y - 5 + 0.5
+	y2 = y + 5 + 0.5
+	data = pt_gdata (im, x1, x2, y1, y2) 
+	if (data == NULL) {
+	    call printf ("The requested image section is off the image\n")
+	    return
+	}
+	nx = x2 - x1 + 1
+
+	call printf ("\n%4w") 
+	do i = x1, x2 {
+	    call printf (" %4d ")
+		call pargi (i)
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+ 
+	do j = y2, y1, -1 {
+	    call printf ("%4d")
+		call pargi (j)
+	    do i = x1, x2 {
+		call printf (" %5g")
+		    call pargr (Memr[data+(j-y1)*nx+(i-x1)])
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	if (gd != NULL)
+	    call greactivate (gd, 0)
+end
+
+
+define	LEN_TYPESTR	9
+
+# PT_COLINFO -- Print the name, type and units of all the columns in the
+# input catalog.
+
+procedure pt_colinfo (gd, apd, key)
+
+pointer	gd		# pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	apd		# the file descriptor for the input catalog
+int	key		# the key structure for text catalogs
+
+int	len_colname, i, datatype, numelems
+pointer	tty, sp, name, units, type, junk, colptr
+int	tbpsta(), tbcigi(), pt_gnfn(), pt_kstati()
+pointer	ttyodes(), tbcnum(), pt_ofnl()
+
+begin
+	if (gd != NULL)
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, AW_CLEAR)
+	else {
+	    tty = ttyodes ("terminal")
+	    call ttyclear (STDOUT, tty)
+	}
+
+	len_colname = max (SZ_COLNAME, KY_SZPAR)
+	call printf ("\n%*.*s  %*.*s  %s\n\n")
+	    call pargi (-len_colname)
+	    call pargi (len_colname)
+	    call pargstr ("COLUMN")
+	    call pargi (-LEN_TYPESTR)
+	    call pargi (LEN_TYPESTR)
+	    call pargstr ("TYPE")
+	    call pargstr ("UNITS")
+
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (name, len_colname, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (units, max (SZ_COLUNITS, KY_SZPAR), TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (type, LEN_TYPESTR, TY_CHAR)
+
+	if (key == NULL) {
+
+	    do i = 1, tbpsta (apd, TBL_NCOLS) {
+
+		colptr = tbcnum (apd, i)
+		call tbcigt (colptr, TBL_COL_NAME, Memc[name], SZ_COLNAME)
+		call tbcigt (colptr, TBL_COL_UNITS, Memc[units], SZ_COLUNITS)
+		datatype = tbcigi (colptr, TBL_COL_DATATYPE)
+		switch (datatype) {
+		case TY_BOOL:
+		    call strcpy ("boolean", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR)
+		case TY_SHORT, TY_INT, TY_LONG:
+		    call strcpy ("integer", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR)
+		case TY_REAL:
+		    call strcpy ("real", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR)
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+		    call strcpy ("double", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR)
+		default:
+		    if (datatype < 0)
+		        call strcpy ("character", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR)
+		    else
+		        call strcpy ("undefined", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR)
+		}
+
+		call printf ("%*.*s  %*.*s  %s\n")
+		    call pargi (-len_colname)
+		    call pargi (len_colname)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[name])
+		    call pargi (-LEN_TYPESTR)
+		    call pargi (LEN_TYPESTR)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[type])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[units])
+	    }
+
+	} else {
+
+	    call salloc (junk, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	    colptr = pt_ofnl (key, "*")
+	    while (pt_gnfn (colptr, Memc[name], Memc[junk], KY_SZPAR) != EOF) {
+		#if (pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_INDEX) <= KY_NOKEYS(key))
+		if (pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_INDEX) <= KY_NPKEYS(key))
+		    next
+		numelems = pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_NUMELEMS)
+		call pt_kstats (key, Memc[name], KY_UNITSTR, Memc[units],
+		    KY_SZPAR)
+		datatype = pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_DATATYPE)
+		switch (datatype) {
+		case TY_BOOL:
+		    call strcpy ("boolean", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR)
+		case TY_CHAR:
+		    call strcpy ("character", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR)
+		case TY_INT:
+		    call strcpy ("integer", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR)
+		case TY_REAL:
+		    call strcpy ("real", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR)
+		default:
+		    call strcpy ("undefined", Memc[type], LEN_TYPESTR)
+		}
+
+	        do i = 1, numelems {
+		    if (numelems == 1)
+			call strcpy (Memc[name], Memc[junk], KY_SZPAR)
+		    else {
+			call sprintf (Memc[junk], KY_SZPAR, "%s[%d]")
+			    call pargstr (Memc[name])
+			    call pargi (numelems)
+		    }
+	            call printf ("%*.*s  %*.*s  %s\n")
+		        call pargi (-len_colname)
+		        call pargi (len_colname)
+		        call pargstr (Memc[junk])
+		        call pargi (-LEN_TYPESTR)
+		        call pargi (LEN_TYPESTR)
+		        call pargstr (Memc[type])
+		        call pargstr (Memc[units])
+	        }
+
+	    }
+	    call pt_cfnl (colptr)
+
+	}
+	call printf ("\n")
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	if (gd != NULL)
+	    call greactivate (gd, AW_PAUSE)
+	else
+	    call ttycdes (tty)
+end
+
+
+# PT_GLDATA -- List the values of the loaded columns for this point.
+
+int procedure pt_gldata (gd, px, apd, key, wx, wy, x, y, npix, matchrad)
+
+pointer	gd		# pointer to the graphics stream
+pointer	px		# pointer to the pexamine structure	
+int	apd		# file descriptor for catalog
+pointer	key		# pointer to the key structure for text files
+real	wx		# the graphics cursor x coordinate
+real	wy		# the graphics cursor y coordinate
+real	x[ARB]		# the array of x plotted data
+real	y[ARB]		# the array of y plotted data
+int	npix		# the number of points
+real	matchrad	# matching radius
+
+int	row, ip, ncol
+pointer	sp, name, units, colptr
+int	pt_getnames(), pt_fstarg()
+
+begin
+	if (gd != NULL)
+	    call gdeactivate (gd, 0)
+
+	# Find the star.
+	row = pt_fstarg (gd, wx, wy, x, y, npix, matchrad)
+
+	# List the values of the loaded columns.
+	if (row != 0) {
+
+	    call smark (sp)
+	    call salloc (name, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	    call salloc (units, max (KY_SZPAR, SZ_COLUNITS), TY_CHAR)
+
+	    call printf ("\n%*.*s  %s  (%s)\n\n")
+		call pargi (-PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		call pargi (PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		call pargstr ("COLUMN")
+		call pargstr ("VALUE")
+		call pargstr ("UNITS")
+
+	    ip = 1
+	    ncol = 0
+	    while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[name], 
+	        PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) {
+		if (PX_COLPTRS(px) == NULL)
+		    next
+		if (key == NULL) {
+		    call tbcfnd (apd, Memc[name], colptr, 1)
+		    call tbcigt (colptr, TBL_COL_UNITS, Memc[units],
+		        SZ_COLUNITS)
+		} else
+		    call pt_kstats (key, Memc[name], KY_UNITSTR, Memc[units],
+		        KY_SZPAR)
+		call printf ("%*.*s  %g  (%s)\n")
+		    call pargi (-PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		    call pargi (PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		    call pargstr (Memc[name])
+		    call pargr (Memr[Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+ncol]+row-1])
+		    call pargstr (Memc[units])
+		ncol = ncol + 1
+	    }
+	    call printf ("\n")
+
+	    call sfree (sp)
+	}
+
+	if (gd != NULL)
+	    call greactivate (gd, 0)
+
+	return (row)
+end
+
+
+# PT_XYPLOT -- Plot the x and y points.
+
+procedure pt_xyplot (gd, x, y, deleted, npix, title, xlabel, ylabel)
+
+pointer	gd		# pointer to the graphics stream
+real	x[ARB]		# array of x coordinates
+real	y[ARB]		# array of y coordinates
+int	deleted[ARB]	# deletions array
+int	npix		# number of points
+char	title[ARB]	# title of the plot
+char	xlabel[ARB]	# x axis label
+char	ylabel[ARB]	# y axis label
+
+int	i, marker_type
+pointer	sp, marker, longtitle
+real	szmarker, x1, x2, y1, y2, dmin, dmax
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clgeti(), strlen()
+real	clgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Check for undefined graphis stream.
+	if (gd == NULL) {
+	    call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (marker, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (longtitle, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Clear the plotting strucuture.
+	call gclear (gd)
+
+	# Fetch the window and viewport parameters.
+	x1 = clgetr ("xyplot.x1")
+	x2 = clgetr ("xyplot.x2")
+	y1 = clgetr ("xyplot.y1")
+	y2 = clgetr ("xyplot.y2")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(x1) || IS_INDEFR(x2)) {
+	    call pt_alimr (x, npix, dmin, dmax)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(x1))
+		x1 = dmin - FRACTION * (dmax - dmin)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(x2))
+		x2 = dmax + FRACTION * (dmax - dmin)
+	}
+	if (IS_INDEFR(y1) || IS_INDEFR(y2)) {
+	    call pt_alimr (y, npix, dmin, dmax)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(y1))
+		y1 = dmin - FRACTION * (dmax - dmin)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(y2))
+		y2 = dmax + FRACTION * (dmax - dmin)
+	}
+
+	# Set the scale of the axes.
+	call gswind (gd, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	if (clgetb ("xyplot.logx"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_XTRAN, GW_LOG)
+	else
+	    call gseti (gd, G_XTRAN, GW_LINEAR)
+	if (clgetb ("xyplot.logy"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_YTRAN, GW_LOG)
+	else
+	    call gseti (gd, G_YTRAN, GW_LINEAR)
+
+	# Get the x and y axes parameters.
+	if (! clgetb ("xyplot.fill"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_ASPECT, 1)
+	if (clgetb ("xyplot.round"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_ROUND, YES)
+
+	# Get the axis drawing parameters. 
+	if (clgetb ("xyplot.box")) {
+
+	    # Get number of major and minor tick marks.
+	    call gseti (gd, G_XNMAJOR, clgeti ("xyplot.majrx"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_XNMINOR, clgeti ("xyplot.minrx"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_YNMAJOR, clgeti ("xyplot.majry"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_YNMINOR, clgeti ("xyplot.minry"))
+
+	    # Label tick marks on axes.
+	    if (clgetb ("xyplot.ticklabels"))
+	        call gseti (gd, G_LABELTICKS, YES)
+	    else
+	        call gseti (gd, G_LABELTICKS, NO)
+
+	    # Draw grid.
+	    if (clgetb ("xyplot.grid"))
+	        call gseti (gd, G_DRAWGRID, YES)
+	    else
+	        call gseti (gd, G_DRAWGRID, NO)
+
+	    # Optionally draw a box around the plot.
+	    if (clgetb ("xyplot.banner")) {
+		call sysid (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE)
+		call sprintf (Memc[longtitle+strlen(Memc[longtitle])],
+		    2 * SZ_LINE, "\n%s") 
+		    call pargstr (title)
+	    } else
+		call strcpy (title, Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE)
+	    call glabax (gd, Memc[longtitle], xlabel, ylabel)
+
+	}
+
+	# Get the marker type, the size of the marker and the linewidth.
+	call clgstr ("xyplot.marker", Memc[marker], SZ_FNAME)
+	call pt_marker (Memc[marker], SZ_FNAME, marker_type)
+	if (marker_type != GM_POINT)
+	    szmarker = clgetr ("xyplot.szmarker")
+	else
+	    szmarker  = 0.0
+	call gsetr (gd, G_PLWIDTH, 2.0)
+
+	# Draw the points in using the deletions array.
+	do i = 1, npix {
+	    if (deleted[i] == PX_DELETE)
+		next
+	    call gmark (gd, x[i], y[i], marker_type, szmarker, szmarker)
+	}
+
+	# Overplot crosses for those new points marked for deletion.
+	call pt_mdelete (gd, x, y, deleted, npix)
+
+	call gflush (gd)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_HPLOT -- Compute and plot histogram.
+
+procedure pt_hplot (gd, x, deleted, npix, title, xlabel, ylabel)
+
+pointer	gd		# pointer to the graphics stream
+real	x[ARB]		# array of points to be made into a histogram
+int	deleted[ARB]	# deletions array
+int	npix		# number of pixels
+char	title[ARB]	# the title of the plot
+char	xlabel[ARB]	# the x axis label
+char	ylabel[ARB]	# the y axis label
+
+int	i, j, nbins, nbins1
+pointer	sp, hgm, xp, yp, longtitle
+real	z1, z2, dz, x1, x2, y1, y2, dmin, dmax
+bool	clgetb(), fp_equalr()
+int	clgeti(), strlen()
+real	clgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Check for undefined graphis stream.
+	if (gd == NULL) {
+	    call printf ("The graphics device is undefined\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Get default histogram resolution and range.
+	nbins = clgeti ("histplot.nbins")
+	z1 = clgetr ("histplot.z1")
+	z2 = clgetr ("histplot.z2")
+
+	# Use data limits for INDEF limits.
+	if (IS_INDEFR(z1) || IS_INDEFR(z2)) {
+	    call pt_alimr (x, npix, dmin, dmax)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(z1))
+		z1 = dmin
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(z2))
+		z2 = dmax
+	}
+	if (z1 > z2) {
+	    dz = z1
+	    z1 = z2
+	    z2 = dz
+	}
+
+	# Test for constant valued image, which causes zero divide in ahgm.
+	if (fp_equalr (z1, z2)) {
+	    call printf ("Warning: Histogram has no data range.\n")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# The extra bin counts the pixels that equal z2 and shifts the
+	# remaining bins to evenly cover the interval [z1,z2].
+	# Note that real numbers could be handled better - perhaps
+	# adjust z2 upward by ~ EPSILONR (in ahgm itself).
+
+	nbins1 = nbins + 1
+
+	# Initialize the histogram buffer and image line vector.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (hgm, nbins1, TY_INT)
+	call aclri  (Memi[hgm], nbins1)
+
+	# Accumulate the histogram. Add the ability to use the deletions
+	# array in future.
+	call pt_ahgmr (x, deleted, npix, Memi[hgm], nbins1, z1, z2)
+
+	# "Correct" the topmost bin for pixels that equal z2.  Each
+	# histogram bin really wants to be half open.
+
+	if (clgetb ("histplot.top_closed"))
+	    Memi[hgm+nbins-1] = Memi[hgm+nbins-1] + Memi[hgm+nbins1-1]
+
+	# List or plot the histogram.  In list format, the bin value is the
+	# z value of the left side (start) of the bin.
+
+	dz = (z2 - z1) / real (nbins)
+
+	# Plot the histogram in box mode.
+	nbins1 = 2 * nbins + 2
+	call salloc (xp, nbins1, TY_REAL)
+	call salloc (yp, nbins1, TY_REAL)
+	Memr[xp] = z1
+	Memr[yp] = 0.0
+	j = 1
+	do i = 0, nbins - 1 {
+	    Memr[xp+j] = Memr[xp+j-1]
+	    Memr[yp+j] = Memi[hgm+i]
+	    j = j + 1
+	    Memr[xp+j] = Memr[xp+j-1] + dz
+	    Memr[yp+j] = Memr[yp+j-1]
+	    j = j + 1
+	}
+	Memr[xp+j] = Memr[xp+j-1]
+	Memr[yp+j] = 0.0
+
+	# Construct the title.
+	call salloc (longtitle, 2 * SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	if (clgetb ("histplot.banner")) {
+	    call sysid (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE)
+	    call sprintf (Memc[longtitle+strlen(Memc[longtitle])], 2 * SZ_LINE, 
+	        "\nHistogram from z1=%g to z2=%g, nbins=%d\n%s")
+	        call pargr (z1)
+	        call pargr (z2)
+	        call pargi (nbins)
+	        call pargstr (title)
+	} else {
+	    call sprintf (Memc[longtitle], 2 * SZ_LINE, 
+	        "Histogram from z1=%g to z2=%g, nbins=%d\n%s")
+	        call pargr (z1)
+	        call pargr (z2)
+	        call pargi (nbins)
+	        call pargstr (title)
+	}
+
+	# Clear the screen.
+	call gclear (gd)
+
+	# Compute the data window to be plotted.
+	x1 = clgetr ("histplot.x1")
+	x2 = clgetr ("histplot.x2")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(x1) || IS_INDEFR(x2)) {
+	    call alimr (Memr[xp], nbins1, dmin, dmax)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(x1))
+		x1 = dmin
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(x2))
+		x2 = dmax
+	}
+	y1 = clgetr ("histplot.y1")
+	y2 = clgetr ("histplot.y2")
+	if (IS_INDEFR(y1) || IS_INDEFR(y2)) {
+	    call alimr (Memr[yp], nbins1, dmin, dmax)
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(y1))
+		y1 = dmin
+	    if (IS_INDEFR(y2))
+		y2 = dmax
+	}
+
+	# Set the scale of the axes.
+	call gswind (gd, x1, x2, y1, y2)
+	call gseti (gd, G_XTRAN, GW_LINEAR)
+	if (clgetb ("histplot.logy"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_YTRAN, GW_LOG)
+	else
+	    call gseti (gd, G_YTRAN, GW_LINEAR)
+
+	if (! clgetb ("xyplot.fill"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_ASPECT, 1)
+	if (clgetb ("xyplot.round"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_ROUND, YES)
+	call gsetr (gd, G_PLWIDTH, 2.0)
+
+	# Draw a box around the axes.
+	if (clgetb ("histplot.box")) {
+
+	    # Label tick marks on axes.
+	    if (clgetb ("histplot.ticklabels"))
+	        call gseti (gd, G_LABELTICKS, YES)
+	    else
+	        call gseti (gd, G_LABELTICKS, NO)
+
+	    # Get number of major and minor tick marks.
+	    call gseti (gd, G_XNMAJOR, clgeti ("histplot.majrx"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_XNMINOR, clgeti ("histplot.minrx"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_YNMAJOR, clgeti ("histplot.majry"))
+	    call gseti (gd, G_YNMINOR, clgeti ("histplot.minry"))
+
+	    # Draw the axes.
+	    call glabax (gd, Memc[longtitle], xlabel, ylabel)
+
+	}
+
+	# Draw the historgram.
+	call gseti (gd, G_PLTYPE, GL_SOLID)
+	call gpline (gd, Memr[xp], Memr[yp], nbins1)
+	call gflush (gd)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_XYINFO -- Get the title and axes labels for the X-Y plot.
+
+procedure pt_xyinfo (px, tp, key, title, max_sztitle, xlabel, ylabel,
+	max_szlabel)
+
+pointer	px			# pointer to the pexamine strcuture
+pointer	tp			# input catalog file descriptor
+pointer	key			# pointer to key structure for text files
+char	title[ARB]		# title for the plot
+int	max_sztitle		# maximum length of the title
+char	xlabel[ARB]		# X axis label
+char	ylabel[ARB]		# Y axis label
+int	max_szlabel		# maximum size of the label
+
+pointer	sp, label, units, cd
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (label, max_szlabel, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (units, max_szlabel, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the title.
+
+	# Get the x and y labels for the columns.
+	if (key == NULL) {
+
+	    call tbtnam (tp, title, max_sztitle)
+
+	    call tbcfnd (tp, PX_XCOLNAME(px), cd, 1)
+	    if (cd != NULL) {
+		call strcpy (PX_XCOLNAME(px), Memc[label], max_szlabel)
+		call tbcigt (cd, TBL_COL_UNITS, Memc[units], SZ_COLUNITS)
+	    } else {
+		call strcpy ("UNDEFINED", Memc[label], max_szlabel)
+		Memc[units] = EOS
+	    }
+	    call sprintf (xlabel, max_szlabel, "%s in %s")
+		call pargstr (Memc[label])
+		call pargstr (Memc[units])
+
+	    call tbcfnd (tp, PX_YCOLNAME(px), cd, 1)
+	    if (cd != NULL) {
+		call strcpy (PX_YCOLNAME(px), Memc[label], max_szlabel)
+		call tbcigt (cd, TBL_COL_UNITS, Memc[units], SZ_COLUNITS)
+	    } else {
+		call strcpy ("UNDEFINED", Memc[label], max_szlabel)
+		Memc[units] = EOS
+	    }
+	    call sprintf (ylabel, max_szlabel, "%s in %s")
+		call pargstr (Memc[label])
+		call pargstr (Memc[units])
+
+	} else {
+
+	    call fstats (tp, F_FILENAME, title, max_sztitle)
+
+	    if (PX_XCOLNAME(px) == EOS) {
+		call strcpy ("UNDEFINED", Memc[label], max_szlabel)
+		Memc[units] = EOS
+	    } else {
+		call strcpy (PX_XCOLNAME(px), Memc[label], max_szlabel)
+		call pt_kstats (key, PX_XCOLNAME(px), KY_UNITSTR, Memc[units],
+		    max_szlabel)
+	    }
+	    call sprintf (xlabel, max_szlabel, "%s %s")
+		call pargstr (Memc[label])
+		call pargstr (Memc[units])
+
+	    if (PX_YCOLNAME(px) == EOS) {
+		call strcpy ("UNDEFINED", Memc[label], max_szlabel)
+		Memc[units] = EOS
+	    } else {
+		call strcpy (PX_YCOLNAME(px), Memc[label], max_szlabel)
+		call pt_kstats (key, PX_YCOLNAME(px), KY_UNITSTR, Memc[units],
+		    max_szlabel)
+	    }
+	    call sprintf (ylabel, max_szlabel, "%s %s")
+		call pargstr (Memc[label])
+		call pargstr (Memc[units])
+
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_HINFO -- Get the title and axes labels for the histogram plot.
+
+procedure pt_hinfo (px, tp, key, title, max_sztitle, xlabel, ylabel,
+	max_szlabel)
+
+pointer	px			# pointer to the pexamine strcuture
+pointer	tp			# input catalog file descriptor
+pointer	key			# pointer to key structure for text files
+char	title[ARB]		# title for the plot
+int	max_sztitle		# maximum length of the title
+char	xlabel[ARB]		# X axis label
+char	ylabel[ARB]		# Y axis label
+int	max_szlabel		# maximum size of the label
+
+pointer	sp, label, units, cd
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (label, max_szlabel, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (units, max_szlabel, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the title.
+
+	# Get the x and y labels for the columns.
+	if (key == NULL) {
+
+	    call tbtnam (tp, title, max_sztitle)
+
+	    call tbcfnd (tp, PX_HCOLNAME(px), cd, 1)
+	    if (cd != NULL) {
+		call strcpy (PX_HCOLNAME(px), Memc[label], max_szlabel)
+		call tbcigt (cd, TBL_COL_UNITS, Memc[units], SZ_COLUNITS)
+	    } else {
+		call strcpy ("UNDEFINED", Memc[label], max_szlabel)
+		Memc[units] = EOS
+	    }
+	    call sprintf (xlabel, max_szlabel, "%s in %s")
+		call pargstr (Memc[label])
+		call pargstr (Memc[units])
+
+	    call sprintf (ylabel, max_szlabel, "N(%s)")
+		call pargstr (Memc[label])
+
+	} else {
+
+	    call fstats (tp, F_FILENAME, title, max_sztitle)
+
+	    if (PX_HCOLNAME(px) == EOS) {
+		call strcpy ("UNDEFINED", Memc[label], max_szlabel)
+		Memc[units] = EOS
+	    } else {
+		call strcpy (PX_HCOLNAME(px), Memc[label], max_szlabel)
+		call pt_kstats (key, PX_HCOLNAME(px), KY_UNITSTR, Memc[units],
+		    max_szlabel)
+	    }
+	    call sprintf (xlabel, max_szlabel, "%s %s")
+		call pargstr (Memc[label])
+		call pargstr (Memc[units])
+
+	    call sprintf (ylabel, max_szlabel, "N(%s)")
+		call pargstr (Memc[label])
+
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+ 
+# PT_GCUR -- Get PEXAMINE cursor value.
+# This is an interface between the standard cursor input and PEXAMINE.
+# It reads the appropriate cursor, makes the appropriate default
+# coordinate conversions when using graphics cursor input, and gets any
+# further cursor reads needed.  Missing coordinates default to the last
+# coordinates.
+ 
+int procedure pt_gcur (curtype, x, y, key, strval, maxch)
+ 
+int	curtype			# cursor type
+real	x, y			# cursor position
+int	key			# keystroke value of cursor event
+char	strval[ARB]		# string value, if any
+int	maxch			# max chars out
+ 
+char	ch
+int	nitems, wcs, ip
+int	clgcur(), ctor(), cctoc()
+errchk	clgcur
+ 
+begin
+	# Initialize.
+	strval[1] = EOS
+
+	# Get a cursor values from the desired cursor parameter.
+	switch (curtype) {
+	case 'i':
+	    nitems = clgcur ("icommands", x, y, wcs, key, strval, maxch)
+	case 'g':
+	    nitems = clgcur ("gcommands", x, y, wcs, key, strval, maxch)
+	}
+
+	call flush (STDOUT)
+
+	# Map numeric colon sequences (: x [y] key strval) to make them appear
+	# as ordinary "x y key" type cursor reads.  This makes it possible for
+	# the user to access any command using typed in rather than positional
+	# cursor coordinates.  Special treatment is also given to the syntax
+	# ":lN" and ":cN", provided for compatibility with IMPLOT for simple
+	# line and column plots.
+
+	if (key == ':') {
+	    for (ip=1;  IS_WHITE(strval[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		;
+	    if (IS_DIGIT(strval[ip])) {
+		if (ctor (strval, ip, x) <= 0)
+		    ;
+		if (ctor (strval, ip, y) <= 0)
+		    y = x
+		for (;  IS_WHITE(strval[ip]);  ip=ip+1)
+		    ;
+		if (cctoc (strval, ip, ch) > 0)
+		    key = ch
+		call strcpy (strval[ip], strval, maxch)
+
+	    } 
+	}
+ 
+	return (nitems)
+end
+
+
+# PT_FSTARG -- Find the the point data point nearest the input position.
+
+int procedure pt_fstarg (gd, wx, wy, x, y, npix, matchrad)
+
+pointer	gd		# pointer to the graphics descriptor
+real	wx		# X cursor position
+real	wy		# Y cursor position
+real	x[ARB]		# X array of plotted data
+real	y[ARB]		# Y array of plotted data
+int	npix		# number of pixels
+real	matchrad	# the matching radius
+
+int	i, row
+real	r2min, r2, mr2, wx0, wy0, x0, y0
+
+begin
+	row = 0
+	r2min = MAX_REAL
+	if (IS_INDEFR(matchrad)) {
+	    mr2 = MAX_REAL
+	    if (gd != NULL)
+		call gctran (gd, wx, wy, wx0, wy0, 1, 0)
+	    else {
+	        wx0 = wx
+	        wy0 = wy
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    mr2 = matchrad ** 2
+	    wx0 = wx
+	    wy0 = wy
+	}
+
+	# Search for the nearest point.
+	do i = 1 , npix {
+	    if (! IS_INDEFR(x[i]) && ! IS_INDEFR(y[i])) {
+		if (IS_INDEFR(matchrad)) {
+		    if (gd != NULL)
+			call gctran (gd, x[i], y[i], x0, y0, 1, 0)
+		    else {
+		        x0 = x[i]
+		        y0 = y[i]
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    x0 = x[i]
+		    y0 = y[i]
+		}
+	        r2 = (wx0 - x0) ** 2 + (wy0 - y0) ** 2
+	    } else
+		r2 = MAX_REAL
+	    if (r2 >= r2min)
+		next
+	    r2min = r2
+	    row = i
+	}
+
+	if ((row != 0) && (r2min <= mr2))
+	    return (row)
+	else
+	    return (0)
+end
+
+
+# PT_MARKER -- Return an integer code for the marker type string.
+
+procedure pt_marker (marker, maxch, imark)
+
+char	marker[ARB]		# string defining the marker type
+int	maxch			# maximum length of the marker name
+int	imark			# the integer code for the marker
+
+int	i
+int	strdic()
+
+begin
+	i = strdic (marker, marker, maxch, PX_MARKERS)
+	switch (i) {
+	case 1:
+	    imark = GM_POINT
+	case 2:
+	    imark = GM_BOX
+	case 3:
+	    imark = GM_PLUS
+	case 4:
+	    imark = GM_CROSS
+	case 5:
+	    imark = GM_CIRCLE
+	case 6:
+	    imark = GM_HLINE
+	case 7:
+	    imark = GM_VLINE
+	case 8:
+	    imark = GM_DIAMOND
+	default:
+	    imark = GM_BOX
+	    call strcpy ("box", marker, maxch)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptrddata.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptrddata.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ff0864b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptrddata.x
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+include	"../../lib/ptkeysdef.h"
+include	"pexamine.h"
+
+# PT_RXYDATA -- Load the data for the input columns from the structure.
+
+int procedure pt_rxydata (px, xptr, yptr)
+
+pointer	px			# pointer to the pexamine structure
+pointer	xptr			# pointer to the X coordinate array
+pointer	yptr			# pointer to the Y coordinate array
+
+int	data_invalid, field
+pointer	sp, str
+int	strdic()
+
+begin
+	data_invalid = NO
+
+	# Allocate some temporary memory
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Load the x column.
+	field = strdic (PX_XCOLNAME(px), Memc[str], PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)])
+	if (field > 0)
+	    xptr = Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+field-1]
+	else {
+	    xptr = NULL
+	    data_invalid = YES
+	}
+
+	# Load the y column.
+	field = strdic (PX_YCOLNAME(px), Memc[str], PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)])
+	if (field > 0)
+	    yptr = Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+field-1]
+	else {
+	    yptr = NULL
+	    data_invalid = YES
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (data_invalid)
+end
+
+
+# PT_RHDATA -- Load the data for the histogram column from the structure.
+
+int procedure pt_rhdata (px, xptr)
+
+pointer	px			# pointer to the pexamine structure
+pointer	xptr			# array containing the x points
+
+int	data_invalid, field
+pointer	sp, str
+int	strdic()
+
+begin
+	data_invalid = NO
+
+	# Allocate some temporary memory
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Load the x column.
+	field = strdic (PX_HCOLNAME(px), Memc[str], PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)])
+	if (field > 0)
+	    xptr = Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+field-1]
+	else {
+	    xptr = NULL
+	    data_invalid = YES
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (data_invalid)
+end
+
+
+# PT_RCOODATA -- Load the coordinate data from the structure.
+
+int procedure pt_rcoodata (px, xptr, yptr)
+
+pointer	px			# pointer to the pexamine structure
+pointer	xptr			# pointer to x coordinates array
+pointer	yptr			# pointer to y coordinates array
+
+int	data_invalid, field
+pointer	sp, str
+int	strdic()
+
+begin
+	data_invalid = NO
+
+	# Allocate some temporary memory
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Load the x coordinate.
+	field = strdic (PX_XPOSNAME(px), Memc[str], PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)])
+	if (field > 0)
+	    xptr = Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+field-1]
+	else {
+	    data_invalid = YES
+	    xptr = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Load the y coordinate.
+	field = strdic (PX_YPOSNAME(px), Memc[str], PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)])
+	if (field > 0)
+	    yptr = Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+field-1]
+	else {
+	    data_invalid = YES
+	    yptr = NULL
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+
+	return (data_invalid)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptsetup.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptsetup.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a8bc832
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptsetup.x
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+include <error.h>
+include <ctotok.h>
+include "pexamine.h"
+
+# PT_INIT - Initialize the pexamine structure.
+
+pointer procedure pt_init (photcols, usercols, xcol, ycol, xpos, ypos, hcol)
+
+char	photcols[ARB]		# the list of photometry columns
+char	usercols[ARB]		# the list of user columns
+char	xcol[ARB]		# the name of the x column
+char	ycol[ARB]		# the name of the y column
+char	xpos[ARB]		# the name of the x coord column
+char	ypos[ARB]		# the name of the y coord column
+char	hcol[ARB]		# the name of the histogram column
+
+pointer	px
+bool	streq()
+int	strdic()
+
+begin
+	# Preload the daophot and apphot photometry fields.
+	if (streq ("DAOPHOT", photcols) || streq ("daophot", photcols))
+	    call strcpy (PX_DAOCOLS, photcols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	else if (streq ("APPHOT", photcols) || streq ("apphot", photcols))
+	    call strcpy (PX_APCOLS, photcols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+
+	# Allocate space for the pexamine structure and the column lists.
+	call malloc (px, LEN_PXSTRUCT, TY_STRUCT)
+
+	# Initialize the requested column information.
+	PX_RNPHOT(px) = 0; PX_RNUSER(px) = 0; PX_RNCOLS(px) = 0
+	call malloc (PX_RCOLNAMES(px), PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1),
+	    TY_CHAR)
+	Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)] = EOS
+
+	# Initialize the stored column information.
+	PX_NPHOT(px) = 0; PX_NUSER(px) = 0; PX_NCOLS(px) = 0
+	call malloc (PX_COLNAMES(px), PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1),
+	    TY_CHAR)
+	Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)] = EOS
+
+	# Decode the column strings. Check that the number of columns
+	# does not exceed the maximum number permitted, by extracting
+	# the column names one by one from the photometry and user column
+	# strings.
+
+	call pt_setnames (px, photcols, usercols)
+
+	# Convert all the input column name specifications to upper case.
+	call strupr (xcol)
+	call strupr (ycol)
+	call strupr (xpos)
+	call strupr (ypos)
+	call strupr (hcol)
+
+	# Decode the x and y columns.
+	if (strdic (xcol, PX_RXCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)]) <= 0)
+	    call strcpy (xcol, PX_RXCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+	if (strdic (ycol, PX_RYCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)]) <= 0)
+	    call strcpy (ycol, PX_RYCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+
+	# Decode the y and y coordinate column names.
+	if (strdic (xpos, PX_RXPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)]) <= 0)
+	    call strcpy (xpos, PX_RXPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+	if (strdic (ypos, PX_RYPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)]) <= 0)
+	    call strcpy (ypos, PX_RYPOSNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+
+	# Decode the histogram column name.
+	if (strdic (hcol, PX_RHCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME,
+	    Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)]) <= 0)
+	    call strcpy (hcol, PX_RHCOLNAME(px), PX_SZCOLNAME)
+
+	# Allocate space for the pointers and initialize them to NULL.
+	call malloc (PX_COLPTRS(px), PX_MAXNCOLS, TY_POINTER)
+	call amovki (NULL, Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)], PX_MAXNCOLS) 
+
+	return (px)
+end
+
+
+# PT_FREE -- Free memory used by the pexamine task.
+
+procedure pt_free (px)
+
+pointer	px
+
+int	i
+
+begin
+	# Free the column lists.
+	if (PX_RCOLNAMES(px) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PX_RCOLNAMES(px), TY_CHAR)
+	if (PX_COLNAMES(px) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PX_COLNAMES(px), TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Free the column pointers.
+	do i = 1, PX_MAXNCOLS {
+	    if (Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1] != NULL)
+		call mfree (Memi[PX_COLPTRS(px)+i-1], TY_REAL)
+	}
+	if (PX_COLPTRS(px) != NULL)
+	    call mfree (PX_COLPTRS(px), TY_POINTER)
+
+	# Free the pexamine structure.
+	call mfree (px, TY_STRUCT)
+end
+
+
+# PT_SETNAMES -- Decode the photometry and user columns.
+
+procedure pt_setnames (px, photcols, usercols)
+
+pointer	px			# pointer to the pexamine strucuture
+char	photcols[ARB]		# list of photometry columns
+char	usercols[ARB]		# list of user columns
+
+int	ip, nphot
+pointer	sp, name
+int	pt_getnames()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (name, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call strupr (photcols)
+	call strupr (usercols)
+	Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)] = EOS
+
+	ip = 1
+	nphot = 0
+	while (pt_getnames (photcols, ip, Memc[name], PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) {
+	    if (nphot >= PX_MAXNCOLS)
+		break
+	    #if (Memc[name] == EOS)
+		#next
+	    call strcat (",", Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], PX_SZCOLNAME *
+		(PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	    call strcat (Memc[name], Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], PX_SZCOLNAME *
+		(PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	    nphot = nphot + 1
+	}
+	PX_RNPHOT(px) = nphot
+
+	# Decode the user columns.
+	ip = 1
+	while (pt_getnames (usercols, ip, Memc[name], PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) {
+	    if (nphot >= PX_MAXNCOLS)
+		break
+	    #if (Memc[name] == EOS)
+		#next
+	    call strcat (",", Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], PX_SZCOLNAME *
+	        (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	    call strcat (Memc[name], Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], PX_SZCOLNAME *
+		(PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	    nphot = nphot + 1
+	}
+	PX_RNUSER(px) = nphot - PX_RNPHOT(px)
+
+	PX_RNCOLS(px) = nphot
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_GPHOTCOLS -- Extract the requested and stored photometric columns
+# from the pexamine structure.
+
+procedure pt_gphotcols (px, rphotcols, rnphot, photcols, nphot)
+
+pointer	px		# pointer to the pexamine structure
+char	rphotcols[ARB]	# list of requested photometric columns
+int	rnphot		# number of requested photometric columns
+char	photcols[ARB]	# list of photometric columns
+int	nphot		# number of photometric columns
+
+int	ip, ncols
+pointer	sp, name
+int	pt_getnames()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (name, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	ip = 1
+	ncols = 0
+	rphotcols[1] = EOS
+	while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[name],
+	    PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) {
+	    #if (Memc[name] == EOS)
+		#next
+	    ncols = ncols + 1
+	    if (ncols > PX_RNPHOT(px))
+		break
+	    call strcat (",", rphotcols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	    call strcat (Memc[name], rphotcols, PX_SZCOLNAME *
+	        (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	}
+	rnphot = PX_RNPHOT(px)
+
+	ip = 1
+	ncols = 0
+	photcols[1] = EOS
+	while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[name],
+	    PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) {
+	    #if (Memc[name] == EOS)
+		#next
+	    ncols = ncols + 1
+	    if (ncols > PX_NPHOT(px))
+		break
+	    call strcat (",", photcols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	    call strcat (Memc[name], photcols, PX_SZCOLNAME *
+	        (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	}
+	nphot = PX_NPHOT(px)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_GUSERCOLS -- Extract the requested and stored user columns
+# from the pexamine structure.
+
+procedure pt_gusercols (px, rusercols, rnuser, usercols, nuser)
+
+pointer	px		# pointer to the pexamine structure
+char	rusercols[ARB]	# list of requested user columns
+int	rnuser		# number of requested user columns
+char	usercols[ARB]	# list of user columns
+int	nuser		# number of user columns
+
+int	ip, ncols
+pointer	sp, name
+int	pt_getnames()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (name, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	ip = 1
+	ncols = 0
+	rusercols[1] = EOS
+	while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_RCOLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[name],
+	    PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) {
+	    #if (Memc[name] == EOS)
+		#next
+	    ncols = ncols + 1
+	    if (ncols <= PX_RNPHOT(px))
+		next
+	    call strcat (",", rusercols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	    call strcat (Memc[name], rusercols, PX_SZCOLNAME *
+	        (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	}
+	rnuser = PX_RNUSER(px)
+
+	ip = 1
+	ncols = 0
+	usercols[1] = EOS
+	while (pt_getnames (Memc[PX_COLNAMES(px)], ip, Memc[name],
+	    PX_SZCOLNAME) != EOF) {
+	    #if (Memc[name] == EOS)
+		#next
+	    ncols = ncols + 1
+	    if (ncols <= PX_NPHOT(px))
+		next
+	    call strcat (",", usercols, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	    call strcat (Memc[name], usercols, PX_SZCOLNAME *
+	        (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	}
+	nuser = PX_NUSER(px)
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_LCOLS -- List the requested and stored columns with an optional
+# title string.
+
+procedure pt_lcols (title, rcols, rncols, cols, ncols)
+
+char	title[ARB]		# title string for column listing
+char	rcols[ARB]		# list of requested columns
+int	rncols			# the number of requested columns
+char	cols[ARB]		# list of stored columns
+int	ncols			# the number of stored columns
+
+int	ip1, ip2, i
+pointer	sp, name1, name2
+int	pt_getnames()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (name1, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (name2, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	call printf ("\n%s\n\n")
+	    call pargstr (title)
+
+	ip1 = 1
+	ip2 = 1
+	do i = 1, max (rncols, ncols) {
+	    if (pt_getnames (rcols, ip1, Memc[name1], PX_SZCOLNAME) == EOF)
+		Memc[name1] = EOS
+	    if (pt_getnames (cols, ip2, Memc[name2], PX_SZCOLNAME) == EOF)
+		Memc[name2] = EOS
+	    call printf ("    requested: %*.*s    stored: %*.*s\n")
+		call pargi (-PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		call pargi (PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		call pargstr (Memc[name1])
+		call pargi (-PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		call pargi (PX_SZCOLNAME)
+		call pargstr (Memc[name2])
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_GETNAMES -- Decode the list of column names into list of column names.
+
+int procedure pt_getnames (colnames, ip, name, maxch)
+
+char	colnames[ARB]		# list of column names	
+int	ip			# pointer in to the list of names
+char	name[ARB]		# the output column name
+int	maxch			# maximum length of a column name
+
+int	op, token
+int	ctotok(), strlen()
+
+begin
+	# Decode the column labels.
+	op = 1
+	while (colnames[ip] != EOS) {
+
+	    token = ctotok (colnames, ip, name[op], maxch)
+	    if (name[op] == EOS)
+		next
+	    if ((token == TOK_UNKNOWN) || (token == TOK_CHARCON))
+		break
+	    if ((token == TOK_PUNCTUATION) && (name[op] == ',')) {
+		if (op == 1)
+		    next
+		else
+		    break
+	    }
+
+	    op = op + strlen (name[op])
+	}
+
+	name[op] = EOS
+	if ((colnames[ip] == EOS) && (op == 1))
+	    return (EOF)
+	else
+	    return (op - 1)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptwtfile.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptwtfile.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02f5f282
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/ptwtfile.x
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h"
+include "pexamine.h"
+
+# PT_WTFILE -- Write out the catalogs of selected and rejected objects.
+
+procedure pt_wtfile (apd, key, apout, aprej, deleted, nstars)
+
+int	apd		# input catalog file descriptor
+pointer	key		# key structure for textfiles
+int	apout		# output catalog file descriptor
+int	aprej		# rejections catalog file descriptor
+int	deleted[ARB]	# deletions array
+int	nstars		# number of stars in the catalog
+
+int	i, nselect, ndelete
+int	pt_selrej()
+
+begin
+	# ST tables format.
+	if (key == NULL) {
+
+	    # Write out the good data.
+	    if (apout != NULL) {
+		call tbtcre (apout)
+		call tbhcal (apd, apout)
+		nselect = 0
+		do i = 1, nstars {
+		    if (deleted[i] == PX_DELETE)
+			next
+		    nselect = nselect + 1
+		    call tbrcpy (apd, apout, i, nselect)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Write out the deletions.
+	    if (aprej != NULL) {
+		call tbtcre (aprej)
+		call tbhcal (apd, aprej)
+	        ndelete = 0
+	        do i = 1, nstars {
+		    if (deleted[i] != PX_DELETE)
+			next
+		    ndelete = ndelete + 1
+		    call tbrcpy (apd, aprej, i, ndelete)
+		}
+	    }
+
+	# Write out a text file.
+	} else  {
+	    if (pt_selrej (apd, apout, aprej, deleted, nstars) < nstars)
+		;
+	}
+end
+
+
+define	LEN_LONGLINE	10
+
+# PT_SELREJ -- Select and/or reject records based on evaluating a logical
+# expression.
+
+int procedure pt_selrej (tp_in, tp_out, tp_rej, deleted, nstars)
+
+int	tp_in		# the input catalog file descriptor
+int	tp_out		# the output catalog file descriptor
+int	tp_rej		# the rejections catalog file descriptor
+int	deleted[ARB]	# the deletions array
+int	nstars		# maximum number of stars
+
+int	record, nchars, buflen, lenrecord
+pointer	line, lline
+int	getline()
+
+begin
+	# Check that output has been requested.
+	if (tp_out == NULL &&  tp_rej == NULL)
+	    return (0)
+
+	# Rewind the input file.
+	call seek (tp_in, BOF)
+
+	# Initialize the file read.
+	record = 0
+	lenrecord = 0
+	buflen = LEN_LONGLINE * SZ_LINE
+	call malloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call malloc (lline, buflen, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Loop over the text file records.
+	repeat  {
+
+	    # Read in a line of the text file.
+	    nchars = getline (tp_in, Memc[line])
+	    if (nchars == EOF)
+		break
+
+	    # Determine the type of record.
+	    if (Memc[line] ==  KY_CHAR_POUND || Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) {
+
+		if (tp_out != NULL)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+		if (tp_rej != NULL)
+		    call putline (tp_rej, Memc[line])
+
+	    } else {
+
+		# Reallocate the temporary record space.
+		if (lenrecord > buflen) {
+		    buflen = buflen + SZ_LINE
+		    call realloc (lline, buflen, TY_CHAR)
+		}
+
+		# Store the record.
+		call amovc (Memc[line], Memc[lline+lenrecord], nchars)
+		lenrecord = lenrecord + nchars
+		Memc[lline+lenrecord] = EOS
+
+	        # Do the record bookkeeping.
+	        if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) {
+
+		    # Increment the record counter.
+		    record = record + 1
+
+		    # Write out the expression.
+		    if ((tp_out != NULL) && (deleted[record] != PX_DELETE))
+			call putline (tp_out, Memc[lline])
+		    if ((tp_rej != NULL) && (deleted[record] == PX_DELETE))
+			call putline (tp_rej, Memc[lline])
+		    if (record >= nstars)
+			break
+
+		    # Reinitialize the record read.
+		    lenrecord = 0
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call mfree (line, TY_CHAR)
+	call mfree (lline, TY_CHAR)
+
+	return (record)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/t_pexamine.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/t_pexamine.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..10db0747
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pexamine/t_pexamine.x
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+include	<fset.h>
+include	<error.h>
+include "pexamine.h"
+
+# T_PEXAMINE -- Interactively examine and edit APPHOT and DAOPHOT output.
+
+procedure t_pexamine()
+
+pointer	input		# pointer to the name of the catalog
+pointer	output		# pointer to the name of the edited catalog
+pointer	xcolumn		# pointer to the name of the X column
+pointer	ycolumn		# pointer to the name of the Y column
+pointer	xposcolumn	# pointer to the name of the X coord column
+pointer	yposcolumn	# pointer to the name of the Y coord column
+pointer	hcolumn		# pointer to the name of the histogram column
+pointer	photcolumns	# pointer to the photometry columns
+pointer	usercolumns	# pointer to the user columns
+pointer	graphics	# pointer to the name of the graphics device
+pointer	image		# pointer to the name of the input image
+pointer	reject 		# pointer to the name of the deletions catalog
+real	match_radius	# the matching radius
+
+int	numrows, max_nstars, first_star, status
+int	apd, apout, aprej, use_display
+pointer	sp, key, px, gd, im, deleted
+
+bool	clgetb()
+int	fstati(), access(), clgeti(), pt_getphot(), pt_plot(), open(), btoi()
+pointer	gopen(), tbtopn(), pt_init(), immap()
+real	clgetr()
+
+begin
+	# Flush on a newline if the standard output is not redirected.
+	if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Get some working memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (input, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (output, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (image, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (reject, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (photcolumns, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1), TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xcolumn, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (ycolumn, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (hcolumn, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (xposcolumn, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (yposcolumn, PX_SZCOLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (usercolumns, PX_SZCOLNAME * (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1), TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (graphics, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Fetch the input and output file parameters and the column
+	# definition parameters.
+	call clgstr ("input", Memc[input], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("output", Memc[output], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("image", Memc[image], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("deletions", Memc[reject], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("photcolumns", Memc[photcolumns], PX_SZCOLNAME * 
+	    (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+	call clgstr ("xcolumn", Memc[xcolumn], PX_SZCOLNAME)
+	call clgstr ("ycolumn", Memc[ycolumn], PX_SZCOLNAME)
+	call clgstr ("hcolumn", Memc[hcolumn], PX_SZCOLNAME)
+	call clgstr ("xposcolumn", Memc[xposcolumn], PX_SZCOLNAME)
+	call clgstr ("yposcolumn", Memc[yposcolumn], PX_SZCOLNAME)
+	call clgstr ("usercolumns", Memc[usercolumns], PX_SZCOLNAME *
+	    (PX_MAXNCOLS + 1))
+
+	match_radius = clgetr ("match_radius")
+	max_nstars = clgeti ("max_nstars")
+	first_star = clgeti ("first_star")
+
+	# Get the graphics and display parameters.
+	call clgstr ("icommands.p_filename", Memc[graphics], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (Memc[graphics] != EOS)
+	    use_display = YES
+	else
+	    use_display = btoi (clgetb ("use_display"))
+	call clgstr ("graphics", Memc[graphics], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Initialize the pexamine struture.
+	px = pt_init (Memc[photcolumns], Memc[usercolumns], Memc[xcolumn],
+	    Memc[ycolumn], Memc[xposcolumn], Memc[yposcolumn], Memc[hcolumn])
+	
+	# Open the input catalog.
+	if (access (Memc[input], 0, TEXT_FILE) == YES) {
+	    apd = open (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    call pt_kyinit (key)
+	} else {
+	    apd = tbtopn (Memc[input], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    key = NULL
+	}
+
+	# Open the input image.
+	if (Memc[image] == EOS)
+	    im = NULL
+	else
+	    im = immap (Memc[image], READ_ONLY, 0)
+
+	# Allocate buffer space.
+	iferr {
+	    numrows = min (max_nstars, pt_getphot (px, apd, key, max_nstars,
+		first_star))
+	    call malloc (deleted, numrows, TY_INT)
+	} then
+	    call erract (EA_FATAL)
+
+	# Plot the data and enter the interactive cursor loop.
+	gd = gopen (Memc[graphics], NEW_FILE, STDGRAPH)
+	status = pt_plot (gd, px, apd, key, im, Memi[deleted], numrows,
+	    max_nstars, first_star, match_radius, use_display)
+	call gclose (gd)
+
+	if (status == PX_EXIT) {
+
+	    # Open the output file.
+	    if (Memc[output] != EOS) {
+	        if (access (Memc[output], 0, 0) == YES) {
+		    call printf ("The catalog %s already exists\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[output])
+		    call mktemp ("out", Memc[output], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call printf ("The new output catalog is %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[output])
+	        }
+	        if (key == NULL)
+	            apout = tbtopn (Memc[output], NEW_COPY, apd)
+	        else
+		    apout = open (Memc[output], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+	    } else
+		apout = NULL
+
+	    # Open a reject points catalog if required.
+	    if (Memc[reject] != EOS) {
+	        if (access (Memc[reject], 0, 0) == YES) {
+		    call printf ("The catalog %s already exists.\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[reject])
+		    call mktemp ("rej", Memc[reject], SZ_FNAME)
+		    call printf ("The new rejections catalog is %s\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[reject])
+	        }
+	        if (key == NULL)
+	            aprej = tbtopn (Memc[reject], NEW_COPY, apd)
+	        else
+		    aprej = open (Memc[reject], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+	    } else
+		aprej = NULL
+
+	    # Write the output catalog file.
+	    call pt_wtfile (apd, key, apout, aprej, Memi[deleted], numrows) 
+
+	    # Close the output file.
+	    if (apout != NULL) {
+	        if (key == NULL)
+	            call tbtclo (apout)
+ 	        else
+	            call close (apout)
+	    }
+
+	    # Close the rejected points file.
+	    if (aprej != NULL) {
+	        if (key == NULL)
+	            call tbtclo (aprej)
+	        else
+		    call close (aprej)
+	    }
+
+	} else if (status == ERR)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_CANCEL, OK)
+
+	# Close the input file.
+	if (key != NULL) {
+	    call pt_kyfree (key)
+	    call close (apd)
+	} else if (apd != NULL)
+	    call tbtclo (apd)
+
+	# Close the image.
+	if (im != NULL)
+	    call imunmap(im)
+
+	# Return the buffer space.
+	call mfree (deleted, TY_INT)
+
+	# Free the program structures.
+	call pt_free (px)
+	call sfree (sp)
+	if (status == ERR)
+	    call erract (EA_ERROR)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/prenumber.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/prenumber.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a174275
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/prenumber.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# PRENUMBER - Renumber the ID column of an APPHOT/DAOPHOT database from 1 to
+# N where N is the number of objects in the database. The renumbering is
+# done in place.
+
+procedure prenumber (infile)
+
+string	infile     {prompt="Input apphot/daophot databases(s) to be renumbered"}
+int	idoffset   {0, min=0, prompt="Id number offset"}
+string	id	   {"ID", prompt="Id name keyword"}
+
+struct	*inlist
+
+begin
+	# Local variable declarations.
+	file	tmpin
+	string	in, inname, expr
+
+	# Cache the istable parameters.
+	cache ("istable")
+
+	# Get the positional parameters.
+	in = infile
+	expr = "rownum + " // idoffset
+
+	# Expand the file list names.
+	tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$")
+	files (in, sort=no, > tmpin)
+
+	# Loop over each file in the input and output lists selecting records.
+	inlist = tmpin
+	while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) {
+	    istable (inname)
+	    if (istable.table) {
+		if (defpar ("tcalc.verbose") || defpar ("tcalc.harmless")) {
+		    tcalc (inname, id, expr, datatype="real", colunits="",
+		        colfmt="", verbose=no, harmless=0.1)
+		} else {
+		    tcalc (inname, id, expr, datatype="real", colunits="",
+		        colfmt="")
+		}
+	    } else if (istable.text) {
+		txrenumber (inname, idoffset=idoffset, id=id)
+	    } else {
+		print ("Cannot run PRENUMBER on file: " // inname)
+	    }
+	}
+	inlist = ""
+
+	delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pselect.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pselect.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..86ebb9bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pselect.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# PSELECT - Select records from an ST table of an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text file
+# based on the value of a boolean expression.
+
+procedure pselect (infiles, outfiles, expr)
+
+string	infiles		{prompt="Input apphot/daophot database(s)"}
+string	outfiles	{prompt="Output apphot/daophot database(s)"}
+string	expr		{prompt="Boolean expression for record selection"}
+
+struct	*inlist, *outlist
+
+begin
+	# Local variable declarations.
+	file	tmpin, tmpout
+	int	nin, nout
+	string	in, out, ex, inname, outname
+
+	# Cache the istable parameters.
+	cache ("istable")
+
+	# Get the positional parameters.
+	in = infiles
+	out = outfiles
+	ex = expr
+
+	# Make temporary names.
+	tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$")
+	tmpout = mktemp ("tmp$")
+
+	# Expand the file list names.
+	files (in, sort=no, > tmpin)
+	files (out, sort=no, > tmpout)
+
+	# Compute the lengths of the input and output lists.
+	inlist = tmpin
+	for (nin = 0; fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF; nin = nin + 1)
+	    ;
+	inlist = ""
+	outlist = tmpout
+	for (nout = 0; fscan (outlist, outname) != EOF; nout = nout + 1)
+	    ;
+	outlist = ""
+
+	# Delete the temporary files.
+	delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	delete (tmpout, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	# Quit if the number of input and output files is different.
+	if (nin != nout) {
+	    print ("ERROR: Input and output file lists are different lengths")
+	    return
+	}
+
+	# Expand the file list names.
+	files (in, sort=no, > tmpin)
+	files (out, sort=no, > tmpout)
+
+	# Loop over each file in the input and output lists selecting records.
+	inlist = tmpin
+	outlist = tmpout
+	while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF && fscan (outlist, outname) !=
+	    EOF) {
+	    istable (inname)
+	    if (istable.table) {
+		tselect (inname, outname, ex)
+	    } else if (istable.text) {
+		txselect (inname, outname, ex)
+	    } else {
+		print ("ERROR: Cannot run PSELECT on file: " // inname)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	delete (tmpout, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	inlist = ""
+	outlist = ""
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/psort.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/psort.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d99d55c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/psort.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# PSORT - Sort an ST or APPHOT/DAOPHOT file based on a single column.
+
+procedure psort (infiles, field)
+
+string	infiles       {prompt="Input Apphot/daophot database(s) to be sorted"}
+string	field	      {prompt="Field to be sorted on"}
+bool	ascend        {yes, prompt="Sort in increasing value order?"}
+
+struct	*inlist
+
+begin
+	# Local variable declarations.
+	file	tmpin
+	string	in, col, inname
+
+	# Cache the istable parameters.
+	cache ("istable")
+
+	# Get the positional parameters.
+	in = infiles
+	col = field
+
+	# Expand the file list names.
+	tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$")
+	files (in, sort=no, > tmpin)
+
+	# Loop over each file in the input and output lists selecting records.
+	inlist = tmpin
+	while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) {
+	    istable (inname)
+	    if (istable.table) {
+		tsort (inname, col, ascend=ascend, casesens=yes)
+	    } else if (istable.text) {
+		txsort (inname, col, ascend=ascend)
+	    } else {
+		print ("Cannot run PSORT on file: " // inname)
+	    }
+	}
+	inlist = ""
+
+	delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..72cacab5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# Package script task for the PTOOLSX package.
+#{ PTOOLSX -- Photometry tools package.
+
+
+package ptools
+
+# Define the ptools executable tasks.
+
+task	pconvert,
+	istable,
+	pexamine,
+	tbcrename,
+	tbkeycol,
+	txconcat,
+	txcalc,
+	txdump,
+	txrenumber,
+	txselect,
+	txsort		= "ptools$x_ptools.e"
+
+# Define the tasks which are CL scripts.
+
+task	tbconcat	= "ptools$tbconcat.cl"
+task	tbdump		= "ptools$tbdump.cl"
+task	tbcalc		= "ptools$tbcalc.cl"
+task	tbrenumber	= "ptools$tbrenumber.cl"
+task	tbselect	= "ptools$tbselect.cl"
+task	tbsort		= "ptools$tbsort.cl"
+
+task	pconcat		= "ptools$pconcat.cl"
+task	pcalc		= "ptools$pcalc.cl"
+task	pdump		= "ptools$pdump.cl"
+task	prenumber	= "ptools$prenumber.cl"
+task	pselect		= "ptools$pselect.cl"
+task	psort		= "ptools$psort.cl"
+
+task	pttest		= "ptools$pttest.cl"
+
+# Pset tasks.
+
+task	xyplot		= "ptools$xyplot.par"
+task	histplot	= "ptools$histplot.par"
+task	radplot		= "ptools$radplot.par"
+task	surfplot	= "ptools$surfplot.par"
+task	cntrplot	= "ptools$cntrplot.par"
+
+hidetask	tbkeycol, tbcrename
+hidetask	xyplot, histplot, radplot, surfplot, cntrplot
+
+clbye()
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.hd b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.hd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..344197a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.hd
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# Help directory for the PTOOLS package
+
+$doc		= "./doc/"
+
+$pconvert	= "ptools$pconvert/"
+$ptutils	= "ptools$ptutils/"
+$pexamine	= "ptools$pexamine/"
+$txtools	= "ptools$txtools/"
+
+pcalc		hlp=doc$pcalc.hlp,		src=ptools$pcalc.cl
+pconcat		hlp=doc$pconcat.hlp,		src=ptools$pconcat.cl
+pconvert	hlp=doc$pconvert.hlp,		src=pconvert$t_pconvert.x
+pdump		hlp=doc$pdump.hlp,		src=ptools$pdump.cl
+istable		hlp=doc$istable.hlp,		src=ptutils$t_istable.x
+prenumber	hlp=doc$prenumber.hlp,		src=ptools$prenumber.cl
+pexamine	hlp=doc$pexamine.hlp,		src=pexamine$t_pexamine.x
+pttest		hlp=doc$pttest.hlp,		src=ptools$pttest.cl
+pselect		hlp=doc$pselect.hlp,		src=ptools$pselect.cl
+psort		hlp=doc$psort.hlp,		src=ptools$psort.cl
+tbcalc		hlp=doc$tbcalc.hlp,		src=ptools$tbcalc.cl
+tbconcat	hlp=doc$tbconcat.hlp,		src=ptools$tbconcat.cl
+tbcrename	hlp=doc$tbcrename.hlp,		src=ptutils$t_tbcrename.x
+tbdump		hlp=doc$tbdump.hlp,		src=ptools$t_tbdump.cl
+tbkeycol	hlp=doc$tbkeycol.hlp,		src=ptutils$t_tbkeycol.x
+tbrenumber	hlp=doc$tbrenumber.hlp,		src=ptools$tbrenumber.cl
+tbselect	hlp=doc$tbselect.hlp,		src=ptools$tbselect.cl
+tbsort		hlp=doc$tbsort.hlp,		src=ptools$tbsort.cl
+txconcat	hlp=doc$txconcat.hlp,		src=txtools$t_txconcat.x
+txcalc		hlp=doc$txcalc.hlp,		src=txtools$t_txcalc.x
+txdump		hlp=doc$txdump.hlp,		src=txtools$t_txdump.x
+txrenumber	hlp=doc$txrenumber.hlp,		src=txtools$t_txrenumber.x
+txselect	hlp=doc$txselect.hlp,		src=txtools$t_txselect.x
+txsort		hlp=doc$txsort.hlp,		src=txtools$t_txsort.x
+revisions	sys=ptoolsx$Revisions
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.men b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.men
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e13df00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.men
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+   istable - Is a file a table or text database file ?
+   pconcat - Concatenate a list of apphot/daophot databases
+  pconvert - Convert from an apphot/daophot text to tables database
+     pcalc - Do arithmetic on a list of apphot/daophot tables databases
+     pdump - Print selected columns of a list of  daophot/apphot databases
+ prenumber - Renumber a list of apphot/daophot databases
+  pexamine - Interactively examine and edit an apphot/daophot database
+   pselect - Select records from a list of apphot/daophot databases
+     psort - Sort a list of apphot/daophot databases
+    pttest - Run basic tests on the ptoolsx package tasks
+
+   tbconcat - Concatenate a list of apphot/daophot tables databases
+     tbcalc - Do arithmetic on a list of apphot/daophot tables databases
+     tbdump - Print selected columns of a list of tables databases
+ tbrenumber - Renumber a list of  apphot/daophot tables databases
+   tbselect - Select records from a list of apphot/daophot tables databases
+     tbsort - Sort a list of apphot/daophot tables databases
+
+   txconcat - Concatenate a list of apphot/daophot text databases
+     txcalc - Do arithmetic on a list of apphot/daophot text databases
+     txdump - Print selected columns of a list of apphot/daophot text databases
+ txrenumber - Renumber a list of apphot/daophot text databases
+   txselect - Select records from a list of apphot/daophot text databases
+     txsort - Sort a list of apphot/daophot text databases
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf641f88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptools.par
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# PTOOLSX package parameter file
+
+version,s,h,"Aug91"
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/pttest.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pttest.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a601a17e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/pttest.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
+# PTTEST - Self testing procedure for the PTOOLS package.
+
+procedure pttest (rootname)
+
+string	rootname	{prompt="Root name of the output test files"}
+string	ptlogfile	{"", prompt="Name of the output log file"}
+string	ptplotfile	{"", prompt="Name of the output plot file"}
+
+begin
+	# Declare local variables.
+	string	root, txtfile1, txtfile2, tblfile1, ptlog, ptplot
+
+	# Check that the user truly wants to proceed.
+	s1 = ""
+	print ("")
+	print ("PTTEST INITIALIZES THE PTOOLS TASK PARAMETERS")
+	print ("TYPE 'q' or 'Q' TO QUIT, ANY OTHER KEY TO PROCEED")
+	if (scan (s1) != EOF) {
+	    if (s1 == "q" || s1 == "Q") {
+		print ("TERMINATING THE PTTEST TASK")
+		bye
+	    }
+	}
+	print ("")
+
+	# Define the image name and the log and plot file names.
+	root = rootname
+	ptlog = ptlogfile
+	if (ptlog == "") {
+	    ptlog = root // ".log"
+	}
+	ptplot = ptplotfile
+	if (ptplot == "") {
+	    ptplot = root // ".plot"
+	}
+
+	# Read in the FITS file and check for the existance of the log and
+	# plot files.
+
+	txtfile1 = root // ".txt.1"
+	if (! access (txtfile1)) {
+	    copy ("ptools$test/test1.dat", txtfile1, verbose-)
+	} else {
+	    error (0, "Error: The first test text file already exists on disk")
+	}
+	txtfile2 = root // ".txt.2"
+	if (! access (txtfile2)) {
+	    copy ("ptools$test/test2.dat", txtfile2, verbose-)
+	} else {
+	    error (0, "Error: The second test text file already exists on disk")
+	}
+	tblfile1 = root // ".tbl.1"
+	if (! access (tblfile1)) {
+	    ;
+	} else {
+	    error (0, "Error: The test tables file already exists on disk")
+	}
+	if (access (ptlog)) {
+	    error (0, "Error: The log file already exists on disk")
+	}
+	if (access (ptplot)) {
+	    error (0, "Error: The plot file already exists on disk")
+	}
+
+	# Initialize the PTOOLS package.
+
+	print ("INITIALIZE THE PTOOLS PACKAGE", >> ptlog)
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("")
+	print ("INITIALIZE THE PTOOLS PACKAGE")
+	print ("")
+
+	unlearn ("txconcat")
+	unlearn ("txdump")
+	unlearn ("txrenumber")
+	unlearn ("txselect")
+	unlearn ("txsort")
+	unlearn ("pconvert")
+
+	unlearn ("tbconcat")
+	unlearn ("tbdump")
+	unlearn ("tbrenumber")
+	unlearn ("tbselect")
+	unlearn ("tbsort")
+	unlearn ("tbkeycol")
+	unlearn ("tbcrename")
+
+	unlearn ("pconcat")
+	unlearn ("pdump")
+	unlearn ("prenumber")
+	unlearn ("pselect")
+	unlearn ("psort")
+	unlearn ("pexamine")
+	unlearn ("xyplot")
+	unlearn ("histplot")
+	unlearn ("radplot")
+	unlearn ("surfplot")
+	unlearn ("cntrplot")
+	unlearn ("istable")
+
+	# Copy the first test file to the log file.
+
+	print ("COPY THE FIRST TEST FILE TO THE LOG FILE", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("COPY THE FIRST TEST FILE TO THE LOG FILE")
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	concatenate (txtfile1, ptlog, append=yes)
+
+	# Testing the TXCONCAT task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE TXCONCAT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("    APPENDING THE FIRST TEXT FILE TO ITSELF", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE TXCONCAT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	txconcat (txtfile1 // "," // txtfile1, root // ".app.1", task="TASK")
+	concatenate (root // ".app.1", ptlog, append=yes)
+	delete (root // ".app.1", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	# Testing the PCONCAT task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE PCONCAT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("    APPENDING THE FIRST TEXT FILE TO ITSELF", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE PCONCAT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	pconcat (txtfile1 // "," // txtfile1, root // ".app.1", task="TASK")
+	concatenate (root // ".app.1", ptlog, append=yes)
+	delete (root // ".app.1", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	# Testing the TXDUMP task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE TXDUMP TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("DUMPING FIELDS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY AND MAG[1]",
+	    >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE TXDUMP TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	txdump (txtfile1, "id,xcenter,ycenter,msky,mag[1]", "yes", headers-,
+	    parameters+, >> ptlog)
+
+	# Testing the PDUMP task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE PDUMP TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("DUMPING FIELDS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY AND MAG[1]",
+	    >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE PDUMP TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	pdump (txtfile1, "id,xcenter,ycenter,msky,mag[1]", yes, headers-,
+	    parameters+, >> ptlog)
+
+	# Testing the TXSELECT task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE TXSELECT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("SELECTING RECORDS WITH MAG[1] <= 18.0", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE TXSELECT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	txselect (txtfile1, root // ".sel.1", "mag[1] <= 18.0")
+	concatenate (root // ".sel.1", ptlog, append=yes)
+	delete (root // ".sel.1", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	# Testing the PSELECT task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE PSELECT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("SELECTING RECORDS WITH MAG[1] <= 18.0", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE PSELECT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	pselect (txtfile1, root // ".sel.1", "mag[1] <= 18.0")
+	concatenate (root // ".sel.1", ptlog, append=yes)
+	delete (root // ".sel.1", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	# Testing the TXSORT task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE TXSORT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("SORTING ON COLUMN MAG[1]", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE TXSORT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	copy (txtfile1, root // ".srt.1", verbose-)
+	txsort (root // ".srt.1", "MAG[1]", ascend+)
+	concatenate (root // ".srt.1", ptlog, append=yes)
+
+	# Testing the PSORT task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE PSORT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("SORTING ON COLUMN MAG[1]", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE PSORT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	copy (txtfile1, root // ".srt.2", verbose-)
+	psort (root // ".srt.2", "MAG[1]", ascend+)
+	concatenate (root // ".srt.1", ptlog, append=yes)
+
+	# Testing the TXRENUMBER task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE TXRENUMBER TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("RENUMBERING ON COLUMN ID", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE TXRENUMBER TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	txrenumber (root // ".srt.1", idoffset=0, id="ID")
+	concatenate (root // ".srt.1", ptlog, append=yes)
+
+	# Testing the PRENUMBER task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE PRENUMBER TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("RENUMBERING ON COLUMN ID", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE PRENUMBER TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	prenumber (root // ".srt.2", idoffset=0, id="ID")
+	concatenate (root // ".srt.2", ptlog, append=yes)
+
+	delete (root // ".srt.1", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	delete (root // ".srt.2", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	# Copy the second test file to the log file.
+
+	print ("")
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("COPY THE SECOND TEST FILE TO THE LOG FILE", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("COPY THE SECOND TEST FILE TO THE LOG FILE")
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	concatenate (txtfile2, ptlog, append=yes)
+
+	# Testing the TXDUMP task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE TXDUMP TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("DUMPING FIELDS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY AND MAG[1]",
+	    >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE TXDUMP TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	txdump (txtfile2, "id,xcenter,ycenter,msky,mag[1]", "yes", headers-,
+	    parameters+, >> ptlog)
+
+	# Testing the PDUMP task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE PDUMP TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("DUMPING FIELDS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MSKY AND MAG[1]",
+	    >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE PDUMP TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	pdump (txtfile2, "id,xcenter,ycenter,msky,mag[1]", yes, headers-,
+	    parameters+, >> ptlog)
+
+	# Testing the TXSELECT task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE TXSELECT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("SELECTING RECORDS WITH MAG[1] >= 11.5", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE TXSELECT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	txselect (txtfile2, root // ".sel.1", "mag[1] >= 11.5")
+	concatenate (root // ".sel.1", ptlog, append=yes)
+	delete (root // ".sel.1", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	# Testing the PSELECT task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE PSELECT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("SELECTING RECORDS WITH MAG[1] >= 11.5", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE PSELECT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	pselect (txtfile2, root // ".sel.1", "mag[1] >= 11.5")
+	concatenate (root // ".sel.1", ptlog, append=yes)
+	delete (root // ".sel.1", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	# Testing the TXSORT task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE TXSORT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("SORTING ON COLUMN MAG[1]", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE TXSORT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	copy (txtfile2, root // ".srt.1", verbose-)
+	txsort (root // ".srt.1", "MAG[1]", ascend+)
+	concatenate (root // ".srt.1", ptlog, append=yes)
+
+	# Testing the PSORT task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE PSORT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("SORTING ON COLUMN MAG[1]", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE PSORT TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	copy (txtfile2, root // ".srt.2", verbose-)
+	psort (root // ".srt.2", "MAG[1]", ascend+)
+	concatenate (root // ".srt.1", ptlog, append=yes)
+
+	# Testing the TXRENUMBER task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE TXRENUMBER TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("RENUMBERING ON COLUMN ID", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE TXRENUMBER TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	txrenumber (root // ".srt.1", id="ID")
+	concatenate (root // ".srt.1", ptlog, append=yes)
+
+	# Testing the PRENUMBER task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE PRENUMBER TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("RENUMBERING ON COLUMN ID", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE PRENUMBER TASK (SECOND TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	prenumber (root // ".srt.2", id="ID")
+	concatenate (root // ".srt.2", ptlog, append=yes)
+
+	delete (root // ".srt.1", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	delete (root // ".srt.2", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	# Testing the PCONVERT task.
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE PCONVERT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("CREATING TABLE FILE BY CONVERTING ALL COLUMNS", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("")
+	print ("TESTING THE PCONVERT TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	pconvert (txtfile1, tblfile1, "*", expr+, append-)
+
+	# Check to see if the tables package is loaded.
+
+	if (! defpac ("nttools")) {
+
+	    print ("THE NTTOOLS PACKAGE IS NOT LOADED: TERMINATING PTTEST")
+
+	} else {
+
+	    # Testing the TBCONCAT task.
+
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+	    print ("TESTING THE TBCONCAT/TBDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("APPENDING TABLE FILE TO ITSELF", >> ptlog)
+	    print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]",
+	        >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("TESTING THE TBCONCAT/TBDUMP TASKS") 
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	    tbconcat (tblfile1 // "," // tblfile1, root // ".app.1",
+	        task="TASK")
+	    tbdump (root // ".app.1", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]",
+	        "yes", datafile="STDOUT", cdfile="", pfile="", rows="-",
+		pagwidth=158, >> ptlog)
+	    delete (root // ".app.1", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	    # Testing the PCONCAT task.
+
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+	    print ("TESTING THE PCONCAT/PDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("APPENDING TABLE FILE TO ITSELF", >> ptlog)
+	    print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]",
+	        >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("TESTING THE PCONCAT/PDUMP TASKS") 
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	    pconcat (tblfile1 // "," // tblfile1, root // ".app.1",
+	        task="TASK")
+	    pdump (root // ".app.1", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]",
+		yes, headers-, parameters+, >> ptlog)
+	    delete (root // ".app.1", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	    # Testing the TBSELECT task.
+
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+	    print ("TESTING THE TBSELECT/TBDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("SELECTING RECORDS WITH MAG[1] <= 18.0", >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]",
+	        >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("TESTING THE TBSELECT/TBDUMP TASKS") 
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	    tbselect (tblfile1, root // ".sel.1", "mag[1] <= 18.0")
+	    tbdump (root // ".sel.1", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]",
+	        "yes", datafile="STDOUT", cdfile="", pfile="", rows="-",
+		pagwidth=158, >> ptlog)
+	    delete (root // ".sel.1", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	    # Testing the PSELECT task.
+
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+	    print ("TESTING THE PSELECT/PDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("SELECTING RECORDS WITH MAG[1] <= 18.0", >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]",
+	        >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("TESTING THE PSELECT/PDUMP TASKS") 
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	    pselect (tblfile1, root // ".sel.1", "mag[1] <= 18.0")
+	    pdump (root // ".sel.1", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]",
+		yes, headers-, parameters+, >> ptlog)
+	    delete (root // ".sel.1", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	    # Testing the TBSORT task.
+
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+	    print ("TESTING THE TBSORT/TBDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("SORTING ON COLUMN MAG[1]", >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]",
+	        >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("TESTING THE TBSORT/TBDUMP TASKS") 
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	    copy (tblfile1, root // ".srt.1", verbose-)
+	    tbsort (root // ".srt.1", "MAG\[1]", ascend+, casesens+)
+	    tbdump (root // ".srt.1", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]",
+	        "yes", datafile="STDOUT", cdfile="", pfile="", rows="-",
+		pagwidth=158, >> ptlog)
+
+	    # Testing the PSORT task.
+
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+	    print ("TESTING THE PSORT/PDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("SORTING ON COLUMN MAG[1]", >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]",
+	        >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("TESTING THE PSORT/PDUMP TASK") 
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	    copy (tblfile1, root // ".srt.2", verbose-)
+	    psort (root // ".srt.2", "MAG\[1]", ascend+)
+	    pdump (root // ".srt.2", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]",
+		yes, headers-, parameters+, >> ptlog)
+
+	    # Testing the TBRENUMBER task.
+
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+	    print ("TESTING THE TBRENUMBER/TBDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("RENUMBERING ON COLUMN ID", >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]",
+	        >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("TESTING THE TBRENUMBER/PDUMP TASKS") 
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	    tbrenumber (root // ".srt.1", idoffset=0, id="ID")
+	    tbdump (root // ".srt.1", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]",
+	        "yes", datafile="STDOUT", cdfile="", pfile="", rows="-",
+		pagwidth=158, >> ptlog)
+
+	    # Testing the PRENUMBER task.
+
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+	    print ("TESTING THE PRENUMBER/PDUMP TASKS", >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("RENUMBERING ON COLUMN ID", >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("DUMPING COLUMNS ID, XCENTER, YCENTER, MKSKY, and MAG[1]",
+	        >> ptlog) 
+	    print ("TESTING THE PRENUMBER/PDUMP TASKS") 
+	    print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	    prenumber (root // ".srt.2", id="ID")
+	    pdump (root // ".srt.2", "ID,XCENTER,YCENTER,MSKY,MAG\[1]",
+		yes, headers-, parameters+, >> ptlog)
+
+	    delete (root // ".srt.1", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	    delete (root // ".srt.2", ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	}
+
+	# Testing the PEXAMINE task.
+
+	xyplot.x1=16.0
+	xyplot.x2=20.0
+	xyplot.y1=0.0
+	xyplot.y2=0.5
+
+	histplot.z1=16.0
+	histplot.z2=20.0
+	histplot.nbins=8
+
+	print ("")
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE PEXAMINE TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("DUMPING THE RESULTS TO THE PLOT FILE", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE PEXAMINE TASK (FIRST TEXT FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	pexamine (txtfile1, "", "", gcommands="ptools$test/gcommands.dat",
+	    icommands="ptools$test/icommands.dat", >>G ptplot, >& "dev$null")
+
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+	print ("TESTING THE PEXAMINE TASK (TABLE FILE)", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("DUMPING THE RESULTS TO THE PLOT FILE", >> ptlog) 
+	print ("TESTING THE PEXAMINE TASK (TABLE FILE)") 
+	print ("", >> ptlog)
+
+	pexamine (tblfile1, "", "", gcommands="ptools$test/gcommands.dat",
+	    icommands="ptools$test/icommands.dat", >>G ptplot, >& "dev$null")
+
+	# Clean up.
+	delete (txtfile1, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	delete (txtfile2, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	delete (tblfile1, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+
+	unlearn ("txconcat")
+	unlearn ("txdump")
+	unlearn ("txrenumber")
+	unlearn ("txselect")
+	unlearn ("txsort")
+	unlearn ("pconvert")
+
+	unlearn ("tbconcat")
+	unlearn ("tbdump")
+	unlearn ("tbrenumber")
+	unlearn ("tbselect")
+	unlearn ("tbsort")
+	unlearn ("tbkeycol")
+	unlearn ("tbcrename")
+
+	unlearn ("pconcat")
+	unlearn ("pdump")
+	unlearn ("prenumber")
+	unlearn ("pselect")
+	unlearn ("psort")
+	unlearn ("pexamine")
+
+	unlearn ("xyplot")
+	unlearn ("histplot")
+	unlearn ("radplot")
+	unlearn ("surfplot")
+	unlearn ("cntrplot")
+
+	unlearn ("istable")
+
+	bye
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/mkpkg b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c3dc1bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# miscellaneous useful tasks
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ".."
+$update libpkg.a
+$checkin libpkg.a ".."
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	t_istable.x	../../lib/ptkeysdef.h
+	t_tbkeycol.x	<tbset.h>
+	t_tbcrename.x	<tbset.h>
+	;
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_istable.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_istable.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8cbf5db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_istable.x
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h"
+
+# T_ISTABLE -- Decide whether an input file is an ST Table, an APPHOT style
+# text file or neither.
+
+procedure t_istable ()
+
+pointer	infile			# name of the input file
+
+bool	table, text, other
+int	fd, type
+pointer	sp, line
+int	access(), tbtopn(), open(), getline(), strmatch()
+errchk	tbtopn(), open()
+
+begin
+	# Get some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Fetch the name of the input file
+	call clgstr ("infile", Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME)
+	if (access (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) == YES)
+	    type = TEXT_FILE
+	else
+	    type = BINARY_FILE
+
+	if (type == BINARY_FILE) {
+	    iferr {
+	        fd = tbtopn (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, 0)
+	    } then {
+		table = false
+		text = false
+		other = true
+	    } else {
+		table = true
+		text = false
+		other = false
+		call tbtclo (fd)
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    table = false
+	    iferr {
+	        fd = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE) 
+	    } then {
+	        text = false
+	        other = true
+	    } else {
+	        Memc[line] = EOS
+	        if (getline (fd, Memc[line]) != EOF) {
+		    if (strmatch (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_IRAF) != 0) {
+		        text = true
+		        other = false
+		    } else {
+		        text = false
+		        other = true
+		    }
+		}
+		call close (fd)
+	    }
+	}
+
+	# Store the results in the istable parameter file.
+	call clputb ("table", table)
+	call clputb ("text", text)
+	call clputb ("other", other)
+
+	# Free memory.
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_tbcrename.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_tbcrename.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f54e9d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_tbcrename.x
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+include <tbset.h>
+
+# T_TBCRENAME -- Rename a list of columns in an ST table. 
+
+procedure t_tbcrename ()
+
+int	tlist			# the tables list descriptor
+int	columns			# the input columns list descriptor
+int	names			# the output column names list descriptor
+
+pointer	sp, table, incname, outcname, tp, colptr
+int	clpopnu(), clplen(), clgfil(), access(), tbpsta()
+pointer	tbtopn()
+
+begin
+	# Open the lists of tables and keywords.
+	tlist = clpopnu ("table")
+	if (clplen (tlist) <= 0)
+	    return
+	columns = clpopnu ("columns")
+	names = clpopnu ("names")
+	if (clplen (columns) != clplen (names))
+	    call error (0,
+	        "The number of new names does not equal the number of columns")
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (table, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (incname, SZ_COLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outcname, SZ_COLNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Loop over the list of ST tables.
+	while (clgfil (tlist, Memc[table], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # If the file is not an ST table go to the next file in the list.
+	    if (access (Memc[table], 0, TEXT_FILE) == YES)
+		next
+	    iferr (tp = tbtopn (Memc[table], READ_WRITE, 0))
+		next
+	    if (tbpsta (tp, TBL_WHTYPE) == TBL_TYPE_TEXT)
+		next
+
+	    # Loop over the input column list.
+	    while (clgfil (columns, Memc[incname], SZ_COLNAME) != EOF &&
+	        clgfil (names, Memc[outcname], SZ_COLNAME) != EOF) {
+
+		# If the output column already exists in the table skip
+		# to the next input column.
+		call tbcfnd (tp, Memc[outcname], colptr, 1)
+		if (colptr != NULL)
+		    next
+
+		# If the input column does not exist in the table skip to the
+		# next column.
+
+		call tbcfnd (tp, Memc[incname], colptr, 1)
+		if (colptr == NULL)
+		    next
+
+		# Rename the column.
+		call tbcnam (tp, colptr, Memc[outcname])
+	    }
+
+	    call tbtclo (tp)
+	    call clprew (columns)
+	    call clprew (names)
+	}
+
+	call clpcls (columns)
+	call clpcls (names)
+	call clpcls (tlist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_tbkeycol.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_tbkeycol.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..47923ca6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/ptutils/t_tbkeycol.x
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+include <tbset.h>
+
+# T_TBKEYCOL -- For all the rows of a list of ST tables, copy the values of
+# selected table keywords into new columns of the same name. If the columns
+# already exist no action is taken.
+
+procedure t_tbkeycol ()
+
+int	tlist				# the tables list descriptor
+int	klist				# the keywords list descriptor
+
+bool	bval
+double	dval
+int	i, keytype, keyptr, nrows, keylength, ival
+pointer	sp, table, keyword, keyvalue, format, tp, colptr
+real	rval
+
+bool	itob()
+int	clpopnu(), clgfil(), clplen(), tbpsta(), strlen(), access()
+int	ctoi(), ctor(), ctod()
+pointer	tbtopn()
+errchk	tbtopn()
+
+begin
+	# Open the lists of tables and keywords.
+	tlist = clpopnu ("tables")
+	if (clplen (tlist) <= 0)
+	    return
+	klist = clpopnu ("keywords")
+	if (clplen (klist) <= 0)
+	    return
+
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (table, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (keyword, SZ_KEYWORD, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (keyvalue, SZ_PARREC, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (format, SZ_COLFMT, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Loop over the list of ST tables.
+	while (clgfil (tlist, Memc[table], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # If the file is not an ST table go to the next file in the list.
+	    if (access(Memc[table], 0, TEXT_FILE) == YES)
+		next
+	    iferr (tp = tbtopn (Memc[table], READ_WRITE, 0))
+		next
+	    if (tbpsta (tp, TBL_WHTYPE) == TBL_TYPE_TEXT)
+                next
+
+
+	    # Loop over the keywords.
+	    while (clgfil (klist, Memc[keyword], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+		# If a column named keyword already exists in the table
+		# skip to the next keyword.
+		call tbcfnd (tp, Memc[keyword], colptr, 1)
+		if (colptr != NULL)
+		    next
+
+		# If keyword does not exist in the table skip to the
+		# next keyword.
+		call tbhfkr (tp, Memc[keyword], keytype, Memc[keyvalue],
+		    keyptr)
+		if (keyptr == 0)
+		    next
+
+		nrows = tbpsta (tp, TBL_NROWS)
+
+		# Decode the header value and copy it into all the rows
+		# of the table.
+		i = 1
+		switch (keytype) {
+		case TY_BOOL:
+		    call tbcdef (tp, colptr, Memc[keyword], "undefined",
+		        "%-3.3b", keytype, 1, 1)
+		    if (ctoi (Memc[keyvalue], i, ival) <= 0)
+			ival = NO
+		    bval = itob (ival)
+		    do i = 1, nrows 
+			call tbrptb (tp, colptr, bval, 1, i)
+		case TY_CHAR:
+		    keylength = strlen (Memc[keyvalue])
+		    call sprintf (Memc[format], SZ_COLFMT, "%*.*s")
+			call pargi (-keylength)
+			call pargi (keylength)
+		    call tbcdef (tp, colptr, Memc[keyword], "undefined",
+		        Memc[format], -keylength, 1, 1)
+		    do i = 1, nrows 
+			call tbrptt (tp, colptr, Memc[keyvalue], keylength,
+			    1, i)
+		case TY_INT:
+		    keylength  = ctoi (Memc[keyvalue], i, ival)
+		    if (keylength <= 0) {
+			ival = INDEFI
+			keylength = 6
+		    }
+		    call sprintf (Memc[format], SZ_COLFMT, "%%%d.%dd")
+			call pargi (-keylength)
+			call pargi (keylength)
+		    call tbcdef (tp, colptr, Memc[keyword], "undefined",
+		        Memc[format], keytype, 1, 1)
+		    do i = 1, nrows 
+			call tbrpti (tp, colptr, ival, 1, i)
+		case TY_REAL:
+		    keylength = ctor (Memc[keyvalue], i, rval)
+		    if (keylength <= 0) {
+			rval = INDEFR
+			keylength = 6
+		    }
+		    call sprintf (Memc[format], SZ_COLFMT, "%%%dg")
+			call pargi (-keylength)
+		    call tbcdef (tp, colptr, Memc[keyword], "undefined",
+		        Memc[format], keytype, 1, 1)
+		    do i = 1, nrows 
+			call tbrptr (tp, colptr, rval, 1, i)
+		case TY_DOUBLE:
+		    keylength = ctod (Memc[keyvalue], i, dval)
+		    if (keylength <= 0) {
+			dval = INDEFD
+			keylength = 6
+		    }
+		    call sprintf (Memc[format], SZ_COLFMT, "%%%dg")
+			call pargi (-keylength)
+		    call tbcdef (tp, colptr, Memc[keyword], "undefined",
+		        Memc[format], keytype, 1, 1)
+		    do i = 1, nrows 
+			call tbrptd (tp, colptr, dval, 1, i)
+		}
+
+	    }
+
+	    call tbtclo (tp)
+	    call clprew (klist)
+	}
+
+	call clpcls (klist)
+	call clpcls (tlist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/radplot.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/radplot.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0d579463
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/radplot.par
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# The PEXAMINE task radial profile plotting parameters
+
+rinner,r,h,0.0,,,Inner radius of the region to be plotted in pixels
+router,r,h,8.0,,,Outer radius of the region to be plotted in pixels
+x1,r,h,INDEF,,,Left  world x-coord if not autoscaling
+x2,r,h,INDEF,,,Right world x-coord if not autoscaling
+y1,r,h,INDEF,,,Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling
+y2,r,h,INDEF,,,Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling
+marker,s,h,"box","point|box|plus|cross|circle|diamond|hline|vline",,Marker type
+szmarker,r,h,1.0,0.0,,Marker size
+logx,b,h,no,,,Log scale the x axis?
+logy,b,h,no,,,Log scale the y axis?
+box,b,h,yes,,,Draw box around periphery of window?
+ticklabels,b,h,yes,,,Label tick marks?
+majrx,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along x axis
+minrx,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along x axis
+majry,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along y axis
+minry,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along y axis
+round,b,h,no,,,Round axes to nice values?
+fill,b,h,yes,,,Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio?
+grid,b,h,no,,,Draw grid lines at major tick marks? 
+banner,b,h,yes,,,Standard banner?
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/surfplot.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/surfplot.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d94e5cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/surfplot.par
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# The PEXAMINE task surface plotting parameters
+
+ncolumns,i,h,21,2,,"Number of columns"
+nlines,i,h,21,2,,"Number of lines"
+axes,b,h,yes,,,Draw axes?
+angh,r,h, -33.,,,Horizontal viewing angle (degrees)
+angv,r,h,25.,,,Vertical viewing angle (degrees)
+floor,r,h,INDEF,,,Minimum value to be plotted
+ceiling,r,h,INDEF,,,Maximum value to be plotted
+banner,b,h,yes,,,Standard banner?
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbcalc.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbcalc.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25f1ee60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbcalc.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# TBCALC  -- Perform arithmetic operations on a column column of an
+# APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table database.
+
+procedure tbcalc (tables, column, value)
+
+file	tables {prompt="Input apphot/daophot tables databases to be renumbered"}
+string	column {prompt="Column to be edited"}
+string	value  {prompt="New value or expression for column"}
+
+struct	*inlist
+
+begin
+	# Declare local variables.
+	file ttables, tcolumn, tvalue
+	string tmpin, inname
+
+	# Get the positional parameters.
+	ttables = tables
+	tcolumn = column
+	tvalue = value
+
+	tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$")
+	files (ttables, sort=no, > tmpin)
+
+	inlist = tmpin
+	while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) {
+	    if (defpar ("tcalc.verbose") || defpar ("tcalc.harmless")) {
+	        tcalc (inname, tcolumn, tvalue, datatype="real", colunits="",
+	            colfmt="", verbose=no, harmless=0.1)
+	    } else {
+	        tcalc (inname, tcolumn, tvalue, datatype="real", colunits="",
+	            colfmt="")
+	    }
+	}
+	delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	inlist = ""
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbconcat.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbconcat.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d9e5c429
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbconcat.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+# TBCONCAT -- Concatenate a list of apphot/daophot STSDAS table databases
+# into a single output database. All the input files must of been written
+# by the same task.
+
+procedure tbconcat (tables, outtable)
+
+file  tables {prompt="Input apphot/daophot tables databases to be concatenated"}
+file	outtable  {prompt="Output apphot/daophot STSDAS table database"}
+string	task      {"TASK", prompt="Task name keyword"}
+
+struct	*inlist
+
+begin
+	# Declare local variables.
+	bool	stat, first_tab
+	file	in, out
+	int	npars, first_npars, ncols, first_ncols
+	string	tmpin, inname, first_inname, tkname, first_tkname
+
+	# Cache the parameters.
+	cache ("istable", "keypar", "tinfo")
+
+	# Get the positional parameters.
+	in = tables
+	out = outtable
+
+	# Make a file lists.
+	tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$")
+	files (in, sort=no, > tmpin)
+
+	# Loop through the list checking that all the files are 
+	# tables that they were created with the same task and
+	# that they have the same number of parameters and columns
+
+	stat = yes
+	first_tab = yes
+
+	inlist = tmpin
+	while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Check that the input file is an STSDAS table.
+	    istable (inname)
+	    if (! istable.table) {
+		print ("ERROR: File " // inname // " is not an ST table")
+		stat = no
+		break
+	    }
+
+
+	    # Check that all the input files were written by the same task.
+	    if (defpar ("keypar.silent")) {
+	        keypar (inname, task, silent=no)
+	    } else {
+	        keypar (inname, task)
+	    }
+	    if (first_tab) {
+		first_inname = inname
+		first_tkname = keypar.value
+	    } else {
+		tkname = keypar.value
+		if (tkname != first_tkname) {
+		    print ("ERROR:")
+		    print ("    File" // first_inname // " written by task " //
+                        first_tkname)
+		    print ("    File" // inname // " written by task " //
+		        tkname)
+		    stat = no
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    # Check that the number of parameters and columns is the same.
+	    tinfo (inname, ttout=no)
+	    if (first_tab) {
+		first_npars = tinfo.npar
+		first_ncols = tinfo.ncols
+	    } else {
+		npars = tinfo.npar
+		ncols = tinfo.ncols
+		if (npars != first_npars) {
+		    print ("ERROR:")
+		    print ("    File " // first_inname // " has " //
+		        first_npars // "parameters")
+		    print ("    File " // inname // " has " // npars //
+		        "parameters")
+		    stat = no
+		    break
+		}
+		if (ncols != first_ncols) {
+		    print ("ERROR:")
+		    print ("    File " // first_inname // " has " //
+		        first_ncols // "columns")
+		    print ("    File " // inname // " has " // ncols //
+		        "columns")
+		    stat = no
+		    break
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    first_tab = no
+	}
+
+	delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	inlist = ""
+
+	# Return if status is not ok.
+	if (! stat)
+	    return
+
+	# Do the actual append.
+	tmerge (in, out, option="append", allcols=no, tbltype="row",
+		allrows=100, extracol=0)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbcrename.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbcrename.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c466c337
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbcrename.par
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# TBCRENAME Parameters
+
+tables,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot tables databases
+columns,s,a,"",,,List of column names to be changed
+names,s,a,"",,,List of new column names
+mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbdump.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbdump.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f3482a5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbdump.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# TBDUMP -- Dump selected columns of an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table database.
+
+procedure tbdump (tables, fields, expr)
+
+file	tables	    {prompt = "Input apphot/daophot tables database(s)"}
+string	fields      {"", prompt = "Fields to be extracted"}
+string	expr	    {"yes", prompt = "Boolean expression for record selection"}
+file	datafile    {"STDOUT", prompt = "Output file for table data"}
+file	cdfile	    {"", prompt = "Output file for table column definitions"}
+file	pfile       {"", prompt = "Output file for table header parameters"}
+string	rows	    {"-", prompt = "Range of rows to dump"}
+int	pagwidth    {158, prompt = "Output page width"}
+
+struct  *inlist
+
+begin
+	# Declare local variables
+	file	ttables
+	string	tfields, texpr, tmpin, tmpout, inname
+
+	# Get the positional parameters.
+	ttables = tables
+	tfields = fields
+	texpr = expr
+
+	tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$")
+	files (ttables, sort=no, > tmpin)
+
+	inlist = tmpin
+	while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) {
+	    if (texpr != "yes") {
+	        tmpout = mktemp ("tmp$")
+	        tselect (inname, tmpout, texpr)
+	        tdump (tmpout, cdfile=cdfile, pfile=pfile, datafile=datafile,
+	            columns=tfields, rows=rows, pwidth=pagwidth)
+	        tdelete (tmpout, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	    } else {
+	        tdump (inname, cdfile=cdfile, pfile=pfile, datafile=datafile,
+	            columns=tfields, rows=rows, pwidth=pagwidth)
+	    }
+	}
+	delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	inlist = ""
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbkeycol.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbkeycol.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc6bc159
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbkeycol.par
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# TKEYCOL Parameters
+
+tables,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot tables databases
+keywords,s,a,"",,,Table keywords to be copied to table columns
+mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbrenumber.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbrenumber.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..75778ac6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbrenumber.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# TBRENUMBER -- Renumber the ID column of an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table
+# database.
+
+procedure tbrenumber (tables)
+
+file	tables {prompt="Input apphot/daophot tables databases to be renumbered"}
+int	idoffset	{0, min=0, prompt="Id number offset"}
+string	id     		{"ID", prompt="Id name keyword"}
+
+struct	*inlist
+
+begin
+	# Declare local variables.
+	file ttables
+	string tmpin, inname, expr
+
+	# Get the positional parameters.
+	ttables = tables
+	expr = "rownum + " // idoffset
+
+	tmpin = mktemp ("tmp$")
+	files (ttables, sort=no, > tmpin)
+
+	inlist = tmpin
+	while (fscan (inlist, inname) != EOF) {
+	    if (defpar ("tcalc.verbose") || defpar ("tcalc.harmless")) {
+	        tcalc (inname, id, expr, datatype="real", colunits="",
+	            colfmt="", verbose=no, harmless=0.1)
+	    } else {
+	        tcalc (inname, id, expr, datatype="real", colunits="",
+	            colfmt="")
+	    }
+	}
+	delete (tmpin, ver-, >& "dev$null")
+	inlist = ""
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbselect.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbselect.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2ba294f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbselect.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# TBSELECT --  Select records from an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table based
+# on the value of an expression.
+
+procedure tbselect (intable, outtable, expr)
+
+file intable	{"", prompt = "Input apphot/daophot tables database(s)"}
+file outtable	{"", prompt = "Output apphot/daophot tables database(s)"}
+string expr	{"", prompt = "Boolean expression for record selection"}
+
+begin
+	# Declare the local variables.
+	string tintable, touttable, texpr
+
+	# Get the positional parameters.
+	tintable = intable
+	touttable = outtable
+	texpr = expr
+
+	tselect (tintable, touttable, texpr)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbsort.cl b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbsort.cl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c5d10f24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/tbsort.cl
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# TBSORT --  Sort an APPHOT/DAOPHOT STSDAS table using the values in the
+# selected columns.
+
+procedure tbsort (table, fields)
+
+file table    {"", prompt="Input apphot/daophot tables database(s)to be sorted"}
+string fields {"", prompt = "Fields to be sorted on"}
+bool ascend   {yes, prompt = "Sort in ascending value order ?"}
+bool casesens {yes, prompt = "Case sensitive sort ?"}
+
+begin
+	# Decalre the local variables.
+	string ttable, tfields
+
+	# Get the positional parameters.
+	ttable = table
+	tfields = fields
+
+	# Sort the table.
+	tsort (ttable, tfields, ascend=ascend, casesens=casesens)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/gcommands.dat b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/gcommands.dat
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ec5ac13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/gcommands.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+h
+i
+e
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/icommands.dat b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/icommands.dat
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..01058d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/icommands.dat
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+g
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/test1.dat b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/test1.dat
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7f2e9dc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/test1.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+#K IRAF       = NOAO/IRAFV2.10BETA      version    %-23s     
+#K USER       = davis                   name       %-23s     
+#K HOST       = tucana                  computer   %-23s     
+#K DATE       = 10-04-91                mm-dd-yr   %-23s     
+#K TIME       = 07:57:32                hh:mm:ss   %-23s     
+#K PACKAGE    = apphot                  name       %-23s     
+#K TASK       = phot                    name       %-23s     
+#
+#K SCALE      = 1.                      units      %-23.7g   
+#K FWHMPSF    = 2.                      scaleunit  %-23.7g   
+#K EMISSION   = yes                     switch     %-23b     
+#K DATAMIN    = INDEF                   counts     %-23.7g   
+#K DATAMAX    = INDEF                   counts     %-23.7g   
+#K EXPOSURE   = ""                      keyword    %-23s     
+#K AIRMASS    = ""                      keyword    %-23s     
+#K FILTER     = ""                      keyword    %-23s     
+#K OBSTIME    = ""                      keyword    %-23s     
+#
+#K NOISE      = poisson                 model      %-23s     
+#K THRESHOLD  = 30.                     counts     %-23.7g   
+#K CTHRESHOLD = 0.                      counts     %-23.7g   
+#K SIGMA      = 10.                     counts     %-23.7g   
+#K GAIN       = ""                      keyword    %-23s     
+#K EPADU      = 1.                      e-/adu     %-23.7g   
+#K CCDREAD    = ""                      keyword    %-23s     
+#K READNOISE  = 0.                      e-         %-23.7g   
+#
+#K CALGORITHM = none                    algorithm  %-23s     
+#K CBOXWIDTH  = 5.                      scaleunit  %-23.7g   
+#K MAXSHIFT   = 1.                      scaleunit  %-23.7g   
+#K CMAXITER   = 10                      number     %-23d     
+#K MINSNRATIO = 1.                      number     %-23.7g   
+#K CLEAN      = no                      switch     %-23b     
+#K RCLEAN     = 1.                      scaleunit  %-23.7g   
+#K RCLIP      = 2.                      scaleunit  %-23.7g   
+#K KCLEAN     = 3.                      sigma      %-23.7g   
+#
+#K SALGORITHM = mode                    algorithm  %-23s     
+#K ANNULUS    = 6.                      scaleunit  %-23.7g   
+#K DANNULUS   = 12.                     scaleunit  %-23.7g   
+#K SMAXITER   = 10                      number     %-23d     
+#K SKREJECT   = 3.                      sigma      %-23.7g   
+#K SNREJECT   = 50                      number     %-23d     
+#K KHIST      = 3.                      sigma      %-23.7g   
+#K BINSIZE    = 0.1                     sigma      %-23.7g   
+#K SMOOTH     = no                      switch     %-23b     
+#K RGROW      = 0.                      scaleunit  %-23.7g   
+#K SKYVALUE   = 0.                      counts     %-23.7g   
+#
+#K WEIGHTING  = constant                model      %-23s     
+#K APERTURES  = 3.0,5.0                 scaleunit  %-23s     
+#K ZMAG       = 25.                     zeropoint  %-23.7g   
+#
+#N IMAGE               XINIT     YINIT     ID   COORDS                 LID     \
+#U imagename           pixels    pixels    ##   filename               ##      \
+#F %-23s               %-10.2f   %-10.2f   %-5d %-23s                  %-5d     
+#
+#N XCENTER  YCENTER    XSHIFT  YSHIFT  XERR    YERR    CIER CERROR             \
+#U pixels   pixels     pixels  pixels  pixels  pixels  ##   cerrors            \
+#F %-12.2f  %-11.2f    %-8.2f  %-8.2f  %-8.2f  %-8.2f  %-5d %-13s               
+#
+#N MSKY           STDEV          SSKEW          NSKY   NSREJ SIER SERROR       \
+#U counts         counts         counts         npix   npix  ##   serrors      \
+#F %-18.7g        %-15.7g        %-15.7g        %-7d   %-6d  %-5d %-13s         
+#
+#N ITIME          XAIRMASS       IFILTER                OTIME                  \
+#U timeunit       number         name                   timeunit               \
+#F %-18.7g        %-15.7g        %-23s                  %-23s                   
+#
+#N RAPERT   SUM            AREA           MAG    MERR    PIER PERROR           \
+#U scale    counts         pixels         mag    mag     ##   perrors          \
+#F %-12.2f  %-15.7f        %-15.7f        %-7.3f %-6.3f  %-5d %-13s             
+#
+testim                 41.05     4.01      1    testim.coo.1           1       \
+   41.05    4.01       0.00    0.00    INDEF   INDEF   0    No_error           \
+   101.2498       10.10408       3.265505       422    10    0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                  INDEF                  \
+   3.00     4177.432       28.38464       17.212 0.055 0    No_error          *\
+   5.00     0.             0.             INDEF  INDEF 302  Out_of_bounds     * 
+testim                 23.05     7.01      2    testim.coo.1           2       \
+   23.05    7.01       0.00    0.00    INDEF   INDEF   0    No_error           \
+   100.046        10.3039        5.156589       599    26    0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                  INDEF                  \
+   3.00     3729.583       28.38464       17.627 0.078 0    No_error          *\
+   5.00     9275.692       79.08551       17.163 0.083 0    No_error          * 
+testim                 18.01     7.98      3    testim.coo.1           3       \
+   18.01    7.98       0.00    0.00    INDEF   INDEF   0    No_error           \
+   99.18147       9.960084       4.406289       624    27    0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                  INDEF                  \
+   3.00     3848.674       28.38741       17.465 0.066 0    No_error          *\
+   5.00     9254.844       79.12583       17.129 0.078 0    No_error          * 
+testim                 25.99     22.00     4    testim.coo.1           4       \
+   25.99    22.00      0.00    0.00    INDEF   INDEF   0    No_error           \
+   100.8048       10.62133       5.339536       839    57    0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                  INDEF                  \
+   3.00     4807.073       28.38794       16.777 0.040 0    No_error          *\
+   5.00     10242.03       79.1264        16.612 0.053 0    No_error          * 
+testim                 35.99     22.00     5    testim.coo.1           5       \
+   35.99    22.00      0.00    0.00    INDEF   INDEF   0    No_error           \
+   101.8237       10.81446       5.27525        836    32    0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                  INDEF                  \
+   3.00     5733.314       28.38794       16.366 0.030 0    No_error          *\
+   5.00     11055.33       79.12638       16.308 0.041 0    No_error          * 
+testim                 8.00      22.96     6    testim.coo.1           6       \
+   8.00     22.96      0.00    0.00    INDEF   INDEF   0    No_error           \
+   98.55382       9.745545       -1.86605       642    15    0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                  INDEF                  \
+   3.00     5121.953       28.38596       16.584 0.033 0    No_error          *\
+   5.00     10346.71       79.10844       16.484 0.045 0    No_error          * 
+testim                 30.96     25.04     7    testim.coo.1           7       \
+   30.96    25.04      0.00    0.00    INDEF   INDEF   0    No_error           \
+   101.0168       10.24696       1.970369       865    39    0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                  INDEF                  \
+   3.00     4406.198       28.38385       17.032 0.048 0    No_error          *\
+   5.00     10425.96       79.07048       16.532 0.048 0    No_error          * 
+testim                 21.06     26.07     8    testim.coo.1           8       \
+   21.06    26.07      0.00    0.00    INDEF   INDEF   0    No_error           \
+   100.5127       10.64676       6.194943       841    65    0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                  INDEF                  \
+   3.00     3008.981       28.37686       19.512 0.409 0    No_error          *\
+   5.00     8254.723       78.98734       18.753 0.346 0    No_error          * 
+testim                 28.96     33.93     9    testim.coo.1           9       \
+   28.96    33.93      0.00    0.00    INDEF   INDEF   0    No_error           \
+   101.6732       10.37004       5.42453        845    61    0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                  INDEF                  \
+   3.00     3637.463       28.37949       17.809 0.090 0    No_error          *\
+   5.00     8691.696       79.00822       17.953 0.164 0    No_error          * 
+testim                 35.99     41.97     10   testim.coo.1           10      \
+   35.99    41.97      0.00    0.00    INDEF   INDEF   0    No_error           \
+   101.5544       10.21878       4.627132       673    19    0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                  INDEF                  \
+   3.00     5199.237       28.38675       16.588 0.034 0    No_error          *\
+   5.00     10383.58       79.12172       16.573 0.050 0    No_error          * 
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/test2.dat b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/test2.dat
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20ecab5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/test/test2.dat
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+#K IRAF       = NOAO/IRAF V2.9.version   %-15s     
+#K USER       = cmartin        name      %-15s     
+#K HOST       = kepler         computer  %-15s     
+#K DATE       = 05-24-91       mm-dd-yr  %-15s     
+#K TIME       = 15:13:50       hh:mm:ss  %-15s     
+#K PACKAGE    = apphot         name      %-15s     
+#K TASK       = polyphot       name      %-15s     
+#
+#K SCALE      = 1.             units     %-15.7g   
+#K FWHMPSF    = 1.             scaleunit %-15.7g   
+#K EMISSION   = yes            switch    %-15b     
+#K DATAMIN    = INDEF          counts    %-15.7g   
+#K DATAMAX    = INDEF          counts    %-15.7g   
+#K EXPOSURE   = ""             keyword   %-15s     
+#K AIRMASS    = ""             keyword   %-15s     
+#K FILTER     = ""             keyword   %-15s     
+#
+#K NOISE      = poisson        model     %-15s     
+#K THRESHOLD  = 0.             counts    %-15.7g   
+#K CTHRESHOLD = 0.             counts    %-15.7g   
+#K SIGMA      = INDEF          counts    %-15.7g   
+#K GAIN       = ""             keyword   %-15s     
+#K EPADU      = 1.             e-/adu    %-15.7g   
+#K CCDREAD    = ""             keyword   %-15s     
+#K READNOISE  = 0.             e-        %-15.7g   
+#
+#K CALGORITHM = centroid       algorithm %-15s     
+#K CBOXWIDTH  = 5.             scaleunit %-15.7g   
+#K MAXSHIFT   = 1.             scaleunit %-15.7g   
+#K CMAXITER   = 10             number    %-15d     
+#K MINSNRATIO = 1.             number    %-15.7g   
+#K CLEAN      = no             switch    %-15b     
+#K RCLEAN     = 1.             scaleunit %-15.7g   
+#K RCLIP      = 2.             scaleunit %-15.7g   
+#K KCLEAN     = 3.             sigma     %-15.7g   
+#
+#K SALGORITHM = mode           algorithm %-15s     
+#K ANNULUS    = 10.            scaleunit %-15.7g   
+#K DANNULUS   = 10.            scaleunit %-15.7g   
+#K SMAXITER   = 10             number    %-15d     
+#K SKREJECT   = 3.             sigma     %-15.7g   
+#K SNREJECT   = 50             number    %-15d     
+#K KHIST      = 3.             sigma     %-15.7g   
+#K BINSIZE    = 0.1            sigma     %-15.7g   
+#K SMOOTH     = no             switch    %-15b     
+#K RGROW      = 0.             scaleunit %-15.7g   
+#K SKYVALUE   = 0.             counts    %-15.7g   
+#
+#K WEIGHTING  = constant       model     %-15s     
+#K ZMAG       = 26.            zeropoint %-15.7g   
+#
+#N IMAGE               XINIT     YINIT     ID   COORDS              LID        \
+#U imagename           pixels    pixels    ##   filename            ##         \
+#F %-23s               %-10.2f   %-10.2f   %-5d %-20s               %-5d        
+#
+#N XCENTER  YCENTER  XSHIFT YSHIFT XERR   YERR   CIER CERROR                   \
+#U pixels   pixels   pixels pixels pixels pixels ##   cerrors                  \
+#F %-12.2f  %-9.2f   %-7.2f %-7.2f %-7.2f %-7.2f %-5d %-13s                     
+#
+#N MSKY           STDEV          SSKEW          NSKY   NSREJ SIER SERROR       \
+#U counts         counts         counts         npix   npix  ##   serrors      \
+#F %-18.7g        %-15.7g        %-15.7g        %-7d   %-6d  %-5d %-13s         
+#
+#N ITIME          XAIRMASS       IFILTER                                       \
+#U timeunit       number         name                                          \
+#F %-18.7g        %-15.7g        %-23s                                          
+#
+#N SUM            AREA           MAG      MERR    PIER   PERROR                \
+#U counts         pixels         mag      mag     ##     perrors               \
+#F %-18.7g        %-15.7g        %-9.3f   %-8.3f  %-7d   %-13s                  
+#
+#N POLYGONS            PID  OLDXMEAN OLDYMEAN XMEAN    YMEAN    MINRAD   NVER  \
+#U filename            ##   pixels   pixels   pixels   pixels   pixels   ##    \
+#F %-23s               %-5d %-9.2f   %-9.2f   %-9.2f   %-9.2f   %-9.2f   %-5d   
+#
+#N XVERTEX  YVERTEX                                                            \
+#U pixels   pixels                                                             \
+#F %-12.2f  %-9.2f                                                              
+#
+rot.N2903              186.64    195.51    1    nullfile            1          \
+   187.70   198.05   1.06   2.54   0.00   0.01   27   Shift_too_big            \
+   11.29906       43.04229       33.70715       702    243   0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                                         \
+   412419.6       404.0344       11.974   0.003   0      No_error              \
+   ell.N2903           1    186.64   195.51   187.70   198.05   17.77    14    \
+   171.03   198.06                                                            *\
+   176.03   203.81                                                            *\
+   181.03   205.44                                                            *\
+   186.03   206.08                                                            *\
+   191.03   205.96                                                            *\
+   196.03   205.04                                                            *\
+   201.03   202.89                                                            *\
+   204.37   198.05                                                            *\
+   199.37   192.30                                                            *\
+   194.37   190.66                                                            *\
+   189.37   190.03                                                            *\
+   184.37   190.15                                                            *\
+   179.37   191.07                                                            *\
+   174.37   193.22                                                            * 
+rot.N2903              186.64    195.51    2    nullfile            2          \
+   187.70   198.05   1.06   2.54   0.00   0.01   27   Shift_too_big            \
+   11.29906       43.04229       33.70715       702    243   0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                                         \
+   491112.9       1657.524       11.814   0.008   0      No_error              \
+   ell.N2903           2    186.64   195.51   187.70   198.05   34.43    28    \
+   154.37   198.06                                                            *\
+   159.37   206.55                                                            *\
+   164.37   209.57                                                            *\
+   169.37   211.52                                                            *\
+   174.37   212.83                                                            *\
+   179.37   213.67                                                            *\
+   184.37   214.10                                                            *\
+   189.37   214.16                                                            *\
+   194.37   213.86                                                            *\
+   199.37   213.16                                                            *\
+   204.37   212.02                                                            *\
+   209.37   210.31                                                            *\
+   214.37   207.73                                                            *\
+   219.37   203.09                                                            *\
+   221.03   198.05                                                            *\
+   216.03   189.56                                                            *\
+   211.03   186.54                                                            *\
+   206.03   184.59                                                            *\
+   201.03   183.27                                                            *\
+   196.03   182.44                                                            *\
+   191.03   182.01                                                            *\
+   186.03   181.95                                                            *\
+   181.03   182.25                                                            *\
+   176.03   182.95                                                            *\
+   171.03   184.09                                                            *\
+   166.03   185.80                                                            *\
+   161.03   188.38                                                            *\
+   156.03   193.02                                                            * 
+rot.N2903              186.64    195.51    3    nullfile            3          \
+   187.70   198.05   1.06   2.54   0.00   0.01   27   Shift_too_big            \
+   11.29906       43.04229       33.70715       702    243   0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                                         \
+   692970.2       3752.306       11.467   0.011   0      No_error              \
+   ell.N2903           3    186.64   195.51   187.70   198.05   51.10    42    \
+   137.70   198.05                                                            *\
+   142.70   208.60                                                            *\
+   147.70   212.57                                                            *\
+   152.70   215.33                                                            *\
+   157.70   217.41                                                            *\
+   162.70   219.00                                                            *\
+   167.70   220.23                                                            *\
+   172.70   221.13                                                            *\
+   177.70   221.76                                                            *\
+   182.70   222.12                                                            *\
+   187.70   222.24                                                            *\
+   192.70   222.12                                                            *\
+   197.70   221.76                                                            *\
+   202.70   221.13                                                            *\
+   207.70   220.23                                                            *\
+   212.70   219.00                                                            *\
+   217.70   217.41                                                            *\
+   222.70   215.33                                                            *\
+   227.70   212.57                                                            *\
+   232.70   208.60                                                            *\
+   237.70   198.05                                                            *\
+   237.70   198.05                                                            *\
+   232.70   187.51                                                            *\
+   227.70   183.54                                                            *\
+   222.70   180.78                                                            *\
+   217.70   178.70                                                            *\
+   212.70   177.11                                                            *\
+   207.70   175.88                                                            *\
+   202.70   174.98                                                            *\
+   197.70   174.35                                                            *\
+   192.70   173.99                                                            *\
+   187.70   173.87                                                            *\
+   182.70   173.99                                                            *\
+   177.70   174.35                                                            *\
+   172.70   174.98                                                            *\
+   167.70   175.88                                                            *\
+   162.70   177.11                                                            *\
+   157.70   178.70                                                            *\
+   152.70   180.78                                                            *\
+   147.70   183.54                                                            *\
+   142.70   187.51                                                            *\
+   137.70   198.05                                                            * 
+rot.N2903              186.64    195.51    4    nullfile            4          \
+   187.70   198.05   1.06   2.55   0.00   0.01   27   Shift_too_big            \
+   11.29906       43.04229       33.70715       702    243   0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                                         \
+   1187322.       6709.435       10.885   0.011   0      No_error              \
+   ell.N2903           4    186.64   195.51   187.70   198.05   67.77    54    \
+   121.03   198.06                                                            *\
+   126.03   210.31                                                            *\
+   131.03   215.05                                                            *\
+   136.03   218.44                                                            *\
+   141.03   221.09                                                            *\
+   146.03   223.23                                                            *\
+   151.03   224.99                                                            *\
+   156.03   226.44                                                            *\
+   161.03   227.62                                                            *\
+   166.03   228.56                                                            *\
+   171.03   229.28                                                            *\
+   176.03   229.81                                                            *\
+   181.03   230.15                                                            *\
+   186.03   230.30                                                            *\
+   191.03   230.27                                                            *\
+   196.03   230.05                                                            *\
+   201.03   229.66                                                            *\
+   206.03   229.06                                                            *\
+   211.03   228.27                                                            *\
+   216.03   227.25                                                            *\
+   221.03   225.99                                                            *\
+   226.03   224.44                                                            *\
+   231.03   222.57                                                            *\
+   236.03   220.27                                                            *\
+   241.03   217.41                                                            *\
+   246.03   213.67                                                            *\
+   251.03   208.13                                                            *\
+   254.37   198.04                                                            *\
+   249.37   185.80                                                            *\
+   244.37   181.06                                                            *\
+   239.37   177.67                                                            *\
+   234.37   175.02                                                            *\
+   229.37   172.88                                                            *\
+   224.37   171.12                                                            *\
+   219.37   169.67                                                            *\
+   214.37   168.50                                                            *\
+   209.37   167.55                                                            *\
+   204.37   166.83                                                            *\
+   199.37   166.30                                                            *\
+   194.37   165.96                                                            *\
+   189.37   165.81                                                            *\
+   184.37   165.84                                                            *\
+   179.37   166.06                                                            *\
+   174.37   166.45                                                            *\
+   169.37   167.05                                                            *\
+   164.37   167.84                                                            *\
+   159.37   168.86                                                            *\
+   154.37   170.12                                                            *\
+   149.37   171.67                                                            *\
+   144.37   173.55                                                            *\
+   139.37   175.84                                                            *\
+   134.37   178.70                                                            *\
+   129.37   182.44                                                            *\
+   124.37   187.98                                                            * 
+rot.N2903              186.64    195.51    5    nullfile            5          \
+   187.70   198.05   1.06   2.54   0.00   0.01   27   Shift_too_big            \
+   11.29906       43.04229       33.70715       702    243   0    No_error     \
+   1.             INDEF          INDEF                                         \
+   1607853.       10511.2        10.568   0.013   0      No_error              \
+   ell.N2903           5    186.64   195.51   187.70   198.05   84.43    68    \
+   104.37   198.05                                                            *\
+   109.37   211.81                                                            *\
+   114.37   217.20                                                            *\
+   119.37   221.13                                                            *\
+   124.37   224.26                                                            *\
+   129.37   226.85                                                            *\
+   134.37   229.03                                                            *\
+   139.37   230.90                                                            *\
+   144.37   232.49                                                            *\
+   149.37   233.85                                                            *\
+   154.37   235.00                                                            *\
+   159.37   235.97                                                            *\
+   164.37   236.76                                                            *\
+   169.37   237.38                                                            *\
+   174.37   237.85                                                            *\
+   179.37   238.17                                                            *\
+   184.37   238.34                                                            *\
+   189.37   238.36                                                            *\
+   194.37   238.24                                                            *\
+   199.37   237.97                                                            *\
+   204.37   237.56                                                            *\
+   209.37   236.98                                                            *\
+   214.37   236.25                                                            *\
+   219.37   235.35                                                            *\
+   224.37   234.26                                                            *\
+   229.37   232.97                                                            *\
+   234.37   231.46                                                            *\
+   239.37   229.69                                                            *\
+   244.37   227.61                                                            *\
+   249.37   225.17                                                            *\
+   254.37   222.24                                                            *\
+   259.37   218.63                                                            *\
+   264.37   213.86                                                            *\
+   269.37   206.08                                                            *\
+   271.03   198.05                                                            *\
+   266.03   184.30                                                            *\
+   261.03   178.91                                                            *\
+   256.03   174.98                                                            *\
+   251.03   171.85                                                            *\
+   246.03   169.26                                                            *\
+   241.03   167.08                                                            *\
+   236.03   165.21                                                            *\
+   231.03   163.62                                                            *\
+   226.03   162.26                                                            *\
+   221.03   161.10                                                            *\
+   216.03   160.14                                                            *\
+   211.03   159.35                                                            *\
+   206.03   158.73                                                            *\
+   201.03   158.26                                                            *\
+   196.03   157.94                                                            *\
+   191.03   157.77                                                            *\
+   186.03   157.75                                                            *\
+   181.03   157.87                                                            *\
+   176.03   158.14                                                            *\
+   171.03   158.55                                                            *\
+   166.03   159.13                                                            *\
+   161.03   159.86                                                            *\
+   156.03   160.76                                                            *\
+   151.03   161.85                                                            *\
+   146.03   163.14                                                            *\
+   141.03   164.65                                                            *\
+   136.03   166.42                                                            *\
+   131.03   168.49                                                            *\
+   126.03   170.94                                                            *\
+   121.03   173.87                                                            *\
+   116.03   177.48                                                            *\
+   111.03   182.25                                                            *\
+   106.03   190.03                                                            * 
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txcalc.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txcalc.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d557d988
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txcalc.par
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# TXCALC Parameters
+
+textfiles,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot text database(s)
+field,s,a,,,,Field to be edited
+value,s,a,,,,New value or expression for field
+mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txconcat.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txconcat.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..57249639
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txconcat.par
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# TXCONCAT Parameters
+
+textfiles,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot text databases to be concatenated
+outfile,s,a,,,,Output apphot/daophot text database
+task,s,h,"TASK",,,Task name keyword
+mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txdump.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txdump.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ce400817
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txdump.par
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# TXDUMP Parameters
+
+textfiles,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot text database(s)
+fields,s,a,,,,Fields to be extracted
+expr,s,a,yes,,,Boolean expression for record selection
+headers,b,h,no,,,Print the field headers ?
+parameters,b,h,yes,,,Print the parameters if headers is yes ?
+mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txrenumber.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txrenumber.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a9140216
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txrenumber.par
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# TXRENUMBER Parameters
+
+textfiles,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot text database(s) to be renumbered
+idoffset,i,h,0,,,Id number offset
+id,s,h,ID,,,Id name keyword 
+mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txselect.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txselect.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..080bc6d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txselect.par
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# TXSELECT Parameters
+
+textfiles,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot text database(s)
+outfiles,s,a,,,,Output apphot/daophot text databases(s)
+expr,s,a,"yes",,,Boolean expression for record selection
+mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txsort.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txsort.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..95cc14e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txsort.par
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# TXSORT Parameters
+
+textfiles,s,a,,,,Input apphot/daophot text database(s) to be sorted
+field,s,a,MAG,,,Field to be sorted on
+ascend,b,h,yes,,,Sort in increasing value order?
+mode,s,h,"ql",,,Mode of task
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/mkpkg b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..55485e70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# TXTOOLS tasks
+
+$checkout libpkg.a ".."
+$update libpkg.a
+$checkin libpkg.a ".."
+$exit
+
+libpkg.a:
+	t_txconcat.x	../../lib/ptkeysdef.h  <fset.h>  <error.h>
+	t_txdump.x
+	ptxdump.x       <fset.h>  <error.h>  <evexpr.h> ../../lib/ptkeysdef.h
+	t_txcalc.x	<fset.h>
+	ptxcalc.x	../../lib/ptkeysdef.h	<error.h>		\
+			<ctype.h>		<evexpr.h>
+	t_txrenumber.x	<fset.h>
+	ptrenumb.x	../../lib/ptkeysdef.h
+	t_txsort.x	<fset.h>
+	ptsortnum.x	<ctype.h>		../../lib/ptkeysdef.h
+	ptqsort.x
+	t_txselect.x	<fset.h>
+	ptxselect.x	../../lib/ptkeysdef.h	<error.h>		\
+			<ctype.h>		<evexpr.h>
+	;
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptqsort.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptqsort.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3883424f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptqsort.x
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+define	LOGPTR		20			# log2(maxpts) (1e6)
+
+# PT_QSORT -- Vector Quicksort. In this version the index array is
+# sorted.
+
+procedure pt_qsortr (data, a, b, npix)
+
+real	data[ARB]		# data array
+int	a[ARB], b[ARB]		# index array
+int	npix			# number of pixels
+
+int	i, j, lv[LOGPTR], p, uv[LOGPTR], temp
+real	pivot
+
+begin
+	# Initialize the indices for an inplace sort.
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    a[i] = i
+	call amovi (a, b, npix)
+
+	p = 1
+	lv[1] = 1
+	uv[1] = npix
+	while (p > 0) {
+
+	    # If only one elem in subset pop stack otherwise pivot line.
+	    if (lv[p] >= uv[p])
+		p = p - 1
+	    else {
+		i = lv[p] - 1
+		j = uv[p]
+		pivot = data[b[j]]
+
+		while (i < j) {
+		    for (i=i+1;  data[b[i]] < pivot;  i=i+1)
+			;
+		    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+			if (data[b[j]] <= pivot)
+			    break
+		    if (i < j) {		# out of order pair
+			temp = b[j]		# interchange elements
+			b[j] = b[i]
+			b[i] = temp
+		    }
+		}
+
+		j = uv[p]			# move pivot to position i
+		temp = b[j]			# interchange elements
+		b[j] = b[i]
+		b[i] = temp
+
+		if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) {	# stack so shorter done first
+		    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+		    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+		    lv[p] = i + 1
+		} else {
+		    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+		    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+		    uv[p] = i - 1
+		}
+
+		p = p + 1			# push onto stack
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_QSORT -- Vector Quicksort. In this version the index array is
+# sorted.
+
+procedure pt_qsorti (data, a, b, npix)
+
+int	data[ARB]		# data array
+int	a[ARB], b[ARB]		# index array
+int	npix			# number of pixels
+
+int	i, j, lv[LOGPTR], p, uv[LOGPTR], temp
+int	pivot
+
+begin
+	# Initialize the indices for an inplace sort.
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    a[i] = i
+	call amovi (a, b, npix)
+
+	p = 1
+	lv[1] = 1
+	uv[1] = npix
+	while (p > 0) {
+
+	    # If only one elem in subset pop stack otherwise pivot line.
+	    if (lv[p] >= uv[p])
+		p = p - 1
+	    else {
+		i = lv[p] - 1
+		j = uv[p]
+		pivot = data[b[j]]
+
+		while (i < j) {
+		    for (i=i+1;  data[b[i]] < pivot;  i=i+1)
+			;
+		    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+			if (data[b[j]] <= pivot)
+			    break
+		    if (i < j) {		# out of order pair
+			temp = b[j]		# interchange elements
+			b[j] = b[i]
+			b[i] = temp
+		    }
+		}
+
+		j = uv[p]			# move pivot to position i
+		temp = b[j]			# interchange elements
+		b[j] = b[i]
+		b[i] = temp
+
+		if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) {	# stack so shorter done first
+		    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+		    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+		    lv[p] = i + 1
+		} else {
+		    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+		    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+		    uv[p] = i - 1
+		}
+
+		p = p + 1			# push onto stack
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_QSORT -- Vector Quicksort. In this version the index array is
+# sorted.
+
+procedure pt_qsortb (data, a, b, npix)
+
+bool	data[ARB]		# data array
+int	a[ARB], b[ARB]		# index array
+int	npix			# number of pixels
+
+int	i, j, lv[LOGPTR], p, uv[LOGPTR], temp
+bool	pivot
+int	pt_compareb()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize the indices for an inplace sort.
+	do i = 1, npix
+	    a[i] = i
+	call amovi (a, b, npix)
+
+	p = 1
+	lv[1] = 1
+	uv[1] = npix
+	while (p > 0) {
+
+	    # If only one elem in subset pop stack otherwise pivot line.
+	    if (lv[p] >= uv[p])
+		p = p - 1
+	    else {
+		i = lv[p] - 1
+		j = uv[p]
+		pivot = data[b[j]]
+
+		while (i < j) {
+		    #for (i=i+1;  data[b[i]] != pivot;  i=i+1)
+		    for (i=i+1;  pt_compareb (data[b[i]], pivot) < 0;  i=i+1)
+			;
+		    for (j=j-1;  j > i;  j=j-1)
+			#if (data[b[j]] != pivot)
+			if (pt_compareb (data[b[j]], pivot) <= 0)
+			    break
+		    if (i < j) {		# out of order pair
+			temp = b[j]		# interchange elements
+			b[j] = b[i]
+			b[i] = temp
+		    }
+		}
+
+		j = uv[p]			# move pivot to position i
+		temp = b[j]			# interchange elements
+		b[j] = b[i]
+		b[i] = temp
+
+		if (i-lv[p] < uv[p] - i) {	# stack so shorter done first
+		    lv[p+1] = lv[p]
+		    uv[p+1] = i - 1
+		    lv[p] = i + 1
+		} else {
+		    lv[p+1] = i + 1
+		    uv[p+1] = uv[p]
+		    uv[p] = i - 1
+		}
+
+		p = p + 1			# push onto stack
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_COMPAREB -- Compare to booleans for the sort routine.
+
+int procedure pt_compareb (a, b)
+
+bool	a		# first boolean
+bool	b		# second boolean
+
+begin
+	if (! a && b)
+	    return (-1)
+	else if (a && ! b)
+	    return (1)
+	else
+	    return (0)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptrenumb.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptrenumb.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85fee34a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptrenumb.x
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h"
+
+# PT_RENUMBER -- Renumber the input file.
+
+int procedure pt_renumber (tp_in, tp_out, idoffset, id)
+
+int	tp_in		# the input text file descriptor
+int	tp_out		# the output text file descriptor
+int	idoffset	# the id number offset
+char	id[ARB]		# the name of the id column
+
+int	first_rec, nunique, uunique, funique, record
+int	ncontinue, recptr, nchars, field
+pointer	key, line
+int	getline(), strncmp(), pt_kstati()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize keyword structure.
+	call pt_kyinit (key)
+
+	# Initialize the file read.
+	first_rec = YES
+	nunique = 0
+	uunique = 0
+	funique = 0
+	record = 0
+	call malloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initilize the record read.
+	ncontinue = 0
+	recptr = 1
+
+	# Loop over the text file records.
+	repeat  {
+
+	    # Read in a line of the text file.
+	    nchars = getline (tp_in, Memc[line])
+	    if (nchars == EOF)
+		break
+
+	    # Determine the type of record.
+	    if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_POUND) {
+
+	        if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    call pt_kyadd (key, Memc[line], nchars)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_NAME,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    nunique = nunique + 1
+		    call pt_kname (key, Memc[line], nchars, nunique)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_UNITS,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    uunique = uunique + 1
+		    call pt_knunits (key, Memc[line], nchars, uunique)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_FORMAT,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    funique = funique + 1
+		    call pt_knformats (key, Memc[line], nchars, funique)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else {
+		    # skip lines beginning with # sign
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        }
+
+	    } else if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) {
+
+		# skip blank lines
+		call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+
+	    } else {
+
+		# Check that the ID column exists and its datatype is
+		# integer.
+
+		if (first_rec == YES) {
+		    field = pt_kstati (key, id, KY_INDEX)
+		    if (field <= 0)
+			break
+		    if (pt_kstati (key, id, KY_DATATYPE) != TY_INT)
+			break
+		}
+
+		# Replace the ID string.
+		call pt_idreplace (key, field, 1, Memc[line], nchars,
+		    record + idoffset + 1, first_rec, recptr, ncontinue) 
+
+		# Write the output record.
+		call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+
+	        # Do the record book-keeping.
+	        if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) {
+
+		    # Increment the record counter.
+		    record = record + 1
+		    first_rec = NO
+
+		    # Reinitialize the record read.
+		    ncontinue = 0
+		    recptr = 1
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call mfree (line, TY_CHAR)
+	call pt_kyfree (key)
+
+	return (record)
+end
+
+
+# PT_IDREPLACE -- Replace the id with the current record number.
+
+procedure pt_idreplace (key, field, element, line, nchars, record, first_rec,
+	recptr, ncontinue)
+
+pointer	key		# pointer to record structure
+int	field		# field to be fetched
+int	element		# field array element
+char	line[ARB]	# input line
+int	nchars		# length of line array
+int	record		# current record number
+int	first_rec	# first record
+int	recptr		# line per record index
+int	ncontinue	# number of unique lines per record
+
+int	len, i, cip, nper_line, nokeys, nckeys, nkeys
+pointer	sp, str
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (str, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# The number of header columns defined by #K at the beginning of
+	# the file is nokeys.
+	if (recptr == 1)
+	    nokeys = KY_NPKEYS(key)
+
+	# Increment the continuation statement counter or reset to 0.
+	if (line[nchars-2] == '*')
+	    ncontinue = ncontinue + 1
+	else
+	    ncontinue = 0
+
+	# Replace the current id with the record number.
+	cip = 1
+	if (ncontinue < 1) {
+
+	    nper_line = Memi[KY_NPLINE(key)+recptr-1]
+	    nkeys = nokeys + nper_line
+	    call amovki (int(1), Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+nokeys], nper_line)
+
+	    do i = nokeys + 1, nkeys {
+	    	len = Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1]
+		if (i == field) {
+		    call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, "%*s")
+			call pargi (-len)
+			call pargi (record)
+		    call amovc (Memc[str], line[cip], len)
+		}
+		cip = cip + len
+	    }
+
+	    recptr = recptr + 1
+	    nokeys = nkeys
+
+	} else if (ncontinue == 1) {
+
+	    nckeys = nokeys + 1
+	    nkeys = nokeys + Memi[KY_NPLINE(key)+recptr-1]
+
+	    if (first_rec == YES) {
+		Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-1] = KY_NLINES
+	        do i = nckeys, nkeys
+		    call malloc (Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+i-1], KY_NLINES *
+			Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1], TY_CHAR)
+	    }
+
+	    do i = nckeys, nkeys {
+	    	len = Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1]
+		if ((i == field) && (element == 1)) {
+		    call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, "%*s")
+			call pargi (-len)
+			call pargi (record)
+		    call amovc (Memc[str], line[cip], len)
+		}
+		cip = cip + len
+	    }
+
+	    nokeys = nkeys
+	    recptr = recptr + 1
+
+	} else {
+
+	    if (ncontinue > Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2]) {
+		Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2] =
+		    Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2] + KY_NLINES
+		do i = nckeys, nkeys
+		    call realloc (Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+i-1],
+		        Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2] *
+		        Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1], TY_CHAR)
+	    }
+
+	    do i = nckeys, nkeys {
+	    	len = Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1]
+		if ((i == field) && (element == ncontinue)) {
+		    call sprintf (Memc[str], SZ_FNAME, "%*s")
+			call pargi (-len)
+			call pargi (record)
+		    call amovc (Memc[str], line[cip], len)
+		}
+		Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+i-1] = ncontinue
+		cip = cip + len
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptsortnum.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptsortnum.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..463b2f38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptsortnum.x
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+include <ctype.h>
+include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h"
+
+# PT_SORTNUM -- Decode the column used for the sort, compute the file
+# record structure map,  sort on the extracted column, reorder the
+# input file and write the output file.
+
+int procedure pt_sortnum (tp_in, tp_out, column, ascend)
+
+pointer	tp_in				# input Table descriptor
+pointer	tp_out				# output Table descriptor
+char	column[ARB]			# column name for sort
+int	ascend				# forward sort
+
+int	coltype, colwidth, nrecs
+pointer	key, colptr, colindex, recmap
+int	pt_colmap()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize.
+	call pt_kyinit (key)
+	colptr = NULL
+	colindex = NULL
+	recmap = NULL
+
+	# Decode the sort column and map the record structure.
+	nrecs = pt_colmap (key, tp_in, tp_out, column, colptr, colindex,
+	    coltype, colwidth, recmap)  
+
+	# Sort the column and write the output file.
+	if (nrecs > 0) {
+	    call pt_colsort (colptr, Memi[colindex], nrecs, coltype)
+	    if (ascend == NO)
+		call pt_flipi (Memi[colindex], nrecs)
+	    call pt_reorder (tp_in, tp_out, Memi[recmap], Memi[colindex], nrecs)
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	if (colptr != NULL)
+	    call mfree (colptr, coltype)
+	if (colindex != NULL)
+	    call mfree (colindex, TY_INT)
+	if (recmap != NULL)
+	    call mfree (recmap, TY_INT)
+	call pt_kyfree (key)
+
+	return (nrecs)
+end
+
+
+define	BUFSIZE		1000
+
+# PT_COLMAP -- Decode the column to be sorted and compute the record
+# structure of the file.
+
+int procedure pt_colmap (key, tp_in, tp_out, column, colptr, colindex, coltype,
+	bufwidth, recmap)  
+
+pointer	key		# pointer to the database structure
+int	tp_in		# the input text file descriptor
+int	tp_out		# the output text file descriptor
+char	column[ARB]	# column to be sorted
+pointer	colptr		# pointer to extracted column array
+pointer	colindex	# pointer to index array for extracted column
+int	coltype		# data type of the column to be sorted
+int	bufwidth	# column width if chars
+pointer	recmap		# pointer to the record structure map
+
+int	first_rec, nunique, uunique, funique, record
+int	ncontinue, recptr, nchars, szbuf, colwidth, field, element
+long	loffset, roffset
+pointer	sp, line, name, value
+int	getline(), strncmp(), pt_kstati()
+long	note()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (name, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (value, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize the file read.
+	first_rec = YES
+	nunique = 0
+	uunique = 0
+	funique = 0
+	record = 0
+	szbuf = 0
+
+	# Initilize the record read.
+	ncontinue = 0
+	recptr = 1
+
+	# Loop over the text file records.
+	repeat  {
+
+	    # Read in a line of the text file.
+	    loffset = note (tp_in) 
+	    nchars = getline (tp_in, Memc[line])
+	    if (nchars == EOF)
+		break
+
+	    # Determine the type of record.
+	    if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_POUND) {
+
+	        if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    call pt_kyadd (key, Memc[line], nchars)
+		    if (first_rec == YES)
+		        call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_NAME,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    nunique = nunique + 1
+		    call pt_kname (key, Memc[line], nchars, nunique)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_UNITS,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    uunique = uunique + 1
+		    call pt_knunits (key, Memc[line], nchars, uunique)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_FORMAT,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    funique = funique + 1
+		    call pt_knformats (key, Memc[line], nchars, funique)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else {
+		    # skip lines beginning with # sign
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        }
+
+	    } else if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) {
+		# skip blank lines
+		call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+
+	    } else {
+
+		# Get the variable index.
+		if (first_rec == YES) {
+		    call pt_kid (column, Memc[name], element)
+		    field = pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_INDEX)
+		    if (field <= 0)
+			break
+		}
+
+		# Save the offset of the beginning of the current record.
+		if (recptr == 1)
+		    roffset = loffset
+
+		# Construct the data record.
+		call pt_kgfield (key, field, element, Memc[line], nchars,
+		    Memc[value], first_rec, recptr, ncontinue) 
+
+	        # Decode the selected fields.
+	        if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) {
+
+		    # Select the appropriate column, get its datatype and
+		    # allocate the appropriate space.
+
+		    if (first_rec == YES) {
+			element = pt_kstati (key, column, KY_ELEMENT)
+			if (IS_INDEFI(element))
+			    break
+			coltype = pt_kstati (key, column, KY_DATATYPE)
+			if (IS_INDEFI(coltype))
+			    break
+			colwidth = pt_kstati (key, column, KY_LENGTH)
+			if (coltype == TY_CHAR)
+			    bufwidth = colwidth + 1
+			else
+			    bufwidth = 1
+		    }
+
+		    # Reallocate buffer space if necessary.
+		    if (record  >= szbuf) {
+			szbuf = szbuf + BUFSIZE
+			if (coltype == TY_CHAR)
+			    call realloc (colptr, szbuf * bufwidth, TY_CHAR)
+			else
+			    call realloc (colptr, szbuf, coltype)
+			call realloc (colindex, szbuf, TY_INT)
+			call realloc (recmap, szbuf, TY_INT)
+		    }
+
+		    # Decode the selected column.
+		    record = record + 1
+		    Memi[colindex+record-1] = 1 + (record - 1) * bufwidth
+		    Memi[recmap+record-1] = roffset
+		    call pt_gsrt (Memc[value], colptr, coltype, bufwidth,
+		        record)
+		    first_rec = NO
+
+		    # Reinitialize the record read.
+		    ncontinue = 0
+		    recptr = 1
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call sfree (sp)
+	return (record)
+end
+
+
+# PT_KGFIELD -- Fetch a single fields from the input file.
+
+procedure pt_kgfield (key, field, element, line, nchars, value, first_rec,
+	recptr, ncontinue)
+
+pointer	key		# pointer to record structure
+int	field		# field to be fetched
+int	element		# field array element
+char	line[ARB]	# input line
+int	nchars		# length of line array
+char	value[ARB]	# the field value
+int	first_rec	# first record
+int	recptr		# line per record index
+int	ncontinue	# number of unique lines per record
+
+int	len, i, cip, nper_line, nokeys, nckeys, nkeys
+
+begin
+	# Fetch the value if it is a #K parameter as this will already
+	# be sorted in the key structure.
+
+	if ((recptr == 1) && (field <= KY_NPKEYS(key))) {
+	    len = Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+field-1]
+	    call amovc (Memc[Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+field-1]], value, len)
+	    value[len+1] = EOS
+	}
+
+	# The number of header columns defined by #K at the beginning of
+	# the file is nokeys.
+	if (recptr == 1)
+	    nokeys = KY_NPKEYS(key)
+
+	# Increment the continuation statement counter or reset to 0.
+	if (line[nchars-2] == '*')
+	    ncontinue = ncontinue + 1
+	else
+	    ncontinue = 0
+
+	# Fill in the record.
+	cip = 1
+	if (ncontinue < 1) {
+
+	    nper_line = Memi[KY_NPLINE(key)+recptr-1]
+	    nkeys = nokeys + nper_line
+	    call amovki (int(1), Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+nokeys], nper_line)
+
+	    do i = nokeys + 1, nkeys {
+	    	len = Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1]
+		if (i == field) {
+		    call amovc (line[cip], value, len)
+	    	    value[len+1] = EOS
+		}
+		cip = cip + len
+	    }
+
+	    recptr = recptr + 1
+	    nokeys = nkeys
+
+	} else if (ncontinue == 1) {
+
+	    nckeys = nokeys + 1
+	    nkeys = nokeys + Memi[KY_NPLINE(key)+recptr-1]
+
+	    if (first_rec == YES) {
+		Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-1] = KY_NLINES
+	        do i = nckeys, nkeys
+		    call malloc (Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+i-1], KY_NLINES *
+			Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1], TY_CHAR)
+	    }
+
+	    do i = nckeys, nkeys {
+	    	len = Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1]
+		if ((i == field) && (element == 1)) {
+		    call amovc (line[cip], value, len)
+	    	    value[len+1] = EOS
+		}
+		cip = cip + len
+	    }
+
+	    nokeys = nkeys
+	    recptr = recptr + 1
+
+	} else {
+
+	    if (ncontinue > Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2]) {
+		Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2] = 
+		    Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2] + KY_NLINES
+		do i = nckeys, nokeys
+		    call realloc (Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+i-1],
+		        Memi[KY_NCONTINUE(key)+recptr-2] *
+		        Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1], TY_CHAR)
+	    }
+
+	    do i = nckeys, nkeys {
+	    	len = Memi[KY_KINDICES(key)+i-1]
+		if ((i == field) && (element == ncontinue)) {
+		    call amovc (line[cip], value, len)
+	    	    value[len+1] = EOS
+		}
+		Memi[KY_NELEMS(key)+i-1] = ncontinue
+		cip = cip + len
+	    }
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_COLSORT -- Sort the column.
+
+procedure pt_colsort (colptr, colindex, nrecs, coltype)
+
+pointer	colptr			# array of column pointers
+int	colindex[ARB]		# column indices
+int	nrecs			# number of records
+int	coltype			# column type
+
+begin
+	# Sort the column.
+	switch (coltype) {
+	case TY_INT:
+	    call pt_qsorti (Memi[colptr], colindex, colindex, nrecs)
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    call pt_qsortr (Memr[colptr], colindex, colindex, nrecs)
+	case TY_CHAR:
+	    call strsrt (colindex, Memc[colptr], nrecs)
+	case TY_BOOL:
+	    call pt_qsortb (Memb[colptr], colindex, colindex, nrecs)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_REORDER -- Reorder the input file and write it to the output file.
+
+procedure pt_reorder (tp_in, tp_out, recmap, colindex, nrecs)
+
+int	tp_in		# input table file descriptor
+int	tp_out		# output file descriptor
+int	recmap[ARB]	# record strucuture map
+int	colindex[ARB]	# column index
+int	nrecs		# number of records
+
+int	i
+long	lptr
+pointer	sp, line
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	do i = 1, nrecs {
+	    lptr = recmap[colindex[i]]
+	    call seek (tp_in, lptr)
+	    call pt_rwrecord (tp_in, tp_out, Memc[line])
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_GSRT  -- Decode the column to be sorted.
+
+procedure pt_gsrt (value,  colptr, coltype, colwidth, record)
+
+char	value[ARB]	# value to be decoded
+pointer	colptr		# pointer to the decode column
+int	coltype		# the data type of the sort column
+int	colwidth	# width of the column
+int	record		# the current record number
+
+int	ip
+int	ctoi(), ctor(), ctowrd()
+
+begin
+	# Decode the output value.
+	ip = 1
+	switch (coltype) {
+	case TY_INT: 
+	    if (ctoi (value, ip, Memi[colptr+record-1]) <= 0)
+		Memi[colptr+record-1] = INDEFI
+	case TY_REAL:
+	    if (ctor (value, ip, Memr[colptr+record-1]) <= 0)
+		Memr[colptr+record-1] = INDEFR
+	case TY_BOOL:
+	    while (IS_WHITE(value[ip]))
+		ip = ip + 1
+	    switch (value[ip]) {
+	    case 'Y', 'y':
+		Memb[colptr+record-1] = true
+	    case 'N', 'n':
+		Memb[colptr+record-1] = false
+	    default:
+		Memb[colptr+record-1] = false
+	    }
+	case TY_CHAR:
+	    if (ctowrd (value, ip, Memc[colptr+(record-1)*colwidth],
+		colwidth) <= 0)
+		Memc[colptr+(record-1)*colwidth] = EOS
+	default:
+	    ;
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_FLIPI -- Filp an integer array in place.
+
+procedure pt_flipi (a, npix)
+
+int	a[ARB]		# array to be flipped
+int	npix		# number of pixels
+
+int	i, nhalf, ntotal, itemp
+
+begin
+	nhalf = npix / 2
+	ntotal = npix + 1
+	do i = 1, nhalf {
+	    itemp = a[i]
+	    a[i] = a[ntotal-i]
+	    a[ntotal-i] = itemp
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_RWRECORD -- Read a text record and write it out to the output file.
+
+procedure pt_rwrecord (tp_in, tp_out, line)
+
+int	tp_in		# input file descriptor
+int	tp_out		# output file descriptor
+char	line[ARB]	# line buffer
+
+int	nchars
+int	getline()
+
+begin
+	nchars = getline (tp_in, line)
+	while (nchars != EOF) {
+	    call putline (tp_out, line)
+	    if (line[nchars-1] != KY_CHAR_CONT)
+		break
+	    nchars = getline (tp_in, line)
+	}
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxcalc.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxcalc.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e3d07ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxcalc.x
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+include <ctype.h>
+include <error.h>
+include <evexpr.h>
+include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h"
+
+define	LEN_LONGLINE	10
+
+# PT_XCALC -- Edit a field in a record using a value expression and a
+# a selection expression.
+
+int procedure pt_xcalc (tp_in, tp_out, field, value, expr)
+
+int	tp_in		# the input text file descriptor
+int	tp_out		# the output text file descriptor
+char	field[ARB]	# field to be edited
+char	value[ARB]	# the new value expression
+char	expr[ARB]	# the expression to be evaluated
+
+bool	oexpr
+int	first_rec, nunique, uunique, funique, fieldno, fieldtype, fieldlen
+int	elem, record, editall, ncontinue, recptr, nchars, buflen, lenrecord
+int	offset, fieldptr
+pointer	key, lline, o, v, sp, line, name, newvalue, fmtstr
+
+bool	streq()
+extern	pt_getop()
+int	getline(), strncmp(), pt_kstati(), pt_fmkrec()
+pointer	evexpr(), locpr()
+errchk	evexpr(), locpr(), pt_getop()
+
+begin
+	# Get some working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (name, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (newvalue, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fmtstr, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initialize keyword structure.
+	call pt_kyinit (key)
+
+	# Initialize the file read.
+	first_rec = YES
+	nunique = 0
+	uunique = 0
+	funique = 0
+	record = 0
+
+	# Initialize the buffers.
+	buflen = LEN_LONGLINE * SZ_LINE
+	call malloc (lline, buflen, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initilize the record read.
+	ncontinue = 0
+	recptr = 1
+	fieldptr = 0
+
+	# Initialize the expression decoding.
+	o = NULL
+	if (streq (expr, "yes") || streq (expr, "YES"))
+	    editall = YES
+	else
+	    editall = NO
+	v = NULL
+
+	# Loop over the text file records.
+	repeat  {
+
+	    # Read in a line of the text file.
+	    nchars = getline (tp_in, Memc[line])
+	    if (nchars == EOF)
+		break
+
+	    # Determine the type of record.
+	    if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_POUND) {
+
+	        if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    call pt_kyadd (key, Memc[line], nchars)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_NAME,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    nunique = nunique + 1
+		    call pt_kname (key, Memc[line], nchars, nunique)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_UNITS,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    uunique = uunique + 1
+		    call pt_knunits (key, Memc[line], nchars, uunique)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_FORMAT,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    funique = funique + 1
+		    call pt_knformats (key, Memc[line], nchars, funique)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else {
+		    # skip lines beginning with # sign
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        }
+
+	    } else if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) {
+		# skip blank lines
+		call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+
+	    } else {
+
+		# Set the record size and set the column to be altered.
+		if (recptr == 1) {
+		    lenrecord = nchars
+		    if (first_rec == YES) {
+			call pt_kid (field, Memc[name], elem)
+			fieldno = pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_INDEX)
+		        if (fieldno <= 0) {
+			    call eprintf (
+				"Cannot find field %s in input file\n")
+			        call pargstr (Memc[name])
+		            break
+		        }
+		        fieldtype = pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_DATATYPE)
+			if (fieldtype != TY_INT && fieldtype != TY_REAL) {
+			    call eprintf ("Field %s is not numeric\n")
+			        call pargstr (Memc[name])
+		            break
+			}
+		        fieldlen = pt_kstati (key, Memc[name], KY_LENGTH)
+		        call pt_kstats (key, Memc[name], KY_FMTSTR,
+			    Memc[fmtstr], SZ_FNAME)
+		    }
+		} else
+		    lenrecord = lenrecord + nchars
+
+		# Build the record.
+		offset = pt_fmkrec (key, fieldno, elem, Memc[line],
+		    nchars, first_rec, recptr, ncontinue)
+		if (offset > 0)
+		    fieldptr = lenrecord - nchars + offset
+
+		# Reallocate the temporary record space if necessary.
+		if (lenrecord > buflen) {
+		    buflen = buflen + SZ_LINE
+		    call realloc (lline, buflen, TY_CHAR)
+		}
+
+		# Store the record.
+		call amovc (Memc[line], Memc[lline+lenrecord-nchars], nchars)
+		Memc[lline+lenrecord] = EOS
+
+	        # Do the record bookkeeping.
+	        if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) {
+
+		    # Evaluate the value and selection expression.
+		    iferr {
+
+			if (editall == NO) {
+			    call pt_apset (key)
+			    o = evexpr (expr, locpr (pt_getop), 0)
+		            if (O_TYPE(o) != TY_BOOL)
+				call error (0,
+				    "Selection expression must be a boolean")
+			    oexpr = O_VALB(o)
+			} else
+			    oexpr = true
+
+		        if (oexpr) {
+			    call pt_apset (key)
+			    v = evexpr (value, locpr (pt_getop), 0)
+			    switch (fieldtype) {
+			    case TY_BOOL:
+				if (O_TYPE(v) != TY_BOOL) {
+				    call error (0,
+				        "Value must be a boolean expression")
+				} else if (fieldptr > 0) {
+				    call sprintf (Memc[newvalue], fieldlen,
+					Memc[fmtstr])
+					call pargb (O_VALB(v))
+				    call amovc (Memc[newvalue],
+				        Memc[lline+fieldptr-1], fieldlen)
+				}
+			    case TY_INT:
+				if (O_TYPE(v) != TY_INT) {
+				    call error (0,
+				        "Value must be an integer expression")
+				} else if (fieldptr > 0) {
+				    call sprintf (Memc[newvalue], fieldlen,
+					Memc[fmtstr])
+					call pargi (O_VALI(v))
+				    call amovc (Memc[newvalue],
+				        Memc[lline+fieldptr-1], fieldlen)
+				}
+			    case TY_REAL:
+				if (O_TYPE(v) != TY_REAL) {
+				    call error (0,
+				        "Value must be a real expression")
+				} else if (fieldptr > 0) {
+				    call sprintf (Memc[newvalue], fieldlen,
+					Memc[fmtstr])
+					call pargr (O_VALR(v))
+				    call amovc (Memc[newvalue],
+				        Memc[lline+fieldptr-1], fieldlen)
+				}
+			    case TY_CHAR:
+				if (O_TYPE(v) != TY_CHAR) {
+				    call error (0,
+				        "Value must be a string expression")
+				} else if (fieldptr > 0) {
+				    call sprintf (Memc[newvalue], fieldlen,
+					Memc[fmtstr])
+					call pargstr (O_VALC(v))
+				    call amovc (Memc[newvalue],
+				        Memc[lline+fieldptr-1], fieldlen)
+				}
+			    default:
+				call error (0,
+				    "Value expression is undefined")
+			    }
+		        }
+
+		    } then {
+			call erract (EA_WARN)
+			call error (0,
+			    "Error evaluating the value expression")
+		    }
+
+		    # Write out the record.
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[lline])
+
+		    # Increment the record counter.
+		    record = record + 1
+		    first_rec = NO
+
+		    # Reinitialize the record read.
+		    ncontinue = 0
+		    recptr = 1
+		    fieldptr = 0
+		    if (o != NULL) {
+			call xev_freeop (o)
+		        call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT)
+		    }
+		    o = NULL
+		    if (v != NULL) {
+			call xev_freeop (v)
+		        call mfree (v, TY_STRUCT)
+		    }
+		    v = NULL
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call mfree (lline, TY_CHAR)
+	call sfree (sp)
+	call pt_kyfree (key)
+
+	return (record)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxdump.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxdump.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d98f1e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxdump.x
@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
+include <fset.h>
+include <error.h>
+include <evexpr.h>
+include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h"
+
+# PT_XDUMP -- Procedure to select records from a text file in apphot/daophot
+# format. This procedure reads through an apphot/daophot output file line by
+# line. The lines preceded by #K define the task parameters. These are
+# fields which do not often change during the execution of an apphot/daophot
+# task. The lines beginning with #N describe the fields in the output
+# record which change for each star. The lines beginning with #U describe
+# the units of each field, while those beginning with #F describe the format
+# of each field. Blank lines and lines beginning with # are ignored.
+
+procedure pt_xdump (fd, fields, expr, headers, parameters)
+
+int	fd		# text file descriptor
+char	fields[ARB]	# fields to be output
+char	expr[ARB]	# boolean expression to be evaluated
+int	headers		# format the output file ?
+int	parameters	# dump the parameters ?
+
+bool	oexpr
+int	nchars, nunique, uunique, funique, ncontinue, first_rec, recptr
+int	nselect, szbuf, nmove, printall
+pointer	sp, line, key, outline, o
+
+bool	streq()
+extern	pt_getop()
+int	fstati(), getline(), strncmp(), pt_kszselbuf, pt_fmt(), pt_ffmt()
+pointer	pt_choose(), evexpr(), locpr()
+errchk	evexpr (), pt_getop()
+
+begin
+	# If the output has been redirected do not flush on a newline.
+	if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Allocate temporary space and space for the keyword structure.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call pt_kyinit (key)
+
+	# Initialize counters.
+	nunique = 0
+	uunique = 0
+	funique = 0
+
+	# Setup the record counters. First_rec is set to NO after the first
+	# record is read. A record usually consists of several lines of text.
+	# A '\' in column 80 indicats that the current line is a part of
+	# the previous record. If there is a blank in column 80 the current
+	# line terminates the current record. In some cases the fields of a
+	# record may have more than one value, for example the magnitude field.
+	# These lines are marked by a '*\' in columns 79 and 80 respectively.
+
+	# The variable first_rec is set to NO after the first record is read.
+	# The variable recptr maintains a counter of the number of unique
+	# lines there are in a given record while ncontinue maintains a count
+	# of the number of times a given portion of the record is repeated.
+
+	# Initialize the record reading.
+	outline = NULL
+	first_rec = YES
+	recptr = 1
+	ncontinue = 0
+
+	# Initialize the expression decoding.
+	o = NULL
+	if (streq (expr, "yes")) {
+	    oexpr = true
+	    printall = YES
+	} else {
+	    oexpr = false
+	    printall = NO
+	}
+
+	# Loop over the text file records.
+	nchars = getline (fd, Memc[line])
+	while (nchars != EOF) {
+
+	    # Determine the type of record. Add keywords to the database.
+	    if (Memc[line] ==  KY_CHAR_POUND) {
+
+	        if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    call pt_kyadd (key, Memc[line], nchars)
+		    if (headers == YES && parameters == YES)
+		        call putline (STDOUT, Memc[line])
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_NAME,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    nunique = nunique + 1
+		    call pt_kname (key, Memc[line], nchars, nunique)
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_UNITS,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    uunique = uunique + 1
+		    call pt_knunits (key, Memc[line], nchars, uunique)
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_FORMAT,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    funique = funique + 1
+		    call pt_knformats (key, Memc[line], nchars, funique)
+	        } else if (headers == YES && parameters == YES) {
+		    if (nunique == 0 || nunique != uunique || nunique !=
+			    funique)
+		    call putline (STDOUT, Memc[line])
+	        }
+
+	    } else if (Memc[line] ==  KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) {
+		# Skip lines beginning with a newline
+
+	    } else {
+
+		# Construct the record. This routine is called repeatedly
+		# until a record without the continuation character is
+		# encountered.
+
+		call pt_mkrec (key, Memc[line], nchars, first_rec, recptr,
+		    ncontinue) 
+
+	        # Construct the output record when there is no terminating
+		# continuation char.
+	        if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) {
+
+		    # Select the appropriate records and compute the size of
+		    # the output buffer. This routine only needs to be called
+		    # once.
+
+		    if (outline == NULL) {
+		        nselect = pt_choose (key, fields)
+			if (nselect <= 0)
+			    break
+			szbuf = pt_kszselbuf (key)
+			call malloc (outline, szbuf, TY_CHAR)
+		    } else
+			Memc[outline] = EOS
+
+		    # Evaluate the expression.
+		    iferr {
+			if (printall == NO) {
+		    	    call pt_apset (key)
+		            o = evexpr (expr, locpr (pt_getop), 0)
+		            if (O_TYPE(o) != TY_BOOL)
+			        call error (0, "Expression must be a boolean")
+			    oexpr = O_VALB(o)
+			} 
+		    } then {
+			call erract (EA_WARN)
+			call error (0, "Error evaluating selection expression")
+		    }
+
+		    if (first_rec == YES && headers == YES) {
+			call pt_fnstr (key, Memc[outline], szbuf)
+		        call putline (STDOUT, Memc[outline])
+			call pt_fustr (key, Memc[outline], szbuf)
+		        call putline (STDOUT, Memc[outline])
+			call pt_ffstr (key, Memc[outline], szbuf)
+		        call putline (STDOUT, Memc[outline])
+			call putline (STDOUT, "#\n")
+		    }
+
+		    # Construct the output record.
+		    if (oexpr) {
+		        if (headers == YES)
+		            nmove = pt_fmt (key, Memc[outline], szbuf)
+		        else
+		            nmove = pt_ffmt (key, Memc[outline], szbuf)
+			if (nmove > 0)
+		            call putline (STDOUT, Memc[outline])
+		    }
+
+		    # Get ready for next record.
+		    first_rec = NO
+		    recptr = 1
+		    ncontinue = 0
+		    if (o != NULL) {
+			call xev_freeop (o)
+		        call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT)
+		    }
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	    # Read the next line.
+	    nchars = getline (fd, Memc[line])
+	}
+
+	# Free space.
+	call pt_kyfree (key)
+	if (outline != NULL)
+	    call mfree (outline, TY_CHAR)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_FMT -- Procedure to format an apphot/daophot output record.
+
+int procedure pt_fmt (key, line, szbuf)
+
+pointer	key		# pointer to keys strucuture
+char	line[ARB]	# output line
+int	szbuf		# maximum buffer size
+
+char	blank
+int	i, op, kip, nk, index, elem, maxch
+data	blank /' '/
+
+begin
+	# Add leading three blanks.
+	call strcpy ("   ", line[1], 3)
+
+	# Move records.
+	op = 4
+	do i = 1, KY_NSELECT(key) {
+
+	    # Find the key.
+	    index = Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+i-1]
+	    elem = Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+i-1]
+	    maxch = Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+i-1] 
+	    kip = Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+index-1] + (elem - 1) * maxch
+
+	    # Trim leading whitespace.
+	    for (nk = 0; Memc[kip] == ' ' && nk < maxch; nk = nk + 1)
+		kip = kip + 1
+
+	    # Check the buffer size.
+	    if ((op + maxch) >= szbuf)
+	        break
+
+	    # Copy value to output buffer.
+	    call amovc (Memc[kip], line[op], maxch - nk)
+	    op = op + maxch - nk
+	    call amovkc (blank, line[op], nk)
+	    op = op + nk
+	}
+
+	line[op] = '\n'
+	line[op+1] = EOS
+	return (op)
+end
+
+
+# PT_FFMT -- Procedure to free format an apphot output record.
+
+int procedure pt_ffmt (key, line, szbuf)
+
+pointer	key		# pointer to keys strucuture
+char	line[ARB]	# output line
+int	szbuf		# size of the output buffer
+
+int	i, op, kip, nk, index, elem, maxch
+
+begin
+	op = 1
+	do i = 1, KY_NSELECT(key) {
+
+	    # Find the key.
+	    index = Memi[KY_SELECT(key)+i-1]
+	    elem = Memi[KY_ELEM_SELECT(key)+i-1]
+	    maxch = Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+i-1] 
+	    kip = Memi[KY_PTRS(key)+index-1] + (elem - 1) * maxch
+
+	    # Trim leading whitespace.
+	    for (nk = 0; Memc[kip] == ' ' && nk < maxch; nk = nk + 1)
+		kip = kip + 1
+
+	    # Trim trailing whitesapce.
+	    for (nk = 0; Memc[kip+nk] != ' ' && nk < maxch; nk = nk + 1)
+		;
+
+	    # Check buffer space.
+	    if ((op + nk + 2) >= szbuf)
+		break
+
+	    # Copy value to output buffer.
+	    call amovc (Memc[kip], line[op], nk)
+	    op = op + nk
+	    line[op] = ' '
+	    op = op + 1
+	    line[op] = ' '
+	    op = op + 1
+	}
+
+	if (op > 1) {
+	    line[op-2] = '\n'
+	    line[op-1] = EOS
+	    return (op - 2)
+	} else {
+	    line[1] = EOS
+	    return (0)
+	}
+end
+
+
+# PT_FNSTR -- Format an apphot/daophot selected name string.
+
+procedure pt_fnstr (key, line,  maxline)
+
+pointer	key		# pointer to keys strucuture
+char	line[ARB]	# output line
+int	maxline		# add new line every max lines
+
+int	op, nchars
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	# Add leading three characters.
+	call strcpy (KY_CHAR_NAME, line[1], KY_LEN_STR)
+
+	# Copy the selected name string.
+	op = KY_LEN_STR + 1
+	nchars = gstrcpy (Memc[KY_NAME_SELECT(key)], line[op], maxline -
+	    KY_LEN_STR)
+
+	# Add the newline and EOS character.
+	op = op + nchars
+	line[op] = '\n'
+	line[op+1] = EOS
+end
+
+
+# PT_FUSTR -- Format an apphot/daophot selected units string.
+
+procedure pt_fustr (key, line,  maxline)
+
+pointer	key		# pointer to keys strucuture
+char	line[ARB]	# output line
+int	maxline		# add new line every max lines
+
+int	op, nchars
+int	gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	# Add leading three blanks.
+	op = 1
+	call strcpy (KY_CHAR_UNITS, line[op], KY_LEN_STR)
+
+	# Copy the selected name string.
+	op = KY_LEN_STR + 1
+	nchars = gstrcpy (Memc[KY_UNIT_SELECT(key)], line[op], maxline -
+	    KY_LEN_STR)
+
+	# Add the newline and EOS character.
+	op = op + nchars
+	line[op] = '\n'
+	line[op+1] = EOS
+end
+
+
+# PT_FFSTR -- Format an apphot selected format string.
+
+procedure pt_ffstr (key, line,  maxline)
+
+pointer	key		# pointer to keys strucuture
+char	line[ARB]	# output line
+int	maxline		# add new line every max lines
+
+char	ctype
+int	fwidth, prec, type, op, nchars
+pointer	sp, format 
+int	pt_kyfstr(), gstrcpy()
+
+begin
+	fwidth = Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)]
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (format, fwidth, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Adjust the format of the first field to correct for the three
+	# blanks.
+	call strcpy (Memc[KY_FMT_SELECT(key)], Memc[format], fwidth)
+	if (pt_kyfstr (Memc[format], fwidth, prec, type, ctype) != ERR) {
+	    if (type == TY_REAL) {
+		Memc[format] = '%'
+	        call sprintf (Memc[format+1], fwidth - 1, "%d.%d%c%*t") 
+		    call pargi (-(fwidth+KY_LEN_STR))
+		    call pargi (prec)
+		    call pargc (ctype)
+		    call pargi (fwidth)
+	    } else {
+		Memc[format] = '%'
+	        call sprintf (Memc[format+1], fwidth - 1, "%d%c%*t") 
+		    call pargi (-(fwidth+KY_LEN_STR))
+		    call pargc (ctype)
+		    call pargi (fwidth)
+	    }
+	    call amovc (Memc[format], Memc[KY_FMT_SELECT(key)], fwidth)
+	}
+
+	# Add leading three blanks.
+	op = 1
+	call strcpy (KY_CHAR_FORMAT, line[op], KY_LEN_STR)
+
+	# Copy the selected name string.
+	op = KY_LEN_STR + 1
+	nchars = gstrcpy (Memc[KY_FMT_SELECT(key)], line[op], maxline -
+	    KY_LEN_STR)
+
+	# Add the newline and EOS character.
+	op = op + nchars
+	line[op] = '\n'
+	line[op+1] = EOS
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
+
+
+# PT_KSZSELBUF -- Compute the buffer size required to hold the output selected
+# line.
+
+int procedure pt_kszselbuf (key)
+
+pointer	key			# pointer to the keyword structure
+
+int	i, szbuf
+
+begin
+	szbuf = 0
+
+	do i = 1, KY_NSELECT(key)
+	    szbuf = szbuf + Memi[KY_LEN_SELECT(key)+i-1] + 2
+	szbuf = szbuf + 4
+
+	return (szbuf)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxselect.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxselect.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..77990909
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/ptxselect.x
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+include <ctype.h>
+include <error.h>
+include <evexpr.h>
+include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h"
+
+define	LEN_LONGLINE	10
+
+# PT_XSELECT -- Select records based on evaluating a logical expression.
+
+int procedure pt_xselect (tp_in, tp_out, expr)
+
+int	tp_in		# the input text file descriptor
+int	tp_out		# the output text file descriptor
+char	expr[ARB]	# the expression to be evaluated
+
+bool	oexpr
+int	first_rec, nunique, uunique, funique, record, printall
+int	ncontinue, recptr, nchars, buflen, lenrecord
+pointer	key, line, lline, o
+
+bool	streq()
+extern	pt_getop()
+int	getline(), strncmp()
+pointer	evexpr(), locpr()
+errchk	evexpr(), pt_getop()
+
+begin
+	# Initialize keyword structure.
+	call pt_kyinit (key)
+
+	# Initialize the file read.
+	first_rec = YES
+	nunique = 0
+	uunique = 0
+	funique = 0
+	record = 0
+
+	# Initialize the buffers.
+	buflen = LEN_LONGLINE * SZ_LINE
+	call malloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call malloc (lline, buflen, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Initilize the record read.
+	ncontinue = 0
+	recptr = 1
+
+	# Initialize the expression decoding.
+	o = NULL
+	if (streq (expr, "yes")) {
+	    oexpr = true
+	    printall = YES
+	} else {
+	    oexpr = false
+	    printall = NO
+	}
+
+	# Loop over the text file records.
+	repeat  {
+
+	    # Read in a line of the text file.
+	    nchars = getline (tp_in, Memc[line])
+	    if (nchars == EOF)
+		break
+
+	    # Determine the type of record.
+	    if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_POUND) {
+
+	        if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    call pt_kyadd (key, Memc[line], nchars)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_NAME,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    nunique = nunique + 1
+		    call pt_kname (key, Memc[line], nchars, nunique)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_UNITS,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    uunique = uunique + 1
+		    call pt_knunits (key, Memc[line], nchars, uunique)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_FORMAT,
+		    KY_LEN_STR) == 0) {
+		    funique = funique + 1
+		    call pt_knformats (key, Memc[line], nchars, funique)
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        } else {
+		    # skip lines beginning with # sign
+		    call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+	        }
+
+	    } else if (Memc[line] == KY_CHAR_NEWLINE) {
+		# skip blank lines
+		call putline (tp_out, Memc[line])
+
+	    } else {
+
+		# Reset the record size.
+		if (recptr == 1)
+		    lenrecord = nchars
+		else
+		    lenrecord = lenrecord + nchars
+
+		# Build the record.
+		call pt_mkrec (key, Memc[line], nchars, first_rec, recptr,
+		    ncontinue) 
+
+		# Reallocate the temporary record space.
+		if (lenrecord > buflen) {
+		    buflen = buflen + SZ_LINE
+		    call realloc (lline, buflen, TY_CHAR)
+		}
+
+		# Store the record.
+		call amovc (Memc[line], Memc[lline+lenrecord-nchars], nchars)
+		Memc[lline+lenrecord] = EOS
+
+	        # Do the record bookkeeping.
+	        if (Memc[line+nchars-2] != KY_CHAR_CONT) {
+
+		    # Evaluate the expression.
+		    iferr {
+			if (printall == NO) {
+			    call pt_apset (key)
+			    o = evexpr (expr, locpr (pt_getop), 0)
+		            if (O_TYPE(o) != TY_BOOL)
+				call error (0, "Expression must be a boolean")
+			    oexpr = O_VALB(o)
+			}
+		    } then {
+			call erract (EA_WARN)
+			call error (0, "Error evaluating selection expression")
+		    }
+
+		    # Write out the expression.
+		    if (oexpr)
+			call putline (tp_out, Memc[lline])
+
+		    # Increment the record counter.
+		    record = record + 1
+		    first_rec = NO
+
+		    # Reinitialize the record read.
+		    ncontinue = 0
+		    recptr = 1
+		    if (o != NULL) {
+			call xev_freeop (o)
+		        call mfree (o, TY_STRUCT)
+		    }
+	        }
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	# Cleanup.
+	call mfree (line, TY_CHAR)
+	call mfree (lline, TY_CHAR)
+	call pt_kyfree (key)
+
+	return (record)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txcalc.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txcalc.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2c7c39db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txcalc.x
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+include	<fset.h>
+
+# T_TXCALC -- Edit a field in an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text data base using a
+# value expression.
+
+procedure t_txcalc ()
+
+pointer	infile		# the input file list
+pointer	outfile		# the output file list
+pointer	field		# pointer to the field to be edited
+pointer	value		# pointer to the value expression string
+
+int	inlist, tp_in, tp_out, nrecs
+pointer	sp
+int	clpopnu(), access(), open(), fstati(), clgfil(), pt_xcalc()
+
+begin
+	# Set the standard output to flush on newline.
+	if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (field, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (value, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the various task parameters.
+	inlist = clpopnu ("textfiles")
+	#outlist = clpopnu ("outfiles")
+	call clgstr ("field", Memc[field], SZ_FNAME)
+	call strupr (Memc[field])
+	call clgstr ("value", Memc[value], SZ_LINE)
+
+	while (clgfil (inlist, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open the input file.
+	    if (access (Memc[infile], 0, TEXT_FILE) == YES)
+	        tp_in = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    else
+	        call error (0, "The input file is a binary file.")
+
+	    # Open an output text file.
+	    call mktemp ("temp", Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME)
+	    tp_out = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Select the stars.
+	    nrecs = pt_xcalc (tp_in, tp_out, Memc[field], Memc[value], "yes")
+
+	    # Close up the input and output files.
+	    call close (tp_in)
+	    call close (tp_out)
+
+	    if (nrecs <= 0) {
+		call delete (Memc[outfile])
+	    } else {
+		call delete (Memc[infile])
+		call rename (Memc[outfile], Memc[infile])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call clpcls (inlist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end	
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txconcat.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txconcat.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cae8354b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txconcat.x
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+include	<fset.h>
+include <error.h>
+include "../../lib/ptkeysdef.h"
+
+# T_TXCONCAT -- Procedure to concatenate standard APPHOT and DAOPHOT text
+# output files into a single file. The task checks to see that the list 
+# of input files was produced by the same task.
+
+procedure t_txconcat()
+
+int	list		# input file list descriptor
+int	tp_in		# input file descriptor
+int	tp_out		# output file descriptor
+
+int	len_list, first_file, stat
+pointer	sp, infile, outfile, task, task1, task2
+int	fstati(), clpopnu(), clplen(), open(), clgfil(), strncmp()
+
+begin
+	# Set the standard output to flush on newline.
+	if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (task, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (task1, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (task2, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the task parameters.
+	list = clpopnu ("textfiles")
+	len_list = clplen (list)
+	if (len_list <= 0)
+	    call error (0, "Empty input file list.\n")
+	else if (len_list == 1)
+	    call error (0, "Input file list has only one file.\n")
+	call clgstr ("outfile", Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME)
+	call clgstr ("task", Memc[task], SZ_FNAME)
+
+	# Loop over the input files to check the task keyword.
+	first_file = YES
+	stat = OK
+	while (clgfil (list, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    tp_in = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    if (first_file == YES) {
+		call pt_gtaskname (tp_in, Memc[task], Memc[task1], SZ_FNAME)
+		if (Memc[task1] == EOS) {
+		    call eprintf (
+		    "File: %s is not an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database file")
+			call pargstr (Memc[infile])
+		    stat = ERR
+		}
+	        first_file = NO
+	    } else {
+		call pt_gtaskname (tp_in, Memc[task], Memc[task2], SZ_FNAME)
+		if (Memc[task2] == EOS) {
+		    call eprintf (
+		    "File: %s is not an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text database file\n")
+			call pargstr (Memc[infile])
+		    stat = ERR
+		}
+		if (strncmp (Memc[task1], Memc[task2], SZ_FNAME) != 0) {
+		    call eprintf (
+		    "TASK keyword is not the same for all input files\n")
+		    stat = ERR
+		}
+	    }
+	    call close (tp_in)
+	    if (stat == ERR)
+		break
+	}
+	call clprew (list)
+
+	# Loop over the input text files and copy each file to the output
+	# file.
+	if (stat == OK) {
+	    tp_out = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+	    while (clgfil (list, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+		tp_in = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	        call fcopyo (tp_in, tp_out)
+		call close (tp_in)
+	    }
+	    call close (tp_out)
+	}
+
+	call clpcls (list)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end	
+
+
+# PT_GTASKNAME -- Fetch a task name from  an APPHOT/DAOPHOT text file.
+
+procedure pt_gtaskname (tp_in, name, outname, maxch)
+
+int	tp_in			# input file descriptor
+char	name[ARB]		# task keyword
+char	outname[ARB]		# output task name
+int	maxch			# maximum number of characters
+
+int	findex, lindex
+pointer	sp, line
+int	getline(), strncmp(), gstrmatch(), ctowrd()
+
+begin
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (line, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	outname[1] = EOS
+	while (getline (tp_in, Memc[line]) != EOF) {
+	    if (Memc[line] !=  KY_CHAR_POUND)
+		break
+	    if (strncmp (Memc[line], KY_CHAR_KEYWORD, KY_LEN_STR) != 0)
+		next
+	    if (gstrmatch (Memc[line], name, findex, lindex) == 0)
+		next
+	    lindex = lindex + 1
+	    if (ctowrd (Memc[line], lindex, outname, maxch) <= 0)
+		break
+	    lindex = lindex + 1
+	    if (ctowrd (Memc[line], lindex, outname, maxch) <= 0)
+		outname[1] = EOS
+	    break
+	}
+
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txdump.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txdump.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8d2b332e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txdump.x
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# T_TXDUMP -- Procedure to perform a relational select operation upon a set of
+# records within a text file. Our function is to select all records from the
+# input file matching some criterion, printing the listed fields on the
+# standard output. Dumping the keywords and reheadersting is optional.
+
+procedure t_txdump ()
+
+pointer	textfile		# list of input text files
+pointer	fields			# list of fields to be dumped
+pointer	expr			# boolean expression to be evaluated
+int	headers			# format the output
+int	parameters		# print the headers
+
+int	list, fd
+pointer	sp
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clpopnu(), clgfil(), open(), btoi()
+
+begin
+	# Allocate working space.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (textfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (fields, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (expr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the parameters.
+	list = clpopnu ("textfiles")
+	call clgstr ("fields", Memc[fields], SZ_LINE)
+	call strupr (Memc[fields])
+	call clgstr ("expr", Memc[expr], SZ_LINE)
+	headers = btoi (clgetb ("headers"))
+	parameters = btoi (clgetb ("parameters"))
+
+	# Select records.
+	while (clgfil (list, Memc[textfile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+	    fd = open (Memc[textfile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    if (Memc[fields] != EOS)
+	        call pt_xdump (fd, Memc[fields], Memc[expr], headers,
+		    parameters)
+	    call close (fd)
+	}
+
+	call clpcls (list)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txrenumber.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txrenumber.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b41d541
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txrenumber.x
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+include	<fset.h>
+
+# T_TXRENUMBER -- Procedure to renumber standard APPHOT and DAOPHOT text
+# output files. The ST TTOOLS task can be used for binary format.
+# The program assumes that there is a column labelled ID.
+
+procedure t_txrenumber ()
+
+pointer	tp_in		# pointer to the input table
+pointer	tp_out		# pointer to the output table
+pointer	id		# name of the id column
+
+int	inlist, nrecs, idoffset
+pointer	sp, infile, outfile
+int	clpopnu(), clgeti(), clgfil(), access(), open(), fstati(), pt_renumber()
+
+begin
+	# Set the standard output to flush on newline.
+	if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (id, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the various task parameters.
+	inlist = clpopnu ("textfiles")
+	idoffset = clgeti ("idoffset")
+	call clgstr ("id", Memc[id], SZ_FNAME)
+	call strlwr (Memc[id])
+
+	# Loop over the input files.
+	while (clgfil (inlist, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open the input file.
+	    if (access (Memc[infile], 0, TEXT_FILE) == YES)
+	        tp_in = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    else
+		next
+
+	    # Open an output text file.
+	    call mktemp ("temp", Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME)
+	    tp_out = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Renumber the stars.
+	    nrecs = pt_renumber (tp_in, tp_out, idoffset, Memc[id])
+
+	    # Close up the input and output files.
+	    call close (tp_in)
+	    call close (tp_out)
+
+	    # Rename the files.
+	    if (nrecs <= 0)
+	        call delete (Memc[outfile])
+	    else {
+	        call delete (Memc[infile])
+	        call rename (Memc[outfile], Memc[infile])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call clpcls (inlist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end	
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txselect.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txselect.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3dee8a51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txselect.x
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+include	<fset.h>
+
+# T_TXSELECT -- Select records from an APPHOT file based on the value of
+# a logical expression.
+
+procedure t_txselect ()
+
+int	tp_in		# input file descriptor
+int	tp_out		# output file descriptor
+pointer	expr		# pointer to the expression string
+
+int	inlist, outlist
+pointer	sp, infile, outfile
+int	clpopnu(), clplen(), access(), open(), fstati(), clgfil(), pt_xselect()
+
+begin
+	# Set the standard output to flush on newline.
+	if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (expr, SZ_LINE, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the various task parameters.
+	inlist = clpopnu ("textfiles")
+	outlist = clpopnu ("outfiles")
+	call clgstr ("expr", Memc[expr], SZ_LINE)
+
+	# Check that the input and output file lists have the
+	# same length.
+	if (clplen (inlist) != clplen (outlist))
+	    call error (0,
+	        "Input and output file lists are not the same length")
+
+	while ((clgfil (inlist, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) &&
+	    (clgfil (outlist, Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF)) {
+
+	    # Open the input file.
+	    if (access (Memc[infile], 0, TEXT_FILE) == YES)
+	        tp_in = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    else
+	        call error (0, "The input file is a binary file.")
+
+	    # Open an output text file.
+	    tp_out = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Select the stars.
+	    if (pt_xselect (tp_in, tp_out, Memc[expr]) <= 0) {
+		call eprintf ("File: %s is empty\n")
+		    call pargstr (Memc[infile])
+	    }
+
+	    # Close up the input and output files.
+	    call close (tp_in)
+	    call close (tp_out)
+	}
+
+	call clpcls (inlist)
+	call clpcls (outlist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end	
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txsort.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txsort.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4635a881
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/txtools/t_txsort.x
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+include	<fset.h>
+
+# T_TXSORT -- Procedure to sort standard APPHOT and DAOPHOT text
+# output files. The ST TTOOLS task can be used for binary format.
+
+procedure t_txsort ()
+
+int	tp_in		# input file descriptor
+int	tp_out		# input file descriptor
+
+int	inlist, ascend, nrecs
+pointer	sp, infile, outfile, column
+bool	clgetb()
+int	clpopnu(), clgfil(), access(), btoi(), open(), fstati(), pt_sortnum()
+
+begin
+	# Set the standard output to flush on newline.
+	if (fstati (STDOUT, F_REDIR) == NO)
+	    call fseti (STDOUT, F_FLUSHNL, YES)
+
+	# Get some memory.
+	call smark (sp)
+	call salloc (infile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (outfile, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+	call salloc (column, SZ_FNAME, TY_CHAR)
+
+	# Get the various task parameters.
+	inlist = clpopnu ("textfiles")
+	call clgstr ("field", Memc[column], SZ_FNAME)
+	ascend = btoi (clgetb ("ascend"))
+
+	# Check the column on which to sort.
+	call strlwr (Memc[column])
+	if (Memc[column] == EOS)
+	    call error (0, "The sort column is undefined.")
+
+	while (clgfil (inlist, Memc[infile], SZ_FNAME) != EOF) {
+
+	    # Open the input file.
+	    if (access (Memc[infile], 0, TEXT_FILE) == YES)
+	        tp_in = open (Memc[infile], READ_ONLY, TEXT_FILE)
+	    else
+	        call error (0, "The input file is not a text file.")
+
+	    # Open an output text file.
+	    call mktemp ("temp", Memc[outfile], SZ_FNAME)
+	    tp_out = open (Memc[outfile], NEW_FILE, TEXT_FILE)
+
+	    # Sort the stars.
+	    nrecs = pt_sortnum (tp_in, tp_out, Memc[column], ascend)
+
+	    # Close up the input and output files.
+	    call close (tp_in)
+	    call close (tp_out)
+	    if (nrecs <= 0)
+	        call delete (Memc[outfile])
+	    else {
+	        call delete (Memc[infile])
+	        call rename (Memc[outfile], Memc[infile])
+	    }
+	}
+
+	call clpcls (inlist)
+	call sfree (sp)
+end	
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/x_ptools.x b/noao/digiphot/ptools/x_ptools.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25ecc59d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/x_ptools.x
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+task	pconvert	= t_pconvert,
+	istable		= t_istable,
+	pexamine 	= t_pexamine,
+	tbcrename	= t_tbcrename,
+	tbkeycol	= t_tbkeycol,
+	txconcat	= t_txconcat,
+	txcalc		= t_txcalc,
+	txdump	 	= t_txdump,
+	txrenumber 	= t_txrenumber,
+	txselect	= t_txselect,
+	txsort 		= t_txsort
diff --git a/noao/digiphot/ptools/xyplot.par b/noao/digiphot/ptools/xyplot.par
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3ae725b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/noao/digiphot/ptools/xyplot.par
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# The PEXAMINE task x-y plot parameters
+
+x1,r,h,INDEF,,,Left  world x-coord if not autoscaling
+x2,r,h,INDEF,,,Right world x-coord if not autoscaling
+y1,r,h,INDEF,,,Lower world y-coord if not autoscaling
+y2,r,h,INDEF,,,Upper world y-coord if not autoscaling
+marker,s,h,"box","point|box|plus|cross|circle|diamond|hline|vline",,Marker type
+szmarker,r,h,1.0,0.0,,Marker size
+logx,b,h,no,,,Log scale the x axis?
+logy,b,h,no,,,Log scale the y axis?
+box,b,h,yes,,,Draw box around periphery of window?
+ticklabels,b,h,yes,,,Label tick marks?
+majrx,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along x axis
+minrx,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along x axis
+majry,i,h,5,,,Number of major divisions along y axis
+minry,i,h,5,,,Number of minor divisions along y axis
+round,b,h,no,,,Round axes to nice values?
+fill,b,h,yes,,,Fill viewport vs enforce unity aspect ratio?
+grid,b,h,no,,,Draw grid lines at major tick marks? 
+banner,b,h,yes,,,Standard banner?